0% found this document useful (0 votes)
146 views330 pages

Prospectus

Uploaded by

jaulanetwork
Copyright
© © All Rights Reserved
We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.
Available Formats
Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd
0% found this document useful (0 votes)
146 views330 pages

Prospectus

Uploaded by

jaulanetwork
Copyright
© © All Rights Reserved
We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.
Available Formats
Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd
You are on page 1/ 330

COPYRIGHT

No part of this document shall be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means,
electronic or mechanical, including photography, recorded or, stored in any information storage
and retrieval systems, for any purpose other than that of the Zanzibar University and purpose of
which it was written, without expressing written permission of the authors.

The contents of this prospectus were accurate at the time of preparation and are subject to change at
any time without notice or obligation.

i
Contents
Content page
COPYRIGHT .................................................................................................................................................................i
PRINCIPAL OFFICERS ............................................................................................................................................ xii
Vice Chancellor .......................................................................................................................................................... xii
Deputy Vice Chancellor (Academic) .......................................................................................................................... xii
Deputy Vice Chancellor (Administration) .................................................................................................................. xii
DEANS OF FACULTIES ........................................................................................................................................... xii
Dean of Faculty of Business Administration .............................................................................................................. xii
Dean of Faculty of Law and Shariah .......................................................................................................................... xii
Dean of Faculty of Arts and Social Sciences .............................................................................................................. xii
Dean of Faculty of Engineering .................................................................................................................................. xii
Coordinator of Faculty of Health and Allied Sciences ............................................................................................... xii
DIRECTORS OF INSTITUTES AND DIRECTORATES ........................................................................................ xiii
Institute of Postgraduate Studies and Research ......................................................................................................... xiii
Institute of Continuing Education .............................................................................................................................. xiii
Directorate of Library Services ................................................................................................................................. xiii
HEADS AND COORDINATORS OF ACADEMIC DEPARTMENTS.................................................................... xiii
FACULTY OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION ..................................................................................................... xiii
Ag. Head of Department of Accounting and Finance ................................................................................................ xiii
Head of Department of Marketing ............................................................................................................................. xiii
Ag. Head of Department of Business Information Technology ................................................................................. xiii
Coordinator of Department of Procurement and Logistics Management .................................................................. xiii
FACULTY OF LAW AND SHARIAH ...................................................................................................................... xiii
Department of Shariah ............................................................................................................................................... xiii
Department of Common Law .................................................................................................................................... xiii
FACULTY OF ARTS AND SOCIAL SCIENCES .....................................................................................................xiv
Ag. Head of Department of Public Administration ....................................................................................................xiv
Head of Department of Economics .............................................................................................................................xiv
Head of Department of Languages .............................................................................................................................xiv
Department of Social Work ........................................................................................................................................xiv
Department of Islamic Banking ..................................................................................................................................xiv
FACULTY OF ENGINEERING.................................................................................................................................xiv
Department of Computer Engineering and Information Technology .........................................................................xiv
Department of Telecommunications Engineering .......................................................................................................xiv
FACULTY OF HEALTH AND ALLIED SCIENCES ................................................................................................xiv
i
Head of Department of Nursing and Midwifery .........................................................................................................xiv
ASSISTANT TO VICE CHANCELLOR ...................................................................................................................xiv
Quality Assurance Coordinator...................................................................................................................................xiv
ASSISTANTS TO DEPUTY VICE CHANCELLOR (ACADEMIC) ........................................................................ xv
Assistant Deputy Vice Chancellor (Academic) ........................................................................................................... xv
Admissions Officer ...................................................................................................................................................... xv
Examinations Officer ................................................................................................................................................... xv
ASSISTANTS TO DEPUTY VICE CHANCELLOR (ADMINISTRATION) ............................................................ xv
Director of Finance ...................................................................................................................................................... xv
Dean of Students .......................................................................................................................................................... xv
Public Relations Officer .............................................................................................................................................. xv
Senior Human Resources Management ....................................................................................................................... xv
Assistant Medical Officer (Al-Zahraa Dispensary) ..................................................................................................... xv
Principal Engineer ....................................................................................................................................................... xv
Coordinator of IT Services .......................................................................................................................................... xv

1.0. INTRODUCTION TO ZANZIBAR UNIVERSITY ..................................................................................... 16

1.1. Location ............................................................................................................................................................ 16


1.2. Establishment and Ownership .......................................................................................................................... 16
1.3. Vision of the University ................................................................................................................................... 16
1.4. Mission Statement ............................................................................................................................................ 17
1.5. Academic Faculties .......................................................................................................................................... 17
1.6. Accreditation .................................................................................................................................................... 17
1.7. Membership ...................................................................................................................................................... 17
1.8. Links ................................................................................................................................................................. 18
1.9. Memoranda of Understanding (MOU) ............................................................................................................. 19
1.10. Quality Assurance............................................................................................................................................. 20

2.0. FACULTIES AND INSTITUTES ................................................................................................................. 20

2.0 20…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
2.1 FACULTIES........................................................................................................................................................... 20
2.1.1 Faculty of Business Administration (FBA) ......................................................................................................... 20
2.1.2 Faculty of Law and Shariah (FLS) ...................................................................................................................... 20
2.1.3 Faculty of Arts and Social Sciences (FASS) ....................................................................................................... 20
2.1.4 Faculty of Engineering (FoE) .............................................................................................................................. 21
2.1.5 Faculty of Health and Allied Sciences (FoHAS) ................................................................................................. 21
2.2 INSTITUTES ......................................................................................................................................................... 21

ii
2.2.1 Institute of Postgraduate Studies and Research (IPGSR) .................................................................................... 21
2.2.2 Institute of Continuing Education (ICE) ............................................................................................................. 21

3.0. DEGREE, DIPLOMA AND CERTIFICATE PROGRAMMES ................................................................... 22

3.1 Faculty of Business Administration (FBA) ............................................................................................................ 22


3.2 Faculty of Law and Shariah (FLS) ......................................................................................................................... 22
3.3 Faculty of Arts and Social Sciences (FASS) .......................................................................................................... 22
3.4 Faculty of Engineering (FoE) ................................................................................................................................ 23
3.5 Faculty of Health and Allied Sciences (FoHAS).................................................................................................... 23
3.6 The Institute of Postgraduate Studies and Research .............................................................................................. 23
3.7 The Institute of Continuing Education (ICE) ......................................................................................................... 24
3.7.1 Diploma Programmes .......................................................................................................................................... 24
3.7.2 Certificate Programmes ....................................................................................................................................... 24

4.1 Academicians ......................................................................................................................................................... 25


4.2 Students .................................................................................................................................................................. 25

5.0. GENERAL UNIVERSITY ADMISSION REGULATIONS ........................................................................ 25

5.1 Admission Enquiries .............................................................................................................................................. 25


5.2 Application Procedures .......................................................................................................................................... 26
5.3 Selection Procedures .............................................................................................................................................. 27
5.4 Registration of Students ......................................................................................................................................... 27
5.5 Registration for Previously Discontinued Students................................................................................................ 28
5.6 Admission after Being Discontinued Due to Examination Irregularities ............................................................... 29
5.7 Transfer of Credit Units from Other Recognized Institutions ................................................................................ 29
5.8 Conformity to the University Regulations ............................................................................................................. 30
5.9 Adding or Dropping Courses and Postponement of Studies .................................................................................. 30
5.10 Change of Academic Programme ..................................................................................................................... 30
5.11 Short term and Occasional Students ................................................................................................................. 31
5.11.1 Admission Requirements ........................................................................................................................ 31
5.11.2 Termination and Discontinuation from Studies ...................................................................................... 32
5.11.3 Change of Status ..................................................................................................................................... 32
5.11.4 Payment of Fees ...................................................................................................................................... 32

6.0. ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS ................................................................................................................. 33

6.1 Minimum Admission Requirements for Certificate Programmes (NTA LEVEL 4) .............................................. 33

iii
6.2 Minimum Admission Requirements for Ordinary Diploma (UQF Level 5 & 6) ................................................... 33
6.3 Minimum Admission Requirements for UQF Level 6 Certificates (Pre-University Programme (P.U.P)) ............. 34
6.4 Minimum Admission Requirements for Undergraduate Degree Programmes (First Degree) ............................... 34
6.5 Additional Requirements for Different Degree Programmes ................................................................................. 35

7.0. POSTGRADUATE STUDY PROGRAMMES ............................................................................................. 37

7.1 Duration of the Postgraduate programmes ............................................................................................................. 37


7.2 Length of a semester .............................................................................................................................................. 38
7.3 Semester load ......................................................................................................................................................... 38
7.4 Minimum and Maximum Credit Units per Module ............................................................................................... 38

8.0. MINIMUM ENTRY REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO POSTGRADUATE DEGREE


PROGRAMMES ........................................................................................................................................... 38

8.1 PhD Programmes ................................................................................................................................................... 38


8.2 Master Programmes ............................................................................................................................................... 38
8.2.1 Master of Business Administration (MBA) ......................................................................................................... 38
8.2.2 Master of Law (LL.M) in Comparative Laws ..................................................................................................... 39
8.2.3 Master of Sciences in Economics and Finance (MSc Econ. & Fin.) ................................................................... 40
8.2.4 Master of Public Administration Programme (MPA) .......................................................................................... 40

9.0. MODE OF STUDY FOR THE POSTGRADUATE DEGREE PROGRAMMES ........................................ 41

9.1 PhD Degree Programmes ....................................................................................................................................... 41


9.2 Master Degree Programmes ................................................................................................................................... 41
9.2.1 By Coursework and Dissertation ......................................................................................................................... 41
9.2.2 By Research and Thesis ...................................................................................................................................... 42
9.3 Duration of Study ................................................................................................................................................... 43

10.0. ZANZIBAR UNIVERSITY FEE STRUCTURES........................................................................................ 44

10.1 Fee Structures for Undergraduate Programmes ................................................................................................ 44


10.2 Fees Structure for Non-Degree Programmes .................................................................................................... 45
10.3 Fees Structure for All Postgraduate Degree Programmes by Coursework and Dissertation ............................ 46
10.4 Fees Structure for all Postgraduate Programmes by Research and Thesis ....... Error! Bookmark not defined.

11.0. GENERAL UNIVERSITY EXAMINATION REGULATIONS................................................................... 49

11.1 Entrance Examinations ..................................................................................................................................... 49


11.2 University Examinations .................................................................................................................................. 49
11.2.1 Registration for Examinations ................................................................................................................ 49

iv
11.2.2 Course Work Requirements .................................................................................................................... 50
11.2.3 Eligibility for End of Semester Examinations ........................................................................................ 50
11.3 Oral Examination ............................................................................................................................................. 51
11.4 End of Semester Examination .......................................................................................................................... 51
11.5 Absence from Examination .............................................................................................................................. 51
11.6 Examination Moderation and Marking............................................................................................................. 51
11.7 Conduct of Examinations ................................................................................................................................. 52
11.8 Examination Irregularities ................................................................................................................................ 52
11.9 Procedure for Managing Examination Irregularities ........................................................................................ 53
11.10 Penalties ........................................................................................................................................................... 54

12.0. APPROVAL OF EXAMINATION RESULTS .............................................................................................. 55

12.1 Appeals ............................................................................................................................................................. 55


12.2 Appeal Fee........................................................................................................................................................ 55

13.0. PRESERVATION OF SCRIPTS ................................................................................................................... 55

14.0. PROGRESS FROM YEAR TO YEAR ......................................................................................................... 55

15.0. FIRST SITTING/SUPPLEMENTARY EXAMINATIONS .......................................................................... 56

16.0. REPEATING A YEAR .................................................................................................................................. 56

17.0. CARRYOVER .............................................................................................................................................. 57

18.0. DISCONTINUATION FROM STUDIES ..................................................................................................... 57

19.0. POSTPONEMENT OF EXAMINATIONS/STUDIES ................................................................................. 58

20.0. CONCEDED PASS ....................................................................................................................................... 58

20.1 Procedure of Managing Conceded Pass ........................................................................................................... 58


20.2 Eligibility for a Conceded Pass ........................................................................................................................ 59

21.0. DEGREE AWARDS ...................................................................................................................................... 59

21.1 Honours Degree ................................................................................................................................................ 59


21.2 Aegrotat Degree ............................................................................................................................................... 59
21.3 Honorary Degree .............................................................................................................................................. 60
21.4 Post-Humous Degrees or Diplomas or Certificates .......................................................................................... 60

22.0. CALCULATION OF THE CUMULATIVE GRADE POINT AVERAGE (CGPA) ..................................... 60


v
23.0. CERTIFICATES AND TRANSCRIPTS ....................................................................................................... 61

23.1 Loss of Certificate ............................................................................................................................................ 61

24.0. PAYMENT OF FEES .................................................................................................................................... 62

25.0. EXAMINATION REGULATIONS FOR NON-DEGREE PROGRAMMES .............................................. 63

26.0. EXAMINATION REGULATIONS FOR POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMMES ......................................... 65

26.1 Assessment of course ....................................................................................................................................... 65


26.2 Pass mark.......................................................................................................................................................... 65

27.0. PROGRESS FROM YEAR TO YEAR ......................................................................................................... 66

27.1 First Sitting/Supplementary Examinations ....................................................................................................... 66


27.2 Repeating a Year ............................................................................................................................................... 66
27.3 Carryover .......................................................................................................................................................... 67

28.0. DISCONTINUATION FROM STUDIES ..................................................................................................... 68

29.0. POSTPONEMENT OF EXAMINATIONS/STUDIES ................................................................................. 68

30.0. CONCEDED PASS ....................................................................................................................................... 69

30.1 Procedure of Managing Conceded Pass ........................................................................................................... 69


30.1 69
30.2 Eligibility for a Conceded Pass ........................................................................................................................ 69
30.3 Grading System for Postgraduate Degree Programmes ................................................................................... 69
30.4 Classification of Postgraduate Degrees and Postgraduate Diplomas ............................................................... 70

31.0. POSTGRADUATE DEGREE AWARDS ...................................................................................................... 70

32.0. TOTAL CREDIT UNITS FOR DISSERTATION AND RESEARCH REPORTS ........................................ 70

33.0. REGULATIONS ON THESES AND DISSERTATIONS ............................................................................. 71

33.1 Examination of Dissertation ............................................................................................................................. 71


33.2 Size of Theses, Dissertations and Research Reports ........................................................................................ 72
33.3 Copies of Theses, Dissertations and Research Reports .................................................................................... 73
33.4 Honoraria.......................................................................................................................................................... 73

34.0. COURSEWORK COMPONENT ................................................................................................................. 73

34.1 Coursework Evaluation for the Programme ..................................................................................................... 74


vi
34.2 Examination Irregularities ................................................................................................................................ 74

35.0. REGULATIONS OF THESIS/DISSERTATIONS AND RESEARCH REPORTS ....................................... 74

35.1 Examination of Dissertation ............................................................................................................................. 75


35.2 Re-Do Dissertation/Thesis ............................................................................................................................... 76
35.3 Viva-Voce ......................................................................................................................................................... 76

36.0. PAYMENT OF FEES .................................................................................................................................... 78

37.0. MATERIALS PERTAINING TO THE CONDUCT OF UNIVERSITY EXAMINATIONS ........................ 78

37.1 Internal Examiners ........................................................................................................................................... 79


37.1.1 Duties and Responsibilities of Internal Examiners ................................................................................. 79
37.2 External Examiners .......................................................................................................................................... 79
37.3 Appointing Authority for External Examiners ................................................................................................. 80
37.4 Appointing Procedures for External Examiners ............................................................................................... 80
37.5 Allowances ....................................................................................................................................................... 81
37.6 External Examiners‟ Reports ............................................................................................................................ 81
37.7 Instructions to Candidates ................................................................................................................................ 82
37.8 Instructions to Invigilators ................................................................................................................................ 85
37.8.1 Procedures before the examination: ........................................................................................................ 85
37.8.2 During the Examination .......................................................................................................................... 87
37.8.3 At the End of the Examination ............................................................................................................... 88

ACADEMIC PROGRAMMES ................................................................................................................................... 89

38.0. FACULTY OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (FBA) ............................................................................. 89

38.1 Programmes Offered ........................................................................................................................................ 89


38.2 General Programmes Information and Objectives ........................................................................................... 89
38.3 BBA in Accounting and Finance ...................................................................................................................... 90
38.3.1 Programme Objective ............................................................................................................................. 90
38.3.2 Programme Specific Objectives .............................................................................................................. 90
38.4 Programme Structure ........................................................................................................................................ 91
38.5 BBA in Marketing Department of Marketing ................................................................................................... 92
38.5.1 General Programme Objective ................................................................................................................ 92
38.5.2 Programme Specific Objectives .............................................................................................................. 92
38.6 Programme Structure ........................................................................................................................................ 93
38.7 BBA in Business Information Technology ....................................................................................................... 94
38.7.1 General Programme Objective ................................................................................................................ 94
vii
38.7.2Specific Programme Objectives......................................................................................................................... 94
38.8 BBA in Procurement and Logistics Management ................................................................................................ 95
38.8.1 General Programme Objective.......................................................................................................................... 95
38.8.2 Specific Programme Objectives .............................................................................................................. 95
38.9FBA Course Listing .............................................................................................................................................. 97

39.0. FBA GRADUATE PROGRAMMES .......................................................................................................... 121

39.1 Master of Business Administration (MBA) .................................................................................................... 121


39.1.1 Programme Objectives .......................................................................................................................... 121
39.1.2 Expected Learning Outcomes of the Programme ................................................................................. 122
39.1.3 Programme Delivery and Duration ....................................................................................................... 122
39.2 The MBA Programme Majors and Concentrations ................................................................................ 123
39.2.1 Accounting Concentration .................................................................................................................... 123
39.2.2 Finance Concentration .......................................................................................................................... 123
39.2.3 Marketing Concentration ...................................................................................................................... 123
39.2.4 Human Resource and Organizational Management Concentration ...................................................... 124
39.2.5 The MBA Course Codes ....................................................................................................................... 124
Second Year Courses ................................................................................................................................................. 126
MBA Majors: Specialized Courses ............................................................................................................................ 127
39.3 Dissertation for the MBA Programme ............................................................................................................ 130
39.4 MBA Course Listing ...................................................................................................................................... 131

40.0. FACULTY OF LAW AND SHARIAH (FLS) ............................................................................................. 144

40.1 Structure of the Faculty .................................................................................................................................. 144


40.2 Undergraduate and Postgraduate Degree Programmes Offered ..................................................................... 144
40.3 Duration of the Undergraduate Studies .......................................................................................................... 144
40.4 General Objectives of the Programme ............................................................................................................ 144
40.5 Specific Objectives of the Programme ........................................................................................................... 145
40.6 Curriculum Integration ................................................................................................................................... 145
40.7 LL.B Programme Structure ............................................................................................................................ 146
40.8 LL.B Course Listing ....................................................................................................................................... 149
40.9 MASTERS OF LAWS (LL.M COMPARATIVE LAWS) .............................................................................. 164
40.9.1 Objectives ............................................................................................................................................. 164
40.9.2 Outcomes of the Programme ................................................................................................................ 164
40.10 LLM Course Listing ....................................................................................................................................... 166

41.0. FACULTY OF ARTS AND SOCIAL SCIENCES (FASS) ......................................................................... 172

viii
41.1 Degrees Offered ............................................................................................................................................. 172
41.2 Duration of the Study ..................................................................................................................................... 172
41.3 Programme Objectives ................................................................................................................................... 172
41.4 Programmes Structures ................................................................................................................................... 173
41.5 FASS Course Listing ...................................................................................................................................... 181
41.6 MASTER OF PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION (MPA) .................................................................................... 224
41.6.1 General Objectives................................................................................................................................ 224
41.6.2 Specific Objectives ............................................................................................................................... 224
41.7 Description of the Three Concentration Areas of the MPA Programme ......................................................... 225
41.7.1 Human Resource Management ............................................................................................................. 225
41.7.2 Local Government Management........................................................................................................... 225
41.7.3 Public Policy ......................................................................................................................................... 225
41.8 Main Features of the MPA Programme .......................................................................................................... 225
41.9 Degree Award Intended for the MPA Programme .......................................................................................... 226
41.10 Duration of the MPA Programme ................................................................................................................... 226
41.11 Coursework & Dissertation for the MPA Programme .................................................................................... 226
41.12 Pre-Requisite Course for the MPA Programme .............................................................................................. 227
41.13 Summary of Courses for MPA by Coursework & Dissertation ...................................................................... 228
41.14 Summary of Courses for MPA by Thesis ....................................................................................................... 231
41.15 MPA Course Listing ....................................................................................................................................... 232
41.16 MSc. Economics and Finance ........................................................................................................................ 237
41.17 MSc. Economics and Finance Majors: Specialized Courses .......................................................................... 238
41.18 MSc. Economics and Finance Dissertation .................................................................................................... 240
41.18.1 Assessment Strategy ............................................................................................................................. 240
41.18.2 The MSc. Economics and Finance Programme Internships ................................................................. 240
41.18.3 MSc. Economics and Finance Curriculum Description ........................................................................ 240
41.18.4 MSc. Economics and Finance Curriculum ........................................................................................... 241
41.0 MSc. Economics and Finance Course Listing ................................................................................................ 242
41.19 MASTER OF SCIENCE IN ECONOMICS AND FINANCE ....................................................................... 247
41.19.1 Programme Overview ........................................................................................................................... 247
41.19.2 Programme‟s Usefulness....................................................................................................................... 247
41.19.3 Programme Strengths and Uniqueness ................................................................................................. 248
41.19.4 Expected Learning Outcomes of the MSc. Economics and Finance Programme ................................. 249
41.19.5 Programme Delivery and Duration ....................................................................................................... 250
41.20 The Bachelor of Arts with Education in Languages ....................................................................................... 250

42.0. FACULTY OF ENGINEERING (FoE) ....................................................................................................... 263

ix
42.1 Structure of the Faculty .................................................................................................................................. 263
42.2 Undergraduate degree programmes ................................................................................................................ 263
42.2.1 Duration of the Undergraduate Studies ................................................................................................. 263
42.2.2 Programme Objectives .......................................................................................................................... 263
42.3 Programme Structure ...................................................................................................................................... 264
42.1 Department of Computer Engineering and IT ................................................................................................ 265
42.4 Undergraduate Degree Programme Offered ................................................................................................... 265
42.4.1 General Programme Objective .............................................................................................................. 265
42.4.2 Specific Programme Objectives ............................................................................................................ 265
42.5 Department of Telecommunications Engineering .......................................................................................... 267
42.2 Undergraduate Degree Programme Offered ................................................................................................... 267
42.5.1 General Programme Objective .............................................................................................................. 267
42.5.2 Specific Objectives of the Program ...................................................................................................... 268
42.6 FoE Course Listing ......................................................................................................................................... 271

43.0. FACULTY OF HEALTH AND ALLIED SCIENCES (FoHAS) ................................................................. 282

43.1 Structure of the Faculty .................................................................................................................................. 282


43.1.1 General Objective of the BSc (Nursing) Programme ........................................................................... 282
43.1.2 Specific Objectives of the BSc (Nursing) Programme ......................................................................... 282
43.2 Structure of the BSc. (Nursing) Programme and Assessment ........................................................................ 283
43.3 BSc (Nursing) Course Listing ........................................................................................................................ 289

44.0. THE INSTITUTE OF CONTINUING EDUCATION (ICE) ...................................................................... 301

44.1 Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 301


44.2 ICE Mission.................................................................................................................................................... 301
44.2.1 ICE Objectives ...................................................................................................................................... 301
44.2.2 Minimum Admission Requirements ..................................................................................................... 301

45.0. LIBRARY SERVICES ................................................................................................................................ 304

45.1 Library Mission .............................................................................................................................................. 304


45.2 Library Functions ........................................................................................................................................... 304
45.3 Library Resources........................................................................................................................................... 304
45.4 Admission to the Library Services ................................................................................................................. 304
45.5 Opening and Closing Hours ........................................................................................................................... 305

46.0. COMPUTER FACILITIES ......................................................................................................................... 305

47.0. DEPARTMENT OF STUDENTS AFFAIRS............................................................................................... 307


x
47.1 Functions ........................................................................................................................................................ 307
47.2 Objectives ....................................................................................................................................................... 307
47.3 Student Services ............................................................................................................................................. 307
47.3.1 Students Counselling Services .............................................................................................................. 307
47.3.2 Accommodation .................................................................................................................................... 308
47.3.3 Cafeteria Services ................................................................................................................................. 308
47.3.4 Health Services ..................................................................................................................................... 308
47.3.5 Other Services ....................................................................................................................................... 308
47.4 Students Organisation ..................................................................................................................................... 310
47.5 Religious Activities ........................................................................................................................................ 311

48.0 ZANZIBAR UNIVERSITY ACADEMIC STAFF LIST ................................................................................ 312

48.1 FACULTY OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION .......................................................................................... 312


48.2 FACULTY OF LAW AND SHARIAH........................................................................................................... 313
48.3 FACULTY OF ARTS AND SOCIAL SCIENCES ......................................................................................... 314
48.4 FACULTY OF ENGINEERING .................................................................................................................... 317
48.5 FACULTY OF HEALTH AND ALLIED SCIENCES ................................................................................... 317
49.0 MEMBERS OF ZANZIBAR UNIVERSITY‟S SENATE ............................................................................... 319
50.0 MEMBERS OF ZANZIBAR UNIVERSITY‟S COUNCIL ............................................................................. 322

51.0 ALMANAC ....................................................................................................................................................... 323

xi
ZANZIBAR UNIVERSITY MANAGEMENT
PRINCIPAL OFFICERS
Vice Chancellor
Prof. Mustafa A. A. Roshash, LL.B. (Hons.), LL.M. (U of K), PhD (BUK) (Nigeria).

Deputy Vice Chancellor (Academic)


Dr. Miraji Issa Saleh, MSc (Econ.) (Prague), PhD (Prague).

Deputy Vice Chancellor (Administration)


Mr. Ahmad Majid Ali, Dipl. in Education (Z’bar); BEd (Science) (Hons.) (UDSM, Dar),
MBA (UDSM, Dar).

DEANS OF FACULTIES
Dean of Faculty of Business Administration
Mr. Saleh Said Mwinyi, BCom (Rajasthan, India), MBA (Annamalai, India).

Dean of Faculty of Law and Shariah


Dr. Moh’d Makame Haji, LL.B (ZU), MCL (IIUM, Malaysia), PhD (IIUM, Malaysia).

Dean of Faculty of Arts and Social Sciences


Dr. Jamil Serwanga, BA Educ. (Econ./IRE), BA (Ed. Econ.) (Islamic University,
Uganda), MA (Econ.) (Makerere, Uganda), PhD (Econ.) (Islamic University, Uganda).

Dean of Faculty of Engineering


Prof. Omar F Hamad, BE, ME (ECE) (BIT, India), PhD (CNU, Korea), PostDoc
(UJ, SA).

Coordinator of Faculty of Health and Allied Sciences


Ms. Khadija Abbas Mohamed, Diploma (Nursing Education) (MUHAS); BScN (Aga
Khan); MPH (Royal Tropical Institute, Amsterdam).

xii
DIRECTORS OF INSTITUTES AND DIRECTORATES
Institute of Postgraduate Studies and Research
Dr. Mwinyi Talib Haji, LL.B (ZU), LL.M (Malaysia), PhD (Law) (Malaysia).

Institute of Continuing Education


Dr. Masoud Rashid Mohammed, BA (Econ.) (ZU), MSc (Econ.) (Malaysia), PhD
(Malaysia).

Directorate of Library Services


Mr. Haji Ali Haji, BA (Hist.) (Cad Ayad, Morocco), MA (Arch. Mgt.) (London).

HEADS AND COORDINATORS OF ACADEMIC DEPARTMENTS


FACULTY OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

Ag. Head of Department of Accounting and Finance


Mr. Abubakar Mohamed Abubakar, Adv. Dipl. In Accountancy (IFM, Dar); MSc
(Finance), (Strathclyde); CPA(T).

Head of Department of Marketing


Mr. Saleh Said Mwinyi, BCom. (Rajasthan, India), MBA (Annamalai, India).

Ag. Head of Department of Business Information Technology


Ms. Rehma Aboud Jumbe, BCA (Bangalore), MSc (IT for Mgt.) (Coventry).

Coordinator of Department of Procurement and Logistics Management


Mr. Ridha Khamis Abeid, Adv. Dipl. (Chanika); MBA (Procurement) (Mzumbe).

FACULTY OF LAW AND SHARIAH

Department of Shariah
Vacant

Department of Common Law


Mr. Ali Ahmed Uki, Dipl. in Journalism (Dar), LLB (ZU), LL.M (Tarino, Itay).
xiii
FACULTY OF ARTS AND SOCIAL SCIENCES
Ag. Head of Department of Public Administration
Mr. Shaaban Mwinchum Suleiman, BA (Pub. Adm.) (ZU), MBA (UDOM).

Head of Department of Economics


Dr. Mamudu Daffay, BSc (Ed.) (Njala Univ., Siera Leone), MSc.(Statist.) (JilinUniv,,
China); PhD (Econs,) (Jilin Univ., China).

Head of Department of Languages


Dr. Khatib Makame Omar, BA (Linguistics), KAU (Jeddah, KSA); MA (Arabic)
(Khartoum), Sudan; PhD (Ed.) HQ Univ. (Umdurman, Sudan).

Department of Social Work


Vacant

Department of Islamic Banking


Vacant

FACULTY OF ENGINEERING
Department of Computer Engineering and Information Technology
Vacant

Department of Telecommunications Engineering


Vacant

FACULTY OF HEALTH AND ALLIED SCIENCES


Head of Department of Nursing and Midwifery
Ms. Khadija Abbas Mohamed, Dipl. (Nursing Education) (MUHAS); BScN (Aga Khan);
MPH (Royal Tropical Institute, Amsterdam).

ASSISTANT TO VICE CHANCELLOR


Quality Assurance Coordinator
Mr. Mussa S. Mussa, Adv. Diploma (Econ.Pl.) (Mzumbe), PG Dipl.(HRM) (Rotterdam),
MSc. (HRM) (Manchester).

xiv
ASSISTANTS TO DEPUTY VICE CHANCELLOR (ACADEMIC)
Assistant Deputy Vice Chancellor (Academic)
Mr. Saleh Said Mwinyi, BCom. (Rajasthan, India), MBA (Annamalai, India).

Admissions Officer
Mr. Suleiman Jecha, BA Educ. (Hon.) (OUT), MA (ELM) (Aga Khan Univ., Karachi).

Examinations Officer
Mr. Nasib Ali Wazir, MSc. (Physical Chemistry) (Kharkov State Univ.), MSc (Nutrition)
(Queensland Univ., Australia).

ASSISTANTS TO DEPUTY VICE CHANCELLOR (ADMINISTRATION)


Director of Finance
Mr. Mohammed Khamis Marshed

Dean of Students
Mr. Mavua Haji Mussa

Public Relations Officer


Mr. Gharib Mohammed Gharib

Senior Human Resources Management


Mr. Mwalim Omar Haji

Assistant Medical Officer (Al-Zahraa Dispensary)


Dr. Ali Mohammed Ali

Principal Engineer
Mr. Abdul Juma Hamad

Coordinator of IT Services
Mr. Hassan Hamisi Saad

xv
1.0. INTRODUCTION TO ZANZIBAR UNIVERSITY
1.1. Location
The Zanzibar University, the first University on the Isles, is a private institution sponsored
by Darul Iman Charitable Association (DICA). The main campus is situated at Tunguu area, in the
Central District, some 19 kilometers from Zanzibar Town. The University campus, with a total
area of 69 hectares of land, is located among pleasant and quiet countryside surroundings
overlooking vast expanses of deep blue waters of Indian Ocean. It is an ideal place for serious
academic work and research. Public transport from Zanzibar Town will bring you to the University
campus gates. Private cars are also common.

1.2. Establishment and Ownership


The Zanzibar University was founded and is owned and governed by Darul-Iman Charitable
Association. It was established on the basis of the following:
(i) The Constitution of Darul-Iman registered under the Society‟s Act No. 6, 1995 given at
Zanzibar on 2nd August, 1996.

(ii) A letter of Interim Authority issued by the then Higher Education Accreditation Council
bearing Ref. No. HEAC/SU of 1st May, 1998.

(iii) The Certificate of Provisional Registration No. 007 of 22nd December, 1999;

(iv) The Certificate of Full Registration No. 003 of 4th May, 2000;

(v) The provisions of the Universities Act, 2005; and

(vi) The Zanzibar University Charter, 2010 issued on 24th March, 2010 by the President of
the United Republic of Tanzania, H.E. Dr. Jakaya Mrisho Kikwete.

1.3. Vision of the University


The vision of the Zanzibar University is to become a Centre of Excellence for the acquisition and
dissemination of knowledge through teaching, research and consultancy with the view of
providing expertise to the appropriate wider markets within Tanzania and beyond by the year
2020.

16
1.4. Mission Statement
The mission of the University is to educate broadly and liberally men and women without
discrimination of race, religion or physical disability, so as to reduce the severe inadequacy of
qualified professionals and practitioners, improve the quality of education with the ultimate aim of
up lifting the quality of life of Tanzanians in particular, and that of other people at large.

1.5. Academic Faculties


(i) The proliferation of business enterprises, Hotels, Beach resorts, and the gradual
expansion of the tourism industry in the country, had convinced the development
partners to begin first with a Faculty of Business Administration in 1998, with the
view to satisfy the immediate needs of the business community. Three more faculties
have established as per the market demand for other professions.

(ii) In 1999, the Faculty of Law and Shariah was established and in the year 2002 the
Faculty of Arts and Social Sciences was also established. Within seven or so years that
followed however more but quite modern structures with larger classrooms were erected
to accommodate bigger student‟s intakes. In the academic year 2012/2013 the Faculty of
Engineering was established. In the academic year 2013/2014 the Faculty of Health and
Allied Sciences was established on the University campus

1.6. Accreditation
After getting a letter of Interim Registration in 1998, the Zanzibar University (ZU) had tried its
level best to implement all the recommendations put forward by the Technical Evaluation
Committees of the Higher Education Accreditation Council of Tanzania, currently known as the
Tanzania Commission for Universities. The University then received a Certificate of Provisional
Registration in 1999, and a Certificate of Full Registration on 4th May, 2000.

1.7. Membership
Zanzibar University is a full member of the following institutions:
(i) The Inter-University Council for East Africa (IUCEA);

(ii) The Association of Commonwealth Universities (ACU);

17
(iii) The Association of African Universities (AAU);

(iv) Committee of Vice-Chancellors and Principals – Tanzania (CVCP-T);

(v) Tanzania Association of Private Universities (TAPU);

(vi) Tanzania Education Research Network (TERNET);

(vii) Tanzania Universities Sports Association (TUSA)

(viii) Tanzania Counselling and Guidance Association (TACOGA);

1.8. Links
Zanzibar University has links and working relationships with several institutions including: -
(i) Tanzania Commission for Universities (TCU);

(ii) National Accreditation Council of Technical Education (NACTE);

(iii) National Examinations Council of Tanzania (NECTA);

(iv) University College of Education Zanzibar (UCEZ);

(v) The State University of Zanzibar (SUZA);

(vi) Zanzibar Institute of Financial Administration (ZIFA);

(vii) University of Dar es Salaam (UDSM);

(viii) International Islamic University Malaysia (IIUM);

(ix) Kingston University of United Kingdom;

(x) The National Board of Accountants and Auditors (NBAA);

(xi) Zanzibar National Chamber of Commerce, Industries and Agriculture (ZNCCIA);

(xii) Ministries and other Government Departments;

(xiii) The Islamic Development Bank (IDB);

(xiv) The World Intellectual Property Organization (WIPO);

(xv) United Nations Development Programme (UNDP);

(xvi) Save the Children-International;


18
(xvii) World Assembly of Muslim Youth (WAMY);

(xviii) United Nations International Children's Emergency Fund (UNICEF);

(xix) Tanzania Education Authority (TEA);

(xx) Muslim University of Morogoro (MUM);

(xxi) International Association of Universities;

(xxii) Commission for Science and Technology (COSTECH);

(xxiii) Karume Institute of Science and Technology (KIST);

(xxiv) Mnazi Mmoja Hospital (MMH);

(xxv) Bububu Hospital;

(xxvi) Al-Rahma Hospital;

(xxvii) Tanzania Emerging Social Work Education Programme (TESWEP)

1.9 Memoranda of Understanding (MOU)


The Zanzibar University has established memoranda of understanding with the following
institutions in the areas of staff and student exchange programmes:
(i) Zanzibar Higher Education Loans Board;

(ii) International University of Africa (IUA), Khartoum-Sudan;

(iii) Islamic University in Uganda (IUIU), Mbale-Uganda;

(iv) The University of Kansas (KU), Kansas, USA;

(v) El-Neelain University, Khartoum – Sudan;

(vi) North South South Project of the Government of Finland;

(vii) Zanzibar Telecommunications Company Ltd. (ZANTEL);

(viii) Save the Children International;

(ix) College of Health Sciences, Zanzibar (CHSZ).

19
1.9. Quality Assurance
There is a Quality Assurance Unit at the University. Its main function is to facilitate Quality
Assurance standards at all University levels with the objective of attaining total quality
management throughout the University complex.

2.0. FACULTIES AND INSTITUTES


The University has the following Faculties and Institutes:-

2.1 FACULTIES

2.1.1 Faculty of Business Administration (FBA)


It consists of the following Departments:-
(i) Department of Accounting and Finance;

(ii) Department of Marketing;

(iii) Department of Business Information Technology; and

(iv) Department of Procurement and Logistic Management.

2.1.2 Faculty of Law and Shariah (FLS)


It consists of the following Departments: -
(i) Department of Common Law; and
(ii) Department of Islamic Law (Shariah).

2.1.3 Faculty of Arts and Social Sciences (FASS)


It consists of the following Departments: -
(i) Department of Public Administration;

(ii) Department of Economics; and

(iii) Department of Languages;

(iv) Department of Social Work;

(v) Department of Islamic Banking.

20
2.1.4 Faculty of Engineering (FoE)
It consists of the following Departments:-
(i) Department of Computer Engineering and Information Technology; and

(ii) Department of Telecommunications Engineering.

The following departments are currently being established: -


(i) Department of Civil Engineering and Architecture; and

(ii) Department of Environment and Natural Resources.

2.1.5 Faculty of Health and Allied Sciences (FoHAS)


It consists of the following Department:-
(i) Department of Nursing and Midwifery

The following departments are currently being established: -


(i) Department of Pharmaceutical Sciences; and

(ii) Department of Medicine.

2.2 INSTITUTES
In addition to the faculties, Zanzibar University has also the following two institutes:-

2.2.1 Institute of Postgraduate Studies and Research (IPGSR)


In collaboration with existing faculties, IPGS&R offers various postgraduate programmes leading
to Master degrees and Doctorate Degrees. It also promotes basic and applied research works and
undertakes consultancy and public services for various clients within and outside the country.

2.2.2 Institute of Continuing Education (ICE)


Using the resources from various faculties and other external sources, the institute offers various
academic non-degree programmes with one of the purposes being bridging the educational gap to
university level. In collaboration with the existing faculties, the institute offers various non-
degree long term and short term programmes leading to NTA and UQF Levels Certificates,

21
Diplomas, and Pre-University qualifications in various preparatory fields. It also promotes
professional development programmes (PDP) including special users tailored programmes and
trainings.

3.0. DEGREE, DIPLOMA AND CERTIFICATE PROGRAMMES


3.1 Faculty of Business Administration (FBA)
The Faculty of Business Administration offers courses leading to the following awards:-
(i) Masters of Business Administration (MBA);

(ii) Bachelor of Business Administration in Accounting and Finance (BBA-Acc. & Fin.);

(iii) Bachelor of Business Administration in Marketing (BBA-Mktng);

(iv) Bachelor of Business Information Technology (BBIT); and

(v) Bachelor of Procurement and Logistics Management (BPLM);

The following programmes are expected to start soon:-


(i) Doctorate Degree (PhD);

(ii) Masters in Business Information Technology Systems (MBITS); and

(iii) Masters in Procurement and Supplies (MiPS).

3.2 Faculty of Law and Shariah (FLS)


The Faculty of Law and Shariah conducts courses leading to the following awards:
(i) Doctor of Philosophy (PhD)/Doctor of Laws (LLD);

(ii) Masters of laws (LL.M.) in Comparative Laws; and

(iii) Bachelor of Law and Shariah (LL.B.).

3.3 Faculty of Arts and Social Sciences (FASS)


The Faculty of Arts and Social Sciences conducts courses leading to the following awards:
(i) Masters of Science in Economics and Finance (MSc-Eco. & Fin.);

(ii) Masters of Public Administration (MPA);

22
(iii) Bachelor of Arts in Public Administration (BPA);

(iv) Bachelor of Arts in Economics (BAE);

(v) Bachelor of Social Work (BSW);

(vi) Bachelor of Arts (Education) in Languages (BLE);

(vii) Bachelor of Islamic Banking and Finance (BIBF); and

(viii) Bachelor of IT with Education (BITE).

3.4 Faculty of Engineering (FoE)


The Faculty of Engineering conducts courses leading to the following awards:
(i) Bachelor of Science (BSc) in Computer Engineering and Information Technology;

(ii) Bachelor of Science (BSc) in Telecommunications Engineering.

The following programmes are expected to start soon: -


(i) Bachelor of Civil Engineering;

(ii) Bachelor of Architecture and Interior Design; and

(iii) Bachelor of Environmental Engineering and Natural Resources Management.

3.5 Faculty of Health and Allied Sciences (FoHAS)


The Faculty of Health and Allied Sciences conducts courses leading to the following award: -
(i) Bachelor of Science in Nursing (BSc (NUR))
The following programmes are expected to start soon: -
(i) Bachelor of Pharmaceutical Sciences (BPharm.) and

(ii) Doctor of Medicine (MD)

3.6 The Institute of Postgraduate Studies and Research


The institute, in collaboration with all other faculties, conducts programmes leading to
postgraduate diplomas, masters and doctorate degrees.

23
3.7 The Institute of Continuing Education (ICE)
The Institute conducts courses leading to the following Diplomas and Certificates:

3.7.1 Diploma Programmes


(i) Diploma in Business Administration;

(ii) Diploma in Business Information Technology;

(iii) Diploma in Law and Shariah;

(iv) Diploma in Economics and Finance;

(v) Diploma in Public Administration;

(vi) Diploma in Procurement and Logistics Management;

(vii) Diploma in Islamic Banking and Finance;

(viii) Diploma in Information and Communications Engineering;

(ix) Diploma in Project Planning and Management;

(x) Diploma in International Relations.

3.7.2 Certificate Programmes


(i) Certificate in Business Administration;

(ii) Certificate in Business Information Technology;

(iii) Certificate in Information and Communications Engineering;

(iv) Certificate in Economics & Finance;

(v) Certificate in Law and Shariah;

(vi) Certificate in Public Administration;

(vii) Certificate in Human Resource Management;

(viii) Certificate in International Relations;

24
(ix) Certificate in Procurement and Logistics Management;

(x) Certificate in Child Rights Protection;

(xi) Certificate in Islamic Banking & Finance;

(xii) Certificate in Project Planning & Management;

(xiii) Certificate in Computer Engineering.

4.0. ACADEMIC PRIZES


4.1 Academicians
The University offers academic prizes to academicians who perform best in the following areas:
(i) Teaching effectiveness;

(ii) Publication;

(iii) Publishing Research Report;

(iv) Consultancy.

4.2 Students
The University and Darul Iman offer graduation prizes, respectively, for Best Overall Students and
First Class Graduating Students for all the programmes. Several other prizes are also arranged by
the University in various academic and non-academic areas.

5.0. GENERAL UNIVERSITY ADMISSION REGULATIONS


5.1 Admission Enquiries
All enquiries regarding admissions for undergraduate, postgraduate and non-degree programmes
should, respectively, be addressed to: -

The Deputy Vice Chancellor (Academic),


Zanzibar University,
P. O. Box 2440,
Zanzibar, Tanzania.

25
E-mail: [email protected]; [email protected]

The Director, Postgraduate Studies and Research Institute,


Zanzibar University,
P. O. Box 2440,
Zanzibar, Tanzania
E-mail: [email protected]

The Director, Institute of Continuing Education,


Zanzibar University,
P. O. Box 2440,
Zanzibar, Tanzania
E-mail: [email protected]
5.2 Application Procedures
(i) Application forms for all programmes can be downloaded from the University‟s website
http://www.zanvarsity.ac.tz or obtained from the Admissions Office (for non-degree and
undergraduate) and the office of Postgraduate Studies and Research (for postgraduate)
prospective applicants.

(ii) The forms, duly filled, must be returned to the office of the Deputy Vice Chancellor for
Academic Affairs and the office of Postgraduate Studies and Research on the dates
specified by senate

(iii) Postgraduate applicants must each submit two letters of referees.

(iv) The academic year begins in October and ends in September of the following year.
During the registration, documents are thoroughly checked. Prospective students are
therefore required to bring with them official original transcripts, certificates and
other relevant documents as declared on the application forms. Legal action shall be
taken against any applicant who presents forged documents.

(v) No change of names by students shall be allowed during the registration or the course
of study; students shall only be allowed to use names appearing on their Ordinary
Level Certificate.
26
(vi) A non-refundable application fee of TZS 24,750/- for Tanzanian students and US$ 30 for
non-Tanzanian students will be paid for undergraduate applicants. For postgraduate,
application fees will be TZS 33,000/- and US$ 50 for Tanzanians and non-Tanzanians
respectively.

(vii) Non-degree programme applicants shall pay a non-refundable application fee of TZS
16,500/-.

5.3 Selection Procedures


(i) Zanzibar University selects candidates for admission solely according to TCU and
NACTE guidelines and, therefore, all applicants are advised to abide with the updated
criteria provided by the two regulatory bodies.

(ii) Nevertheless, each and every academic unit may dictate some additional requirements
for the admissions into their programmes and the candidates need to fulfill these
additional requirements.

(iii) After returning the duly filled application form, on time, along with all relevant
supporting documents and proof of payments of application fee, the University‟s
Admissions Committee considers and approves the recommendations of the respective
faculty on the suitability of the candidate. The Senate‟s Organ, then, confirms the list of
the selected candidates for onward transmission to TCU or NACTE.

(iv) Admissions Office shall inform the selected applicants about their successful
applications and the programmes they have been selected together with the reporting
dates, fees, duration of the programme, university‟s regulations and other relevant
information.

5.4 Registration of Students


(i) Registration can only be considered if the University receives satisfactory
evidence that the prospective student will be adequately financed during the
course of the study.

(ii) Fees paid for registration shall not be refunded.

(iii) A student may be required to sit for a University Entrance Examination if the University
27
finds it necessary.

(iv) During registration, students will be required to submit a satisfactory medical report to
assist University arrange for necessary facilities.

(v) Prospective foreign students must submit to the Admissions Office or to the Office of
Postgraduate Studies and Research a police clearance letter from their home or residing
countries.

(vi) Foreign students must submit ten recent passport size photographs, while Tanzanian
students must submit three passport size photographs.

(vii) New students are required to enroll and register for the courses to be studied within the
first two weeks from the beginning of the academic year. There will be a fine of TZS.
20,000/= on top of registration fee for students who fail to register within the stipulated
time.

(viii) Registration closes three weeks after the first day of a new academic year. Students who
fail to register during the first three weeks shall not be allowed to register and be
regarded as non-students.

(ix) Continuing students shall register the courses to be studied in the first two weeks at the
beginning of each semester. Registration closes three weeks after the first day of a new
semester. Students who register in the third week must pay a fine of TZS 20,000/= and
those who fail to register during the first three weeks shall not be allowed to register
and, therefore, be regarded as non-students.

(x) Registration forms and registration information are available at the Admissions Office
for non-degree and undergraduate programmes and at the office of Postgraduate
Studies and Research for postgraduate programmes.

(xi) The University shall revoke registration status of any candidate found to have cheated to
gain university admission and may take a legal action against such a candidate.

5.5 Registration for Previously Discontinued Students


(i) A student who has previously attended any other university and was discontinued on
academic grounds may be admitted to this University after being examined and
28
proved to be capable of carrying out studies in the field of study other than the one
taken at the previous University.

(ii) Candidates discontinued from other universities on disciplinary grounds or on grounds


of an examination irregularity, may be admitted to this university after two years of
discontinuation from the previous university.

(iii) Upon approval of DVC (Academic), a Zanzibar University candidate who was
discontinued on academic grounds wishing to re-apply in the same programme shall be
re-admitted if the candidate produces evidence satisfying the respective faculty that
he/she has done some further studies and he/she is capable of taking University studies.

(iv) A candidate discontinued on academic grounds from one department within


Zanzibar University may be allowed to apply into another department provided that
the DVC (Academic) approves.

5.6 Admission after Being Discontinued Due to Examination Irregularities


(i) Student discontinued from studies on grounds of examination irregularity may be
considered for re-admission into the same programme and year of study after
being away for two years. They shall be required to apply for re-admission through
their Faculty Deans.

(ii) It is upon the University Senate to grant or refuse the re-admission. Such students may
also be requested by Senate to re-apply and compete with other applicants for
admission into the first year regardless which year they left the University.

5.7 Transfer of Credit Units from Other Recognized Institutions


A student may transfer credit units from another institution upon satisfying the following:-

(i) The admission requirements for the academic programme applied for.

(ii) Courses for transfer must have been accredited by the commission and/or another
national accreditation body.

(iii) Transfer of equivalency of subjects, modules, courses and credit transfer is subject to the
approval of DVC (Academic).

29
(iv) The subject, course or module intended for credit accumulation must be relevant to the
programme to which the student is to be registered.

(v) Submission of an official statement of results from the releasing institution,

(vi) Obtaining CGPA of at least 2.0 depending on the year of transfer,

(vii) A student will only be allowed to transfer a maximum of one third (1/3) of the minimum
graduation load of the academic programme applied for.

(viii) Transfer of credits takes place within a period not exceeding two years from the time
they were earned.

(ix) The Senate shall regulate all matters related to the transfer of credits.

5.8 Conformity to the University Regulations


All registered students are required to conform entirely to the University Charter, as well as Rules
and Regulations, which may be issued, from time to time, by the University Council and Senate.

5.9 Adding or Dropping Courses and Postponement of Studies

(i) In exceptional circumstances, student may be allowed to change courses or subjects within
the first four weeks after the beginning of the semester.

(ii) No student shall be allowed to postpone studies except under special circumstances, such
as severe sponsorship problems, poor health or social problems supported by
satisfactory evidence of the reason for postponement which, in the opinion of the
Senate, is strong enough to prevent one from pursuing studies effectively.

(iii) Students may be allowed to be away from studies for a maximum period of two years, if
they are to be re-admitted into the same programme and year of studies where they left
off.

5.10 Change of Academic Programme

(i) Subject to the approval of the DVC (Academic), a student may be allowed to change
from one academic programme to another within the first four weeks after the beginning
of the semester.
30
(ii) A student permitted to change a programme may be allowed to transfer the relevant
credits from the previous academic programme.

(iii) All transfer shall be made subject to the minimum entry requirement of the programme
to be transferred to, relevant academic background and the availability of a place.

(iv) The application of the change of programme should be channelled to DVC (Academic)
through receiving department, receiving faculty, releasing department, releasing faculty
in that order.

5.11 Short term and Occasional Students


The University may accept students from other Universities who would like to take some courses
offered at the Zanzibar University through short term or occasional studentship arrangements.

(i) Short Term Students

Students who meet the Zanzibar University admission prerequisites may be allowed to
register for one or two academic semesters to take full time courses at the University.
However, they will not be offered certificate, diploma or degree at the end of their
programme. They may be given transcripts for the examinations they have attempted at
the University.

(ii) Occasional Students

These are students who meet the minimum Zanzibar University admission requirements
and would like to audit some courses at the University. They usually stay at the
University for one semester. They are not required to sit for University Examinations and
nor entitled to certificate, transcript or any other academic document, unless a special
arrangement is made.

5.11.1 Admission Requirements


Short Term and Occasional Students shall be admitted on the following conditions:

(i) They must possess the Zanzibar University minimum entry qualifications or their
equivalent;
31
(ii) Must send applications to the Office of DVC (Academic);

(iii) Must pay all fees as stipulated by the University Authorities;

(iv) Their applications must be recommended by their Universities or Colleges;

(v) Must comply with all rules and regulations as stipulated by the University Authorities.

5.11.2 Termination and Discontinuation from Studies


Short Term students may be terminated or discontinued from studies on the following grounds: -

(i) breach of University regulations (including examination and admission regulations);

(ii) breach of Immigration Regulations; and

(iii) abscondment from studies

5.11.3 Change of Status


A short term or an occasional student may be allowed to change his/her status to a regular student
of Zanzibar University on the following conditions:-

(i) Must meet all admission prerequisites;

(ii) Must show satisfactory performance in courses and examinations taken at the Zanzibar
University in course of studies;

(iii) Must be able to cover at least two third (2/3) of the requirements of the graduation load
of Zanzibar University.

5.11.4 Payment of Fees


Short term and Occasional Students shall pay fees as may be prescribed by the University.

32
6.0. ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
Zanzibar University admits students based on TCU and NACTE guidelines and, therefore, all
applicants are advised to abide with the updated criteria provided as follows:-

6.1 Minimum Admission Requirements for Certificate Programmes (NTA LEVEL 4)


From NACTE guidelines, students shall be admitted into the various programmes basing on the
following admission and/or registration requirements:-
(i) Possession of at least four passes of relevant Form IV (O-Level) subjects or its
equivalent established by National Examinations Council of Tanzania (NECTA); OR

(ii) Possession of at least two passes for Engineering Sciences at Form IV level or its
equivalent established by NECTA or NVA level 3 or its equivalent established by
VETA.

(iii) A mean Grade D, or its equivalent from countries that have 8 - 4 - 4 educational system.

6.2 Minimum Admission Requirements for Ordinary Diploma (UQF Level 5 & 6)
From TCU guidelines, students shall be admitted into the various programmes basing on the
following admission and/or registration requirements: -
(i) Possession of at least four passes of relevant Form Four subjects or its equivalent
established by NECTA based on Tanzania education system and NTA Level 4 Certificate.
Or

(ii) Possession of Advanced Certificate of Secondary Education (A-Level) with one principal
pass or its equivalent (at least two subsidiaries) established by NECTA based on
Tanzania education system, Or

(iii) Possession of NABE AND NTA Level 4 Certificate, OR

(iv) Possession of any Bachelor Degree from a recognised institution.

33
6.3 Minimum Admission Requirements for UQF Level 6 Certificates (Pre-University
Programme (P.U.P))
(i) Possession of NTA Level 5 Certificate, OR

(ii) Possession of Advanced Certificate of Secondary Education Examination (A-Level) or


its equivalent with at least one (1) principal pass or two or more subsidiaries; OR

(iii) At least a pass in Diploma from recognized Universities or Institutions; OR

(iv) Any first degree from a recognized University; OR

(v) A mean Grade C or above, or its equivalent from countries that have 8 - 4 - 4 educational
system.

6.4 Minimum Admission Requirements for Undergraduate Degree Programmes (First Degree)
The minimum entry requirements as set by TCU and NACTE to join degree programmes are as
follows:-

(i) For A-Level applicants, the minimum entry qualification is two principal passes with a
total of 2.0 points and three credits at O‟ Level.

(ii) For the applicants with RPL qualification, the minimum qualification is „B‟ grade.

(iii) At least Four O‟ Level passes (D‟s and above) or NVA level III with less than four O‟
Level passes or equivalent foreign qualifications as established by either NECTA or
VETA; AND

(a) Ordinary Diploma (NTA Level 6) with at least GPA of 2.7; or

(b) Full Technician Certificate (FTC) with at least points average of 2.7 (where
A=5, B=4, C=3 and D=2 points); or

(c) Diploma in Teacher Education with an average of „C‟ grade; or

(d) Health related awards such as Clinical Medicine with average of „B‟ grade;
or

(e) Credit class diploma for classified diplomas and certificates in terms of
„distinctions, „credit‟ or pass‟ or

34
(f) Lower Second Class diploma for classified non-NTA diplomas; or

(g) Average of „B‟ grade or Lower Second Class in recognized pre-entry


programme offered by technical institutions accredited by NACTE for both
A level and Diploma holders with lower than minimum entry requirements.

6.5 Additional Requirements for Different Degree Programmes


(i) Candidate applies for Bachelor Degrees in Business Administration; Islamic Banking and
Finance; Procurement and Logistics Management; Business Information Technology;
Economics; Computer Engineering & Information Technology; and Telecommunications
Engineering must: -
(a) Possess a Principal or Subsidiary Level pass in Mathematics at “A” level;
OR

(b) Have passed Mathematics subject with at least D grade at “O” level; OR

(c) Have a pass in Statistics or Mathematics or Quantitative Methods at


Ordinary Diploma level.

(d) For engineering programmes, applicants must have studied Physics,


Chemistry and Mathematics at A-level and at least passed in Physics and
Mathematics.

(e) For Bachelor of Science in Nursing, a candidate must have principal passes
in Biology and Chemistry at A-level.

(ii) Candidate applying for Bachelor of Law and Shariah must have “O” Level Credit pass in
English.

Note: The programme requirements use the Old Grading System to applicants who completed Form Four
and Form Six in 1988-2013. For Form Six applicants who completed their studies from 2014, their
grades will be translated into Old Grading System. The translation is illustrated in table below and
will be used for admission purposes only. For the new grading system principal pass is between
„A‟ and „D‟. (Source: Undergraduate Admissions Guidebook for Higher Education Institutions in
Tanzania – 2014/2015, TCU).

35
Table 1: Converting grades from new system to old system to be used for admission

New Grading System Old Grading System Weight (Using Old


(2014 Onward) (1988-2013) System)
A A 5
B+ B 4
B C 3
C D 2
D E 1
E S 0.5
F F 0

36
7.0. POSTGRADUATE STUDY PROGRAMMES
The postgraduate study programmes available at Zanzibar University are conducted on the basis of
coursework and dissertation or by thesis. They include Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) Degrees, and
Master Degrees. Currently, the following postgraduate degree programmes are offered by various
faculties under the guardianship of the University‟s Institute of Postgraduate Studies and Research
(IPGSR): -
(i) Doctor of Philosophy Degrees and

(ii) Master Degrees

7.1 Duration of the Postgraduate programmes


(i) For full time study, the duration of any PhD degree shall be a minimum of six academic
semesters and a maximum of ten academic semesters. The ten semesters include the
leave of absence that, under very specific circumstances, the candidate may be allowed
to take by the University authority.

(ii) Including the freezing time, part time PhD candidates will have a maximum of 14
academic semesters to complete their studies.

(iii) Master programmes will normally be of four semesters with a minimum duration of three
academic semesters and a maximum of eight academic semesters for full time
candidates. The eight semesters include the leave of absence that, under very specific
circumstances, the candidate may be allowed to take by the University authority.

(iv) Including the freezing time, part time Masters candidates will have a maximum of 10
academic semesters to complete their studies.

(v) Upon recommendation by the respective faculty‟s technical committee on the relevance
of the postgraduate work that has been accomplished, a candidate may be allowed to
transfer up to a maximum of one third, of the required graduation load, of the relevant
postgraduate work that has been done in other faculty or institution. The time will be
proportionately calculated.

37
7.2 Length of a semester
The length of an academic semester shall be 17 weeks, with 15 weeks of teaching and 2 weeks of
examinations.

7.3 Semester load


A minimum of 180 and 120 credit hours has to be completed at levels 9 for the award of Master
degree and Post-graduate Diploma, respectively.

7.4 Minimum and Maximum Credit Units per Module


The minimum size of a module for Master degrees and postgraduate diplomas shall be 6 credits
and the maximum size shall be 15 credits.

8.0. MINIMUM ENTRY REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO POSTGRADUATE


DEGREE PROGRAMMES

8.1 PhD Programmes


To be admitted into a doctorate degree at Zanzibar University:-
(i) A candidate must have obtained at least a good relevant Master degree from a recognized
institution of higher learning.

(ii) Candidates from institutions where the Master degrees are classified, a minimum
Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) of 3.0 in 5.0 grade system is required.

(iii) An applicant would be required to submit a synopsis of proposed study of 3-5 pages
clearly indicating the title of the study, research problem and the objectives.

8.2 Master Programmes


Minimum entry requirements for Master programmes shall be as follows:-

8.2.1 Master of Business Administration (MBA)


To be admitted to this programme, the applicant must fulfil any of the following conditions:-

38
(i) Hold a good undergraduate degree of the Zanzibar University in any discipline, or its
equivalent from any approved institution or accredited institution of higher learning.
Zanzibar University shall usually require a cumulative GPA of 2.7 in 5.0 grade system.

(ii) Possess a postgraduate diploma in business studies or related fields from recognised
institution.

(iii) Hold an advanced diploma from an accredited institution of higher learning, with a
minimum of a second class, upper division and at least two years of working
experience.

(iv) Hold an internationally recognized professional qualification, such as CPA, ACCA, CA,
and CSP plus two years or more of working experience.

8.2.2 Master of Law (LL.M) in Comparative Laws


(i) The general minimum entry requirements for the admission into the programme of
Master of Laws (LLM) in Comparative Laws are as follows:-
(a) A candidate must be a holder of the LL.B degree of not less than the second
class awarded by the Zanzibar University; OR

(b) A candidate must be a holder of the LL.B degree of equivalent merit from
any other approved institution; OR

(c) A candidate must satisfy the requirements for the award of the LLB degree,
provided that the said LL.B degree shall be of CGPA 2.7 or above in 5.0
grade system; OR

(d) A candidate must be a holder of a Bachelor Degree in Islamic Law of not


less than second class awarded by any other approved institution; OR

(e) A candidate must be a holder of Postgraduate Diploma in Law from any


approved institution, and who is also a holder of a First Degree or
Advanced Diploma in Law;

39
(ii) A who has not taken, in his/her first degree, some core courses of either Common Law
or Islamic law shall be required to take respective pre-requisite courses and pass their
examinations so as to meet the minimum requirements.

8.2.3 Master of Sciences in Economics and Finance (MSc Econ. & Fin.)
(i) To be admitted to the programme, the applicant must fulfil any of the following
conditions:-
(a) Hold a good undergraduate degree of the Zanzibar University in Economics
(BA in Economics); OR

(b) Hold a good undergraduate degree of the Zanzibar University in Business


Administration (BBA) or its equivalent; OR

(c) Relevant bachelor degree from any approved institution of higher learning.

(ii) The Zanzibar University requires a bachelor degree cumulative GPA of at least 2.7 in
5.0 grade system.

8.2.4 Master of Public Administration Programme (MPA)


The general minimum entry requirements for the admission into the program of MPA are as
follows:
(i) A candidate must be a holder of Bachelor of Arts in Public Administration of not less
than the second class awarded by the Zanzibar University; OR
(ii) A candidate must be a holder of any other Bachelor Degree of equivalent merit from
any other approved University; OR
(iii) A candidate must satisfy the requirements for the award of the Bachelor Degree,
provided the degree shall be of GPA 2.7 or above in 5.0 grade system; OR
(iv) A candidate must be a holder of any Postgraduate Diploma from any approved
University, and who is also a holder of a Bachelor Degree of any discipline (pass
classification).
(a) Proof of English Language Proficiency is required for an applicant whose
medium of instruction at university was not English.

(b) Possession of a minimum working experience of two years in the field of


Public Administration will be considered as an added advantage.

40
9.0. MODE OF STUDY FOR THE POSTGRADUATE DEGREE PROGRAMMES

9.1 PhD Degree Programmes


Each department is set to offer PhD programmes in various fields. PhD candidates can be
registered throughout the year the application procedures shall depend upon the departments‟
requirements.

9.2 Master Degree Programmes


Zanzibar University is set to offer Master programmes by coursework and dissertation and by
research and thesis.

9.2.1 By Coursework and Dissertation


(i) Candidates who wish to complete their Master degrees by coursework and dissertation
shall have to follow the following procedures:-
(a) To fully complete and pass the coursework phase;

(b) On the Senate‟s approval of the coursework results, the candidate shall be
allowed to proceed to the dissertation phase of the Masters programme.

(c) The candidate shall then present and defend his/her research title to the
respective faculty for approval within the first two weeks of a semester.

(d) The candidate shall necessarily submit his/her comprehensive research


proposal to the Faculty Postgraduate Study Committee (FPSC) members
and present at the Faculty seminars for review purposes.

(ii) The Faculty concerned shall submit proposals of candidates to IPGSR for registration and
appointment of supervisors.
(iii) The IPGSR Board shall approve the candidates‟ registration for the dissertation.

(iv) Deadline for registration shall be at the end of the second week of the semester.

41
9.2.2 By Research and Thesis
(i) Candidates who register for the Master degree by thesis shall be exposed to formal
research methodology instructions before embarking on thesis writing. The candidates
may be required to attend special lectures and seminars.

(ii) Candidates who wish to register for the Master degree by thesis shall be required to
follow the following procedures:-

a) A candidate shall write and submit a two to three page statement of the
research topic to be done. The Faculty concerned shall assign supervisor(s)
to the candidate, who shall then immediately begin his/her studies.

b) Within six months after being registered and on the approval of the
respective FPSC, the candidate shall be required to submit a complete
research proposal and defend it in a seminar for the IPGSR Board.

c) The comprehensive research proposal shall not be more than 20 pages in


length including all appendices and other supporting documents and comply
with the postgraduate thesis guidelines. It shall be distributed to all the
IPGSR Board members for scrutiny at least one week before the seminar
presentation.

d) When the research proposal is found to be satisfactory, the IPGSR Board


shall approve for the preparation and, finally, the thesis writing.

e) IPGSR Board shall approve the supervisors to guide the candidate in his/her
research and shall provide candidate's progress report to the IPGSR after
every three months.

f) If the candidate fails to submit proposal within six months, shall have to pay
TZS 82,500/- for each month of extension.

g) In case, for some reasons, a candidate fails to continue with his/her studies,
he/she may apply to the Senate through the Faculty via IPGSR for the
postponement of the registration. The maximum period for the freezing of
the registration shall be one year.

42
h) If a candidate fails to complete the Masters study program within the given
period of time, that shall lead to his/her discontinuation from studies, unless
the Senate approves his/her application for extension.

9.3 Duration of Study


(i) Period of both categories of the Master degree programmes shall be 104 weeks (2
years).

(ii) Failure of a candidate to complete the Master degree study programme within the
specified time frame shall mean his/her discontinuation from study, unless application
for extension has been submitted before the expiry of the stipulated period and
approved by the Senate.

(iii) However, if a candidate, because of certain reasons, fails to submit the application
before the expiry of the stipulated period he/she may apply within 26 weeks for the
extension.

43
10.0. ZANZIBAR UNIVERSITY FEE STRUCTURES
Subject to changes at the discretion of the University Council, the following are the fee structures
of various programmes.

10.1 Fee Structures for Undergraduate Programmes


Table1: Fees Structure for Undergraduate Programmes for One Academic Year

S/N Item Local Students (TZS) Foreign Students (USD)


1. Application* 16,500 20.00
2. Registration* 49,500 30.00
3. Research* 41,250 25.00
4. Graduation* 66,000 40.00
5. Identity Card* 16,500 10.00
6. Tuition** 1,815,000 1100.00
7. Accommodation** 330,000 200.00
8. Examinations** 132,000 80.00
9. Students’ Union** 16,500 10.00
10. TCU Quality Assurance Fee** 20,000 12.00
11. Caution Money*** 33,000 20.00
TOTAL 2,536,250 1,547.00

KEY I:
* To be paid once only;
** To be paid every year;
*** To be paid once only, refundable at the end of the programme if not used.

44
10.2 Fees Structure for Non-Degree Programmes
Table 2: Fees Structure for NTA Level 4 Certificate Programmes

S/N Item Local Students (TZS) Foreign Students (USD)


1. Application* 16,500 10.00
2. Registration* 49,500 30.00
3. Identity Card* 16,500 10.00
4. Graduation* 82,500 50.00
5. Tuition fee for two semesters 800,000 485.00
6. Accommodation** 330,000 200.00
7. Examinations** 99,000 60.00
8. Students’ Union** 16,500 10.00
9. TCU Quality Assurance Fee** 20,000 12.00
10. Caution Money*** 33,000 20.00
TOTAL 1,463,500 887

KEY II:
Same as KEY I above.

Table 3: Fees Structure for NTA Level 5 & 6 (Diploma) Programmes

S/N Item Local Students Foreign Students


(TZS) (USD)
1. Application* 16,500 10.00
2. Registration* 49,500 30.00
3. Identity Card* 16,500 10.00
4. Graduation* 82,500 50.00
5. Tuition fee for four semesters 2,400,000 1455.00
(two years)
6. Accommodation** 330,000 200.00
7. Examinations** 198,000 120.00
8. Students’ Union** 16,500 10.00
9. TCU Quality Assurance Fee** 20,000 12.00
10. Caution Money*** 33,000 20.00
TOTAL 3,162,500 1917

45
KEY III:
Same as KEY I above.
Table 4: Fees Structure for UQF Level 6 (Pre-University) Programmes

S/N Item Local Students Foreign Students


(TZS) (USD)
1. Application* 16,500 10.00
2. Registration* 49,500 30.00
3. Identity Card* 16,500 10.00
4. Graduation* 82,500 50.00
5. Tuition fees for two semesters 1,600,000 970.00
6. Accommodation** 330,000 200.00
7. Examinations** 99,000 60.00
8. Students’ Union** 16,500 10.00
9. TCU Quality Assurance Fee** 20,000 12.00
10. Caution Money*** 33,000 20.00
TOTAL 2,263,500 1372

KEY IV:
Same as KEY I above.
10.3 Fees Structure for LLM, MBA, MSC ECO & FIN and MPA Programmes
by Coursework and Dissertation

Table 5: Costs payable directly to the University (Local Students) in TZS

S/N Item Year 1 Year 2 TOTAL


1. Application 33,000 - 33,000
2. Registration 49,500 - 49,500
3. Caution Money 49,500 - 49,500
4. Identity Card 16,500 - 16,500
5. Tuition 2,145,000 1,155,000 3,300,000
6. Examination 165,000 82,500 247,500
7. Resource Fee 82,500 82,500 165,000
8. Students’ Union 16,500 16,500 33,000
9. TCU QA Fee 20,000 20,000 40,00
10. Graduation - 66,000 66,000
11. Research - 1,155,000 1,155,000
TOTAL 2,577,500 2,577,500 5,155,000

46
10.4 Fees Structure for LLM, MBA, MSC ECO&FIN and MPA Programmes
by Coursework and Dissertation

Table 6: Costs payable directly to the University (Foreign Students) in DOLLARS

S/N Description Year 1 (Dollar) Year 2 (Dollar) Total (Dollar)


1. Application 20.00 - 20.00
2. Registration 30.00 - 30.00
3. Caution Money 30.00 - 30.00
4. Students’ Union 10.00 - 10.00
5. Identity card 10.00 - 10.00
6. Tuition 1300.00 700.00 2,000.00
7. Examination 100.00 50.00 150.00
8. Resource fee 50.00 50.00 100.00
9. TCU QA Fee 12.00 12.00 24.00
10. Research - 700.00 700.00
11. Graduation - 40.00 40.00
TOTAL 1562.00 1552.00 3,114.00

10.5 Fees Structure for PhD


Table 7: Costs payable directly to the University for PhD (Local Students) in TZS

S/N Description Year 1 (TZS) Year 2 (TZS) Year 3 (TZS) Total


1. Application 33,000 - - 33,000
2. Registration 49,500 - - 49,500
3. Caution Money 49,500 - - 49,500
4. Identity Card 16,500 - - 16,500
5. Tuition 2,805,000 2,145,000 2,145,000 7,095,000
6. Resource Fee 82,500 82,500 82,500 247,500
7. Students’ Union 16,500 16,500 16,500 33,000
8. TCU QA Fee 20,000 20,000 20,000 60,000
9. Graduation - - 82,500 82,500
10. Viva Voce Examination - - 1,155,000 1,155,000
TOTAL 3,072,500 2,247,500 3,485,000 8,805,000

47
Table 8: Costs payable directly to the University for PhD (Foreign Students) in DOLLARS

S/N Description Year 1 $ Year 2 $ Year 3 $ Total


1. Application 20 - - 20
2. Registration 30 - - 30
3. Caution Money 30 - - 30
4. Identity Card 10 - - 10
5. Students’ Union 10 - - 10
6. Tuition 1,700 1,300 1,300 4,300
7. Resource Fee 50 50 50 150
8. TCU QA Fee 12.00 12.00 12.00 36.00
9. Viva Voce Examination - - 700 700
10. Graduation - - 50 50
Total 1,862 1,362 2,112 5,336

Notes: All fee structures stated in the above Tables 1-8 are subject to change from time to time.

48
11.0. GENERAL UNIVERSITY EXAMINATION REGULATIONS
The University shall have two types of examinations, namely, entrance examinations and
University examinations.

11.1 Entrance Examinations


Candidates who meet the University‟s minimum admission requirements may be required to sit for
entrance examination before they are admitted. The examination is divided into two parts:-

Part One: This is a three hour paper consisting of two sections, whereby candidates are required
to answer all questions:
Section I: English Language (grammar, structure and comprehension)
Section II: Logical Reasoning Test (including simple arithmetic)

Part Two: This paper contains questions from A Level or equivalent subjects. Candidates are
required to answer questions from three sections of their choice provided they make a Form VI
subject combination.

11.2 University Examinations


(i) These are all examinations, tests, quizzes, class and laboratory assignments, clinical
practices, seminar presentations, oral, viva voce and other forms of examinations
administered to candidates registered at the University as full time, or short term
students. In some cases, occasional students may be exempted from doing examinations.

(ii) Each module shall be assessed in two (2) parts, course work and end of semester
examination.

11.2.1 Registration for Examinations


(i) Registration by a candidate and payment to the University of all required prescribed fees
for the University shall be deemed as adequate registration for the requisite
examinations in the particular study.
49
(ii) Subject to the approval by the Senate, Faculty shall make such internal examination
regulations as necessary for the proper conduct, management and administration of
examinations in accordance with the specific requirements of particular degree.

11.2.2 Course Work Requirements


(i) The course work for postgraduate programmes shall contribute 50% of the total marks.

(ii) The course work shall contribute 30% of the total marks for all undergraduate
programmes except engineering and health sciences that will be 40%.

(iii) For non-degree programmes, coursework contribution will be determined by NACTE


and TCU guidelines.

(iv) The coursework contribution for occasional student shall be determined by rule (i), (ii)
and (iii) above.

(v) The course work component shall consist of at least one test and two assignments or two
tests and assignment per module.

(vi) A student who does not have course work results shall not be allowed to sit for the final
examination in that module.

11.2.3 Eligibility for End of Semester Examinations


(i) No candidate shall be allowed to sit for any examination in any subject unless the
candidate has fully completed all the requirements of the coursework component.

(ii) Candidate should have a minimum attendance of 75%.

(iii) Where a candidate who is not eligible for examination enters into the examination room
and sits for the paper shall be deemed to have committed examination irregularity and
be discontinued.

(iv) A candidate who has not completed any part of the coursework in a course for genuine
reasons will be required to repeat any part of the coursework missed before sitting for
that examination.

50
11.3 Oral Examination
(i) A candidate, at any examination, may, at the discretion of the Board of Examiners, be
required to attend an oral examination in addition to written and practical examinations.

(ii) When Oral Examination is applicable, the percentages of the total marks awarded shall
be as follows: written examination marks 50%, practical examination marks 30% and
oral examination marks 20%). Otherwise, the Senate, on the recommendation of the
appropriate Faculty Board shall determine the distribution.

11.4 End of Semester Examination


(i) End of semester examination shall constitute either 70% or 60% of the overall total of
final examinations marks depending upon the contribution of the coursework
component.

(ii) Except for the programmes in health and allied sciences where pass mark is 50%, pass
mark for all other programmes shall be 40% comprising of both course work and final
examination marks.

11.5 Absence from Examination


A candidate who absents himself/herself from an examination without genuine reasons shall be
discontinued from studies on grounds of abscondment.

11.6 Examination Moderation and Marking


(i) Every University examination for non-degree, undergraduate and postgraduate
programmes may be internally moderated by moderators appointed by the Faculty Dean
or institute Directors before being externally moderated.

(ii) After internal moderation, all examinations shall be externally moderated by external
examiners appointed from the approved list of University‟s external examiners.

(iii) The University examinations answer scripts of the first semester may be marked by
internal examiners only while in the second semester, the examination answer scripts
shall be both internally and externally marked.

51
(iv) Both internal and external examiners shall be entitled to such honoraria as the Council
shall prescribe.

11.7 Conduct of Examinations


(i) University examinations shall be conducted under the control of the DVC (Academic).

(ii) Subject to approval by the Senate, the Office of the DVC (Academic) shall have powers
to issue instructions, notes and guidelines to candidates, invigilators, and examiners.

(iii) All examinations shall be held at a time to be determined by the Senate, which shall
normally be at the end of each semester, subject to such exceptions as Senate may
allow.

(iv) There will be first sitting/supplementary examinations at the end of each academic year.

(v) There will be special first sitting/supplementary examinations at the time to be


determined by the Senate.

(vi) There will be a special supplementary examination for finalist before the graduation.

11.8 Examination Irregularities


(i) An examination irregularity includes:-

(a) Unauthorized absence from or presence in the examination room;

(b) Possession of unauthorized materials either before or after or during


examination by a candidate or non-candidate;

(c) Copying, communicating or causing disturbance and any other unfair


practice in or near any examination room;

(d) Cheating during examination time; and

(e) Failure of the candidate to adhere to regulation number 11.9 (ii) (b).

(ii) In this regulation:

52
(a) “unauthorised materials” include:-

1. Unauthorised painting;

2. Unauthorised hand-written or printed materials;

3. Any unauthorised part of University answer script;

4. Whole or part of unauthorised examination paper; and

5. Unauthorised electronic devices or any other material specified


from time to time by the University Senate.

(b) “Unauthorised absence from examination room” includes:-

1. Going out of the examination room by a candidate, temporarily; or


otherwise;

2. Staying outside the examination room for unduly long period


without permission from the invigilator.

(c) “Unauthorised presence in the examination room” includes entering into


examination room by a non-candidate, temporarily or otherwise, pretending
to be a candidate who is supposed to write that specific examination.

(d) “Cheating in examination” includes any form or kind of dishonesty or


destruction or falsification of any evidence of examination irregularity.

11.9 Procedure for Managing Examination Irregularities


(i) All cases of alleged examination irregularities shall be referred to the Senate
Examinations Committee through the Examinations Officer.

(ii) The procedure for handling examination irregularities shall be as follows:-

(a) A candidate found cheating shall have his/her materials confiscated, but will
be allowed to continue doing the examination.

(b) Both the invigilator and the candidate concerned shall sign unauthorised
materials, if possible and fill the Examination Cheating Form.
53
(c) The case shall be reported to the Senate Examinations Committee.

(d) Senate Examinations Committee shall have power of summoning students


and members of staff when it deems necessary.

(e) Senate Examinations Committee shall submit a report of its findings and
recommendations to the Senate based on the gravity of the examination
irregularity.

(f) A candidate or student found guilty of any examination irregularity shall be


liable to punishment herein provided.

11.10 Penalties
(i) The Senate may impose one or more of the following penalties:-

(a) Reprimand;

(b) Payment of a fine;

(c) Cancellation of the relevant examination results;

(d) Suspension from studies;

(e) Cancellation of University sponsorship; and

(f) Discontinuation.
(ii) Notwithstanding the above provisions, the Senate may impose such a lesser penalty on a
candidate found guilty of committing an examination irregularity, depending on the
gravity of the facts or circumstances of the case as the Senate may deem appropriate.

54
12.0. APPROVAL OF EXAMINATION RESULTS

The Faculty/Institute Board shall release provisional examination results at the end of each
semester. These results are subject to approval of the Senate.

12.1 Appeals
(i) Any student not satisfied by the decision of the Senate has a right to appeal.

(ii) Any appeal must be lodged to the Deputy Vice Chancellor for Academic Affairs through
the relevant Faculty or Institute Board.

(iii) An appeal pertaining to the conduct of any Faculty or Institute‟s examinations and
marking scripts must be lodged in accordance with these regulations within thirty (30)
days from the date of approval of the results by the Senate.

(iv) Any member of the appellant‟s Faculty or Institute, who participated in the making of the
decision against which the appeal is lodged, shall not have a voting right in the Senate
over such an appeal.

12.2 Appeal Fee


All appeals shall be accompanied by a receipt of the appeal fee to be determined from time to time
by the Senate.

13.0. PRESERVATION OF SCRIPTS


The University shall preserve the students‟ scripts for the purpose of reference for a period of not
less than three years.

14.0. PROGRESS FROM YEAR TO YEAR


(i) Normal progress shall occur when a student has passed all the courses required for each
academic year.

(ii) A student who fails some of the courses, but his/her annual CGPA is at least 1.80 in a
given academic year shall be allowed to proceed from one year to another provided that
55
the annual CGPA is at least 2.0 after considering the supplementary examinations
results.

15.0. FIRST SITTING/SUPPLEMENTARY EXAMINATIONS


(i) First sitting and supplementary examinations shall be conducted at the end of each
academic year.

(ii) The following are the conditions for first sitting and supplementary examinations:-

a) A candidate who fails some of the courses, but his/her annual CGPA is at
least 1.80 in a given academic year, shall be allowed to sit for
supplementary examinations in the failed courses.

b) A candidate who for any genuine reason was unable to sit for final examination
may be allowed to write the first sitting examination.

(iii) First year and continuing students who were unable to sit for the first sitting/supplementary
examinations for any genuine reasons may be allowed to sit for the special first
sitting/supplementary at the time to be determined by the Senate in accordance with 11.7.

16.0. REPEATING A YEAR


(i) A continuing student whose annual CGPA is less than 1.8 may be allowed to repeat a year
provided that his/her overall CGPA is at least 2.0.

(ii) A repeating student can be exempted from repeating any course whose grade was above
C.

(iii) The regulations (i) and (ii) above shall not apply to first year (undergraduate), NTA
Level 4 and UQF Level 6 students.

(iv) When a number of the failed courses after supplementary examinations is equal or above
the semester load shall be required to repeat a year regardless his/her annual CGPA.

56
17.0. CARRYOVER
(i) Finalists who fail special supplementary examinations may be allowed to carryover the
failed courses when next offered.

(ii) First year and continuing students who fail to clear some courses after supplementary
shall be allowed to carryover the failed courses provided that his/her annual CGPA is at
least 2.0.

(iii) When a number of the failed courses, after supplementary examinations is below
semester load a student shall be required to carryover the failed courses provided that
his/her annual CGPA is at least 2.0.

(iv) A candidate required to carryover courses shall have to clear them within the next
academic year.

(v) A carried over subject shall be considered as first sitting course such that a candidate:-

a) has to attend all the prescribed lectures, tutorials, clinical or practical


sessions, and fieldwork in that course;

b) has to satisfy all the requirements for the coursework component of that
course;

c) has to sit for the end of semester examination in that course; and

d) can score up to a maximum possible grade.

18.0. DISCONTINUATION FROM STUDIES

A student shall be discontinued from studies on one or more of the following basis:-

(i) If a first year candidate fails to score an annual CGPA of at least 1.80;

(ii) If a student fails to obtain an annual CGPA of 2.0 after supplementary examination
results and his/her overall CGPA is below 2.0;

(iii) If a repeating student failed to obtain annual CGPA of 2.0 before supplementary
examinations;

57
(iv) If a student overstays on an academic programme for more than two years;

(v) If a student absconds or fails to sit for any examination without a justifiable reason;

(vi) If a student fails to resume the studies after any postponement he/she had been allowed;

(vii) If a student is found guilty of examination irregularity;

(viii) If a student breaches University regulations;

(ix) If a student breaches immigration regulations;

19.0. POSTPONEMENT OF EXAMINATIONS/STUDIES

(i) Subject to the approval of the Senate, a student may apply to postpone examinations or
studies to the DVC (Academic) through the respective Faculty Dean or Institute
Director and respective Head of Department.

(ii) A student with genuine reasons may be allowed to postpone examination/studies.

(iii) The period of postponement of studies shall not count against the period of candidature
for the programme a student is registered for.

(iv) The student who had postponed studies shall inform the DVC (Academic) about his/her
resumption of studies.

20.0. CONCEDED PASS

A “Conceded Pass” is a pass granted for only one course in which a final year candidate, class
representative, ZANUSO leader, or a student who has represented and tried to boost the image of
the University is within five marks to a pass mark of the final aggregate mark.

20.1 Procedure of Managing Conceded Pass

(i) Conceded Passes are granted at the discretion of the Faculty or Institute Boards.

(ii) The Board shall during the time of consideration of examination results, identify the
students eligible for conceded pass.
58
(iii) A student can only be granted one conceded pass per semester.

20.2 Eligibility for a Conceded Pass


A conceded pass shall be granted under the following conditions:

(i) A candidate must be a final year student, or an active class representative, or an active
member of ZANUSO government, or a student who has represented and tried to boost
the image of the University. AND

(ii) If the final mark in a course is within five marks to a pass mark of the final aggregate
mark. AND

(iii) The candidate‟s cumulative grade point average (CGPA) will be at least 1.8 when
conceded pass is included.

21.0. DEGREE AWARDS

21.1 Honours Degree


A degree with honours shall be given to any undergraduate candidate who has an overall CGPA of
3.5 and above and who has never supplemented in any examination throughout his/her studies.

21.2 Aegrotat Degree

A candidate who has completed a course of study, but he/she has been absent from the final
examination of one course due to serious illness, may apply to the University for the award of an
Aegrotat degree in accordance with the following regulations:-

(i) A candidate who has completed all the continuous assessment of written assignments,
tests, field research, projects and a portion of final examination as determined by the
Faculty or Institute Board is eligible to apply for an Aegrotat Degree of the Zanzibar
University;

(ii) Application from or on behalf of the candidate should reach the office of the DVC
(Academic) through Faculty or Institute within the period of examination or later when
59
the candidate finds he/she cannot continue with the examination under various
provisions allowed. The application should also be accompanied with a report from a
registered Medical Practitioner and verified by the Zanzibar University Medical
Personnel.

(iii) An Aegrotat degree candidate is not eligible for the award of an honours degree.

21.3 Honorary Degree

(i) An honorary degree of the Zanzibar University is the degree of Doctor honoris causa.

(ii) The award may be granted in accordance with relevant provisions of the Zanzibar
University Senate, with the approval of the Chancellor, to confer upon any person who
has rendered distinguished service in the advancement of any branch of learning and
contributed much to the growth and prosperity of humanity.

(iii) The following Honorary Degrees may be conferred by the Zanzibar University:-

a) Doctor of Laws (LL.D);

b) Doctor of Letters (D.Litt);

c) Doctor of Science (D.Sc.);

d) Doctor of Education (Ed.D).

21.4 Post-Humous Degrees or Diplomas or Certificates

A post-homous Degree or Diploma or Certificate shall be conferred to a Zanzibar University


student, who completed all requirements of the programme of study, but dies before graduation.

22.0. CALCULATION OF THE CUMULATIVE GRADE POINT AVERAGE (CGPA)

The Cumulative Grade Point Average at a given time shall be obtained by:-

(i) Multiplying the grade point obtained in each course by the credit units assigned to the
course to arrive at the weighted score for the course.

60
(ii) Adding together the weighted scores for all the courses taken up to that time to obtain
total grade points for the courses.

(iii) Dividing the total grade points for all courses by the total number of credit units taken up
to that time as expressed in the equation below:-

𝑇𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝑔𝑟𝑎𝑑𝑒 𝑝𝑜𝑖𝑛𝑡𝑠 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑎𝑙𝑙 𝑐𝑜𝑢𝑟𝑠𝑒𝑠


𝐶𝐺𝑃𝐴 =
𝑇𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝑛𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟 𝑜𝑓 𝑐𝑟𝑒𝑑𝑖𝑡 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠

23.0. CERTIFICATES AND TRANSCRIPTS


(i) The Zanzibar University Certificates shall carry special features as prescribed in the
University Charter. Original Certificates and Transcripts shall be issued to graduates
upon successful completion of their programme.

(ii) The Admissions Officer or any other person appointed by the University
Authorities may certify copies of certificates as true copies of the original.

(iii) A final year student requiring an academic transcript shall fill a clearance form and
submit two recent passport size photographs to the Faculty for the preparation of
transcript

(iv) A candidate who requires certified copies of original academic transcript shall pay a fee
of TZS 3,000/-.

(v) A fee of TZS 5,000/- as the Senate may, from time to time, prescribe shall be charged for
certifying up to five copies of a degree certificate.

23.1 Loss of Certificate


(i) In case of a loss of the original certificate or a copy thereof of the Zanzibar
University, the Senate or its Chairman may authorise the DVC (Academic) to issue a
DUPLICATE copy after fulfilling the following conditions: -

(a) The applicant produces a sworn affidavit declaring the loss of the
certificate;

61
(b) The applicant produces evidence that the loss has been reported to
applicant‟s nearest Police Station;

(c) The applicant produces evidence that the loss has been widely announced
on the newspapers and other media;

(d) The applicant pays the replacement fee of TZS 100,000/=, then the
University shall issue a new certificate stamped DUPLICATE across.

(e) A copy of the lost certificate shall be issued after one year from the date the
applicant has submitted the requirements stated in (i) – (iv) above, then the
University shall issue a new certificate stamped DUPLICATE across.

(ii) In case of partial destruction of the original certificate or a copy thereof of the Zanzibar
University, the Senate or its Chairman may authorise the DVC (Academic) to issue a
DUPLICATE copy after fulfilling the following conditions: -

(a) The applicant produces a sworn affidavit declaring destruction of the


certificate;

(b) Submits a letter to the DVC (Academic) requesting the Zanzibar University
to replace the destroyed certificate;

(c) Submits the destroyed certificate;

(d) The applicant pays the replacement fee of TZS 75,000/= as prescribed by
Senate from time to time, then the University shall issue a new certificate
stamped DUPLICATE across.

24.0. PAYMENT OF FEES


(i) Fees may be paid in two equal instalments, an instalment being due at the beginning of
each semester prior to registration.

(ii) Fees paid for the semester partially or fully studied are not refundable.

(iii) Students are required to produce evidence of sponsorship otherwise they will be required
to pay full tuition and University fees at the beginning of the semester.

62
(iv) Students who have not registered shall not be allowed to attend classes.

(v) Any candidate who owes the University as a result of non-payment of any part of
University fee by a student or his/her sponsor shall not be allowed to graduate.

(vi) A candidate who owes the University shall not be issued with an academic transcript,
certificate, statement of results or any other academic document.

25.0. EXAMINATION REGULATIONS FOR NON-DEGREE PROGRAMMES

(i) The Examination regulations for non-degree programmes are similar to those of the
undergraduate degree programmes except for grading system.

(ii) The following tables show the grading systems and classifications of non-degree
programmes:-

(e) Grading system and classification of NTA Level 4 and NTA Level 5
Certificates is given below in accordance with NACTE guidelines.

Table 7: Range of Marks and Grading System


S/N Range of Marks Grade Definition
1. 80 – 100 A Excellent
2. 65 – 79 B Good
3. 50 – 64 C Average
4. 40 – 49 D Poor
5. 0 – 39 F Failure
6. - I Incomplete

Table 8: GPA Range and Certificate Classification

Cumulative GPA Certificate Classification


3.5 - 4.0 First Class
3.0 - 3.4 Second Class
2.0 - 2.9 Pass

63
(f) Ordinary Diploma in Accordance with NACTE Guidelines

Table 9: Range of Marks and Grading System

S/N Range of Marks Grade Point Definition


1. 80 – 100 A 5 Excellent
2. 70 – 79 B+ 4 Very Good
3. 60 – 69 B 3 Good
4. 50 – 59 C 2 Average
5. 40 – 49 D 1 Poor
6. 0 – 39 F 0 Failure
7. - I - Incomplete

Table 10: GPA Range and Ordinary Diploma Classification

Cumulative GPA Ordinary Diploma Classification

4.4 - 5.0 First Class

3.5 - 4.3 Upper Second

2.7 - 3.4 Lower Second

2.0 - 2.6 Pass

0.0 - 1.9 Failure

64
Table 11: Grading System for non-degree programmes

Marks Grade Points Remarks

80 – 100 A 5 Excellent

70 – 79 B+ 4 Very Good

60 – 69 B 3 Good

50 – 59 C 2 Fair

40 – 49 D 1 Fail

0 – 39 E 0 Absolute Fail

(iii) Candidates who successfully complete any non-degree programme of the Zanzibar
University shall be awarded either a Certificate or Diploma of the Zanzibar University.

26.0. EXAMINATION REGULATIONS FOR POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMMES


26.1 Assessment of course

(i) Each PhD and Master degree course shall be assessed in two parts, that is, progressive
assessment accounting for 50% and final examination also accounting for 50%.
(ii) Postgraduate diplomas progressive assessment shall account for 40% and final
examination for 60%.

26.2 Pass mark


The pass mark for all postgraduate degrees and diplomas shall be 50%.

65
27.0. PROGRESS FROM YEAR TO YEAR

(i) Normal progress shall occur when a student has passed all the courses required for each
academic year.

(ii) A student who fails some of the courses, but his/her annual CGPA is at least 2.70 in a
given academic year shall be allowed to proceed from one year to another provided that
the annual CGPA is at least 3.0 after considering the supplementary examinations
results.

27.1 First Sitting/Supplementary Examinations

(i) First sitting and supplementary examinations shall be conducted at the end of each
academic year.

(ii) The following are the conditions for first sitting and supplementary examinations:-

a) A candidate who fails some of the courses, but his/her annual CGPA is at
least 2.70 in a given academic year, shall be allowed to sit for
supplementary examinations in the failed courses.

b) A candidate who for any genuine reason was unable to sit for final examination
may be allowed to write the first sitting examination.

(iii) First year and continuing students who were unable to sit for the first sitting/supplementary
examinations for any genuine reasons may be allowed to sit for the special first
sitting/supplementary at the time to be determined by the Senate.

27.2 Repeating a Year

(i) A continuing student whose annual CGPA is less than 2.70 may be allowed to repeat a
year provided that his/her overall CGPA is at least 3.0.

(ii) A repeating student can be exempted from repeating any course whose grade was above
B.

(iii) The regulations (i) and (ii) above shall not apply to first year students.

66
(iv) When a number of the failed courses after supplementary examinations is equal or above
the semester load shall be required to repeat a year regardless his/her annual CGPA.

27.3 Carryover

(i) Finalists who fail special supplementary examinations may be allowed to carryover the
failed courses when next offered.

(ii) First year and continuing students who fail to clear some courses after supplementary
shall be allowed to carryover the failed courses provided that his/her annual CGPA is at
least 3.0.

(iii) When a number of the failed courses, after supplementary examinations is below
semester load a student shall be required to carryover the failed courses provided that
his/her annual CGPA is at least 3.0.

(iv) A candidate required to carryover courses shall have to clear them within the next
academic year.

(v) A carried over subject shall be considered as first sitting course such that a candidate:-

a) has to attend all the prescribed lectures, tutorials, clinical or practical


sessions, and fieldwork in that course;

b) has to satisfy all the requirements for the coursework component of that
course;

c) has to sit for the end of semester examination in that course; and

d) can score up to a maximum possible grade.

67
28.0. DISCONTINUATION FROM STUDIES

A student shall be discontinued from studies on one or more of the following basis:-

(i) If a first year candidate fails to score an annual CGPA of at least 2.70;

(ii) If a student fails to obtain an annual CGPA of 3.0 after supplementary examination
results and his/her overall CGPA is below 3.0;

(iii) If a repeating student failed to obtain annual CGPA of 3.0 before supplementary
examinations;

(iv) If a student overstays on an academic programme for more than two years;

(v) If a student absconds or fails to sit for any examination without a justifiable reason;

(vi) If a student fails to resume the studies after any postponement he/she had been allowed;

(vii) If a student is found guilty of examination irregularity;

(viii) If a student breaches University regulations;

(ix) If a student breaches immigration regulations;

29.0. POSTPONEMENT OF EXAMINATIONS/STUDIES

(i) Subject to the approval of the Senate, a student may apply to postpone examinations or
studies to the DVC (Academic) through the respective Faculty Dean or Institute
Director and respective Head of Department.

(ii) A student with genuine reasons may be allowed to postpone examination/studies.

(iii) The period of postponement of studies shall not count against the period of candidature
for the programme a student is registered for.

(iv) The student who had postponed studies shall inform the DVC (Academic) about his/her
resumption of studies.

68
30.0. CONCEDED PASS

A “Conceded Pass” is a pass granted for only one course in which a final year candidate, class
representative, ZANUSO leader, or a student who has represented and tried to boost the image of
the University is within five marks to a pass mark of the final aggregate mark.

30.1 Procedure of Managing Conceded Pass

(i) Conceded Passes are granted at the discretion of the Faculty or Institute Boards.

(ii) The Board shall during the time of consideration of examination results, identify the
students eligible for conceded pass.

(iii) A student can only be granted one conceded pass per semester.

30.2 Eligibility for a Conceded Pass


A conceded pass shall be granted under the following conditions:

(i) A candidate must be a final year student, or an active class representative, or an active
member of ZANUSO government, or a student who has represented and tried to boost
the image of the University. AND

(ii) If the final mark in a course is within five marks to a pass mark of the final aggregate
mark. AND

(iii) The candidate‟s cumulative grade point average (CGPA) will be at least 2.7 when
conceded pass is included.

30.3 Grading System for Postgraduate Degree Programmes

The grading system for Postgraduate Degree Programmes shall be as shown in Table 12.

Table 12: Grading System for Postgraduate Programmes

Marks Grades Points Remarks

69
70 -100 A 5 Excellent
60 - 69 B+ 4 Very Good
50 - 59 B 3 Good
40 - 49 C 2 Marginal Fail
35 - 39 D 1 Fail
0 - 34 E 0 Absolute Fail

30.4 Classification of Postgraduate Degrees and Postgraduate Diplomas

(i) PhD degrees shall not be classified.

(ii) Master degrees shall be classified only as PASS with distinction (70+) or PASS (Less
than 70).

(iii) Postgraduate Diplomas shall be classified as; Distinction 4.0 – 5.0 or Credit.3.0 – 3.9 or
Pass 2.0 – 2.9 (GPA).

31.0. POSTGRADUATE DEGREE AWARDS

(i) To be awarded a PhD or a Master degree or a postgraduate diploma of the Zanzibar


University by coursework, a candidate must pass the course work and dissertation or
research report separately within a given time frame.

(ii) In Master Degree programmes involving examinations by thesis alone without course
work component, the candidates shall, in addition to writing a thesis, appear for a viva
voce examination.

32.0. TOTAL CREDIT UNITS FOR DISSERTATION AND RESEARCH REPORTS

(i) The total credit unit for Master degree dissertation shall be a minimum of 12 credit units
and a maximum of 18 credit units.

(ii) The total credit unit for a postgraduate diploma research report shall be 4 credit units.
70
33.0. REGULATIONS ON THESES AND DISSERTATIONS

(i) Candidates who qualify to continue with dissertation research, after the completion of
the coursework part, shall be required to submit a dissertation, in partial fulfilment of
the degree requirements, after a specific period set by the relevant Faculty.

(ii) Candidates shall be required to give at least one seminar presentation before the initial
submission of the dissertation/thesis.

(iii) Three months before submitting a dissertation a candidate shall, through the supervisor
and relevant Faculty, give a notice in writing to the Chairman of Board of IPGSR
showing the intention to submit the dissertation/thesis. The relevant Faculty shall then
propose examination arrangements to that effect.

(iv) Every dissertation/thesis submitted for the degree must be accompanied by a declaration
by the candidate to the satisfaction of Senate, stating that it is the candidate's own
original work and that it has not been submitted for any award at any other Institution.
The dissertation/thesis shall be submitted in four copies.

(v) A dissertation/thesis submitted for PhD, Master degrees and postgraduate diplomas
must be satisfactory as regards to format and literary presentation. It must also contain
an abstract of 250 to 300 words.

(vi) The abstract shall indicate in a summary form, essential points of the
thesis/dissertation/research report, the important results achieved, and the conclusions
reached.

33.1 Examination of Dissertation

(i) Every dissertation/thesis submitted shall be examined by at least two specialists


excluding the supervisor approved by the Board of the relevant Faculty, Board of
IPGSR and the Senate. At least one of them must be a competent staff member of the
Zanzibar University.

71
(ii) The Examiners shall be required to submit their detailed reports on the
dissertation/thesis within a period of two months from the date of receipt of the
dissertation/thesis. If the reports are not received within a period of two months, new
examiners shall be appointed.

(iii) Each examiner shall be required to summarize the report about the dissertation/thesis by
filling a Summary Recommendation Form with definite recommendation for one of the
following actions:-

a) The degree be awarded unconditionally; OR

b) The degree be awarded subject to typographical corrections or minor


revisions; OR

c) The degree not be awarded but the candidate be allowed to revise and
submit the dissertation/thesis for re-examination; OR

d) The dissertation/thesis to be rejected outright.

e) A dissertation/thesis recommended for re-writing must be re-submitted for


degree award within six (6) months after notification.

(iv) A dissertation/thesis passed subject to typographical corrections or minor revisions


must be submitted for degree award within three (3) months after notification.

(v) A candidate who fails, without convincing reasons, to submit his/her dissertation/thesis
within the time frame stated by the relevant Faculty shall be discontinued from studies.

33.2 Size of Theses, Dissertations and Research Reports

(i) All theses, dissertations and research reports shall be typed in font 13 Times New
Roman and double spaced.

(ii) Respective Faculties shall determine the minimum and maximum length of the theses,
dissertations and research reports.

72
33.3 Copies of Theses, Dissertations and Research Reports

(i) In all cases on successful completion of the research each student shall be required to
submit a soft copy and 4 hard cover bound copies to be certified by the IPGSR.

(ii) The copies shall be distributed as follows; relevant Faculty shall receive one (1) copy;
IPGSR one (1) copy; and University Library one (1) copy; and the candidate shall
receive one (1) copy as well.

(iii) The colour shall be black and the wording in golden colour.

33.4 Honoraria
Honoraria for Supervisors and Examiners of Theses, Dissertations and Research Reports shall be
determined by Senate on the recommendations of the Board of IPGSR.

34.0. COURSEWORK COMPONENT

(i) The coursework shall contribute 50% of the total marks. It shall have at least the
following components:-

a) Assignments

b) Timed Test 1

c) Timed Test 2/Laboratory practical

d) Project Paper

(ii) All coursework submitted for assessment should be of original nature, rather unique,
and differs significantly from the conventional work of other students. All reference
materials used must be shown and acknowledged accordingly.

(iii) The coursework component of each course shall carry 50 percent of the total final marks
and the final semester examination shall carry 50 percent of the overall total final
examination marks.

73
34.1 Coursework Evaluation for the Programme

(i) Every student pursuing a Master degree program by coursework shall be assessed
during each semester.

(ii) There shall be final semester examinations at the end of every academic semester. Each
registered postgraduate student shall be required to sit for examinations for all courses
offered during the semester.

(iii) The assessment of academic performance shall be both in coursework and final
semester examinations.

(iv) The assessment of academic performance shall be in every subject offered and taught
during the semester.

(v) A candidate shall be declared to have passed the examination if he/she scores a total of
coursework mark and final examination mark of 50 percent or more for every subject
examined; and he/she scores at least 25 percent out of the 50 percent at the final
semester examination in every subject examined.

34.2 Examination Irregularities


All examination irregularities cases will be handled in accordance with regulation 11.8 – 11.10
above.

35.0. REGULATIONS OF THESIS/DISSERTATIONS AND RESEARCH REPORTS

(i) Candidates who qualify to continue with dissertation research, after the completion of
the coursework part, shall be required to submit a dissertation, in partial fulfilment of
the Master degree requirements, after a specific period of thirty weeks (seven months)
set by the Faculty.

(ii) Candidates shall be required to give at least one seminar presentation before the initial
submission of the dissertation/thesis.

(iii) Three months before submitting a dissertation/thesis a candidate shall, through his/her
supervisor and Faculty, give notice in writing to the Chairman of PSC showing his/her
74
intention to submit the dissertation/thesis. The Faculty shall then propose examination
arrangements to that effect.

(iv) Every dissertation/thesis submitted for the degree must be accompanied by a declaration
by the candidate to the satisfaction of Senate, stating that it is the candidate's own
original work and that it has not been submitted for a similar degree in any other
University. The dissertation/thesis shall be submitted in four copies.

(v) A dissertation/thesis submitted for PhD, Master degree and Postgraduate diplomas must
be satisfactory as regards to format and literary presentation. It must also contain an
abstract of 250 to 300 words. The abstract shall indicate in a summary form, essential
points of the dissertation/thesis, research report, the important results achieved, and the
conclusions reached.

35.1 Examination of Dissertation

(i) Every dissertation/thesis submitted shall be examined by at least two specialists


approved by the Board of the Faculty concerned, PSC and the Senate. At least one of
them must be the supervisor of the candidate or a competent staff member of the
Zanzibar University.

(ii) The Examiners shall be required to submit their detailed reports on the
dissertation/thesis within a period of two months from the date of receipt of the
dissertation/thesis. If the reports are not received within a period of two months, new
examiners shall be appointed.

(iii) Each examiner shall be required to summarize his/her report about the dertation/thesis
by filling Summary Recommendation Form with definite recommendation for one of
the following actions:-

a) The degree be awarded unconditionally; OR


b) The degree be awarded subject to typographical corrections or minor revisions;
OR
c) The degree not be awarded but the candidate be allowed to revise and
submit his/her dissertation/thesis for re-examination; OR

75
d) The dissertation/thesis to be rejected outright.

(iv) A dissertation/thesis recommended for re-writing must be re-submitted for degree award
within six (6) months after notification.

(v) A dissertation/thesis passed subject to typographical corrections or minor revisions


must be submitted for degree award within three (3) months after notification.

(vi) A candidate who fails, without convincing reasons, to submit his/her dissertation/thesis
within the time frame stated shall be discontinued from studies.

(vii) Whereas the examiners are not in agreement with these overall recommendations, PSC
shall examine the case and recommend one of the following actions:-

a) The recommendation of the External Examiner (s) be adopted; OR

b) An additional independent examiner to be appointed; OR

c) The Faculty shall be requested to establish a panel from amongst the experts
available to examine the candidate orally.

(viii) Candidates are free to appeal to Senate against any decisions regarding the results of the
examinations.

(ix) The Directorate of Postgraduate Studies and Research Institute shall pay honorarium to
the external examiner on receiving detailed reports of the dissertation/thesis under
examination. However the honorarium shall be determined from time to time by the
Council.

35.2 Re-Do Dissertation/Thesis


Whereas a candidate fails to meet the requirements as stipulated, he/she shall be required to re-do
the dissertations/thesis subject to the conditions provided.

35.3 Viva-Voce

(i) Candidates who are registered for a Master degree Programme by Coursework and
Dissertation may be required to appear for viva-voce examination if such an

76
examination is deemed to be necessary in the Faculty concerned. This is an oral
examination.

(ii) Candidates, who do examinations by thesis without any course work component, shall,
in addition to writing a thesis, also appear for a viva voce examination.

(iii) Viva-voce examination shall take place only after the PSC has been satisfied that the
thesis/dissertation submitted by the candidate is satisfactory.

(iv) Questions to be asked in the viva-voce shall primarily focus on the candidate‟s
dissertation/thesis research area.

(v) The Faculty concerned shall recommend a viva voce panel of at least three (3), but not
more than five (5) experts, who shall be approved by the Senate.

(vi) The viva-voce panel shall be as follows:-

a) External examiner (Chairperson), who shall be appointed by the PSC;

b) Internal examiner (the supervisor who guided the candidate in his/her


research);

c) Head of the relevant department (or his/her appointee);

d) Two other members appointed by the Faculty concerned.

(vii) Where the panellists are unable to reach unanimous agreement as to whether the
candidate passes or fails, a vote shall be taken to arrive at a decision. A majority vote
shall be required for passing the viva-voce examination.

(viii) At the end of the viva-voce examination, the panel members shall sign a Viva-voce
Examination Results Form that gives recommendation on the candidate‟s performance.
Each panellist shall receive an honorarium, to be determined by the Council from time
to time.

(ix) Where there is disagreement between the recommendation of the thesis and viva voce
examiners, the Postgraduate Studies Committee shall study the case and recommend to
the Senate one of the following options:-

77
(a) The candidate revises and re-submits the thesis and to finally re-appear for further
oral/written examination, within a period of six (6) months since the date of the
decision by the Senate; OR
(b) The candidate is deemed to have failed outright.

(x) The purpose of the viva-voce shall be as follows:

(a) To ascertain that the dissertation presented is the original work of the candidate;

(b) The candidate has grasped the broader subject area in which the study is based;

(c) Any weaknesses in the thesis/dissertation are adequately clarified by the


candidate;

(d) To recommend whether the candidate should be passed or failed;

(e) A majority vote in favour of passing the candidate shall be required.

36.0. PAYMENT OF FEES

(i) Every admitted candidate shall pay fees as approved by the Zanzibar University Council.
Information regarding the fees to be paid is available in the University Prospectus, as
well as from the office of the Director of Postgraduate Studies & Research Institute and
the office of the Faculty Dean.

(ii) Every candidate must pay tuition fees as required before registering for the study
programme. No candidate shall be allowed to sit for examinations if he/she has not paid
tuition fees.

(iii) Every candidate must settle all fee arrears and clear all debts to the Zanzibar University
before graduation. Students with fee arrears shall not be allowed to graduate, receive
certificates, academic transcripts, progress reports or any other academic documents.

37.0. MATERIALS PERTAINING TO THE CONDUCT OF UNIVERSITY EXAMINATIONS


The University examinations shall be conducted in accordance of the following regulations:-
78
37.1 Internal Examiners

(i) All academic members of staff who have participated in teaching subjects under
examination shall constitute Board of Internal examiners. Where more than one
teacher are involved in the teaching of a subject, one of them, who is the most
senior, shall act as a principal examiner.

(ii) In a case where all staff members have the same rank, the Head of Department may
recommend to the Deputy Vice-Chancellor (Academic), the appointment of one of
them as a principal examiner. The appointment criteria may include the following:-

a) Experience in teaching the subject;

b) Publications on the subject;

c) Teaching portion of the subject.

37.1.1 Duties and Responsibilities of Internal Examiners

(i) Participate in the Examination Process.

(ii) Recommend Invigilators of his/her examination.

(iii) Attend the examination room for some minutes to clarify some ambiguities, if there are
any, on the examination paper.

(iv) Mark the examination and submit provisional results to the Head of Department.

(v) Any other duties.

37.2 External Examiners

(i) External Examiners shall be appointed from qualified persons outside the University
who have not served the University for any post (part time, temporary, or
permanent) for at least two years before the appointment.

79
(ii) One person may serve as an external examiner for four consecutive years. After four
years, another person must be appointed unless the Senate decided otherwise.

(iii) For a person, who has already served as an external examiner at Zanzibar
University, must stay for at least two year before being re-appointed.

37.3 Appointing Authority for External Examiners

(i) After informal communication with the proposed external examiner, the Department
through the Faculty may recommend to Senate the appointment of External
Examiner. The recommendation must be attached with the candidate‟s CV and
reason as to why the Department and Faculty are in favour of the appointment of the
candidate;

(ii) The minimum period of field experience before someone can be eligible for
appointment, as external examiner should be at least three (3) years for Masters
candidates. For people with Doctorate Degree should be at least two (2) years or
one year for people with honorary degrees from the date they receive their
respective degree.

37.4 Appointing Procedures for External Examiners


It is recommended that the following procedure be used as guidance for Faculty Deans
and Heads of Departments in the appointment of external examiner:

(i) At the beginning of the First Semester, each Head of Department will have to informally
approach the proposed External Examiner.

(ii) In their communications, the proposed External Examiner must be provided with the
following information to enable him/her to decide to accept or reject the offer:

a) Examination questions;

b) The marking scheme;

c) Course outline;

d) Reading List;
80
e) Examination period as shown in the University Calendar;

f) Allowances paid by the University.

(iii) At the beginning of the semester, each Faculty Dean shall be required to submit a list of
external examiners who have accepted the offer to Senate. The list must be attached
with curriculum vitae of each proposed external examiner. It must also show names and
full address (including e-mail, postal address, residential address, telephone, and fax
numbers).

(iv) The Deputy Vice-Chancellor (Academic) shall then send them formal appointment after
the Senate approval.

(v) External Examiner shall be invited at the end of each semester.

37.5 Allowances
In consideration of their services to the University, External examiner shall receive:

(i) Honorarium as prescribed by Senate;

(ii) Free Hotel accommodation in case they came to Zanzibar for a period not exceeding
seven days;

(iii) Return ticket;

(iv) Meal allowance (the amount to be prescribed by Senate);

(v) Refund of incidental expenses (postage, fax, local transport, Visa etc.) upon submission
of relevant receipts.

37.6 External Examiners’ Reports


External Examiners are required as part of their duties to report to Senate on the general
standard of the examination papers and the candidates‟ performance. The external
examiners shall be provided with the syllabus, course outlines and course contents on their
first appointment. It is recommended that the report should follow the following format:

81
(i) Introduction (General overview of the syllabus, course outline, course content,
examination questions and material covered);

(ii) Relevance of the material covered to the subject matter;

(iii) Relevance of the examination in relation to the syllabus course outlines and course
contents and the material covered;

(iv) Comments on each examination question;

(v) Recommendation on areas of improvement;

(vi) Conclusion.

37.7 Instructions to Candidates


The following instructions shall be read together with other University regulations governing the
conduct of examinations:-

(i) Candidates are encouraged to go to toilets before examinations start. Later on during
examination, if it is extremely necessary for a candidate to go to a toilet, he/she shall be
accompanied by an invigilator.

(ii) All candidates should have their examination cards and which shall be availed to the
supervisor/ invigilator for inspection.

(iii) Candidates shall make sure that they have been issued with Examination Numbers at
least two or three days before examinations begin.

(iv) Candidates shall read the examination timetable and if they need any assistance on the
timetable, they are required to see the Examinations Officer as soon as they discover a
problem on the timetable.

(v) Candidates are required to know in advance where and at what time the examination will take
place.

(vi) No candidates shall enter into the examination room unless they are told to do so by the
Invigilator.

82
(vii) The Invigilator shall allow candidates to enter into the examination room at least ten
minutes before the examination begins.

(viii) In case the Invigilator fails to turn up at the examination room twenty minutes after the
time scheduled for the commencement of the examination, one candidate shall
necessarily report the matter to the Head of Department, who shall then report to the
Faculty Dean and Examinations Officer.

(ix) Candidates shall be required to leave all their belongings outside the examination
room.

(x) After being admitted into the examination room, candidates are required to sit quietly at
their respective seats.

(xi) Female candidates who cover their faces with veils shall necessarily uncover their faces
during examination.

(xii) Rough work shall be done at the end of the examination answer book and crossed.

(xiii) If a candidate needs an additional answer book, she/he shall ask for it from the
Invigilator.

(xiv) No books, papers, bags, mobile phone, radios, cassette players, computers and all other
electronic devices, and any kind of unauthorised material shall be taken into the
examination room.

(xv) Each candidate shall have his/her own stationery, i.e. pen, pencil, eraser, ruler, etc.
Sharing of any of the above mentioned items is strictly prohibited.

(xvi) Candidates may request the Invigilator to provide logarithmic tables, statutes, and/or
any other material required for a particular examination.

(xvii) Unauthorized materials printed or not shall be allowed in the examination room. All
answer papers to be used shall be supplied by the examination office.

(xviii) Once a candidate is found with unauthorised materials in the examination room, he/she
shall be made to sign on the materials to confirm that they are his/hers.

(xix) Failure of the candidate to adhere to the Regulation no. 37.2.19 above shall constitute
another offence.
83
(xx) Invigilator shall have the power to take away any book; manuscript, paper, electronic
device or other unauthorised material brought into the examination room by a candidate.

(xxi) The Supervisor/Invigilator may inspect any candidate at any time. This may include
but not limited to body search.

(xxii) The invigilator shall have the power to expel any candidate who creates disturbance in
the examination room.

(xxiii) No candidate shall be allowed to enter into the examination room after lapse of thirty
minutes from the commencement of the examination.

(xxiv) No candidate shall be allowed to leave the examination room during the first thirty
minutes after the commencement of the examination.

(xxv) All candidates should remain seated during the last 10 minutes before the end of the
examination.

(xxvi) No candidate shall be allowed to leave the examination room without permission from
the Invigilator.

(xxvii) Silence shall be observed at all times during the examination.

(xxviii) At the end of the examination and on instruction from the Invigilator, candidates shall
stop writing and remain seated until all examination scripts are collected and counted by
the Invigilator.

(xxix) Each and every candidate shall sign the attendance sheet before leaving the examination
room.

(xxx) Candidates shall not leave the examination room until the Invigilator tells them to do so.

(xxxi) Candidates are not allowed to take anything from the examination room unless they are
instructed otherwise.

(xxxii) Non-adherence (observance) of any of the above rules shall constitute a breach of
examination rules and regulations. Any candidate found guilty of the same shall be
liable to discontinuation from the examinations, expulsion, and/or any other punishment
as prescribed by the University rules and regulations.

84
(xxxiii) If a candidate falls sick during the examination, he/she shall report the matter to the
Invigilator, who shall allow him/her to see the University doctor for treatment.

(xxxiv)

(xxxv) A candidate who falls sick prior to the examination, and cannot sit for it, he/she shall
have to produce to his/her faculty Dean a medical certificate from a clinic he/she has
been treated, and the certificate shall have to be approved by the Zanzibar University
doctor.

(xxxvi) Candidates who write on their hands and other parts of their bodies with henna or any
other chemical material shall not be allowed to enter the examination rooms and sit for
examinations.

(xxxvii) Examination rules shall be announced and attached to the appropriate notice boards.

37.8 Instructions to Invigilators


The invigilators are informed to follow the following procedures:-

37.8.1 Procedures before the examination:

(i) The Invigilator shall be present in the examination room at least twenty minutes
before the commencement of the examination.

(ii) If he/she finds some students in the examination room, he/she shall order them to vacate
the room.

(iii) Invigilators shall make sure that the University Examinations Officer provides them with
the following items:

a) Question papers: Sealed envelopes containing question papers must be


personally collected by each Invigilator from the Examinations Officer at
least thirty minutes before the examination.

b) List of candidates required to sit for the examination;

85
c) Attendance sheet to be signed by each candidate;

d) Examination answer books;

e) Any other material needed for the examination (e.g. charts, log tables, statutes
etc.).

(iv) Invigilators shall announce that bags, books, attached cases, papers, electronic devices
are not allowed in the examination room. For security of some items, the Invigilator
may allow candidates to deposit them with him/her before the candidate is permitted to
enter the examination room.

(v) Invigilators shall admit candidates to the examination room ten minutes before the
commencement of the examination. In case of a big class twenty minutes is
recommended.

(vi) Invigilators shall make sure that all candidates have taken their proper seats.

(vii) After all candidates have seated, the Invigilator shall inspect the room to make sure
that there is no unauthorised material.

(viii) After everybody is seated the Invigilator shall:

(a) Remind the candidates that unauthorised material are not allowed in the
examination room;

(b) Distribute examination papers;

(c) Distribute examination answer books;

(d) Call attention to any instructions on the answer book and question papers
questions if necessary;

(e) Announce time of the examination;

(f) Give candidates three to five minutes to read the examination paper and ask
question if there is any;

a. Tell the candidates to start writing the examination.

86
37.8.2 During the Examination

(i) Invigilators shall not admit any candidate to the examination room after thirty minutes
from the commencement of the examination.

(ii) Invigilators shall not allow any candidate to leave the examination room within the first
thirty minutes of the examination.

(iii) After the first thirty minutes the invigilator shall pass around the attendance sheet.
She/he shall also note the total number of candidates present and collect examination
papers and answer books from vacant seats.

(iv) During the examination, the Invigilator shall make sure that candidates are provided
with any additional requirements like papers, log tables, statutes, etc.

(v) Candidates shall not be provided with rough papers but shall be allowed to do rough
work at the end of their answer books and cross it.

(vi) No candidate shall leave his/her seat during the examination without permission.

(vii) In case of an examination irregularity, (especially cheating i.e. copying,


communicating, or causing disturbance and any other unfair practice) the Invigilator
shall call the attention of another Invigilator or any other staff member who is around to
act as a witness, if available. Then the case shall be reported to the Examination Officer
immediately.

(viii) Once the Invigilator finds a candidate with unauthorised material, she/he shall
make the candidate sign on the material to confirm that the material belongs to him
or her. If the candidate refuses, that shall be another offense.

(ix) Invigilators shall have the power to take away unauthorised material and order the
candidate to leave the examination room if she/he creates disturbance.

(x) In the case of Regulations (vii) and (viii) above, the candidate shall be informed that
he/she has contravened The University Examination Regulations and that he/she
shall be reported to the University Authorities, but she/he shall be allowed to continue
with the examination.

87
(xi) After the examination the Invigilator shall write a report on the incident and
submit report and the confiscated material to the Examinations Officer.

(xii) In case of an examination irregularity the Examinations Officer shall inform the Deputy
Vice Chancellor (Academic) who shall call the Examinations Committee to discuss
the matter and send recommendations to Senate. The accused student and other
witnesses shall appear before the committee.

(xiii) During the examination, the Invigilator shall move around the examination room as
frequently as possible.

37.8.3 At the End of the Examination

(i) No candidate shall be allowed to leave the examination room before their scripts
have been collected. However, candidates wishing to leave before the end of the
examination shall be permitted to do so after handing over their examination scripts.

(ii) At the end of the examination period the Invigilator shall ask students to stop
writing and then collect all scripts.

(iii) Invigilator shall count the examination scripts and compare them to the attendance
sheet. This is to ensure that all scripts have been collected.

(iv) Invigilators shall sign the attendance sheet before they hand over the scripts to
Examination Officer.

(v) The Examination Officer or his representative, who shall also be present during the
examination, shall counter check the number of scripts and countersign the
attendance sheet.

(vi) Invigilators shall hand over all extra examination papers and answer books to the
Examinations Officer.

(vii) In case of illness of a candidate the Invigilator shall report the incident
immediately to the Examinations Officer or his representative.

88
ACADEMIC PROGRAMMES

38.0. FACULTY OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (FBA)


The Faculty is operating with the following four departments:

1. Department of Accounting and Finance;


2. Department of Marketing;
3. Department of Business Information Technology; and
4. Department of Procurement and Logistics Management.

38.1 Programmes Offered


The programmes of study that are being offered at the Faculty lead to the following undergraduate
degree awards: -

1. Degree of Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA) in Accounting and Finance;


2. Degree of Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA) in Marketing;
3. Degree of Bachelor of Business Information Technology (BBIT); and
4. Degree of Bachelor of Procurement and Logistics Management (BPLM).

Currently, the postgraduate degree programme offered is Master of Business Administration


(MBA).

38.2 General Programmes Information and Objectives

(i) Each degree programme consists of at least forty (40) courses. In each of the first four
semesters students have to take about seven (7) courses. In the last two semesters they
are required to take about six (6) courses per semester.

(ii) In the first year of study, students are required to take all the compulsory, basic courses.
At the beginning of the second year BBA students are required to opt for one of the
career fields of concentration.

(iii) Students may be required to undergo practical training whereupon they are attached to
relevant industry in order to expose themselves to real working conditions and enable
89
them to apply and simulate marry the theories they have learned at the University with
practice. The industrial attachment may be conducted at the end of each academic year
or any other appropriate time for the purpose of enhancing their skills.

In line with the mission and vision of the Zanzibar University, the programmes offered by the
Faculty of Business Administration have the following general objectives:

(i) to produce graduates who are technically well trained in all the fields of study that are
necessarily required by every prominent and excellent business manager.

(ii) to generate hybrid managers by providing strong conceptual ICT, technical,


interpersonal, and communication skills in the course of training.

(iii) to generate organized and incorruptible graduates, by deliberately including in its


demand driven curriculum a formal training in ethical values, attitude and good conduct.

38.3 BBA in Accounting and Finance

38.3.1 Programme Objective


The programme is designed to train potential experts at middle level positions in the field of
accounting and finance so as to work in the business sector as well as in the public sector.

38.3.2 Programme Specific Objectives


At the end of the programme the graduates should be able to:

(i) Carry out accounting and financial functions in the public and private organizations;

(ii) Critically, analyse job-related problems and develop solutions;

(iii) Provide professional advice and guidance in the handling of day to day duties and
responsibilities to both superiors and junior accounting and finance personnel.

90
38.4 Programme Structure

Table 14: Programme Structure for Bachelor of Business Administration in Accounting and
Finance

FIRST YEAR SECOND YEAR THIRD YEAR


S/N
SEMESTER 1 SEMESTER 2 SEMESTER 1 SEMESTER 2 SEMESTER 1 SEMESTER 2
MS 111 MS 121 MS 211 EC 221 MG 311 MK 321
Business Applied Quantitative Islamic Banking Strategic Marketing of
1
Mathematics Statistics Methods and Finance Management Services

AF 112 AF 122 LW 212 LW 222 AF 312 AF 322


Principles of Principles of Business Law I Business Law II Corporate Corporate
2
Accounting I Accounting II Finance I Finance II

EC 113 EC 123 EC 213 EC 223 AF 313 AF 323


Principles of Principles of Microeconomics Macroeconomic Financial International
3
Microeconomic Macroeconomics Analysis Analysis planning and Finance
s Budgeting
IT 114 IT 124 IT 214 FE 224 AF 314 AF324
Computer Skills Computer Business Foundations Auditing and Auditing and
4 Applications Management of Ethics & Investigation I Investigation II
Information Conduct
System
BC 115 MK 125 BS 215 BS 225 AF 315 AF 325
Business Principles of Business Entrepreneurship Financial Financial
5
Communication Marketing Studies and Business Accounting I Accounting II
Plan
MG 116 DS 126 AF 216 BS 226 AF 316 AF 326
Principles of Development Intermediate Business Taxation Theory Taxation
Management Studies Accounting Research and Practice I Theory and
6
and Methods Practice II
Administration

AL 117 AL 127 AF 217 AF 227


Arabic Arabic Managerial Managerial
7 Communication Communication Accounting I Accounting II
Skills I Skills II

FA 228
8 Field
Attachment

91
38.5 BBA in Marketing Department of Marketing

38.5.1 General Programme Objective


The programme is designed to train potential business personnel who will be able to effectively
use their marketing knowledge and skills in analysing business trends locally, regionally and
internationally.

38.5.2 Programme Specific Objectives


At the end of the programme the graduates should be able to:

(i) Carry out marketing functions in business organizations.

(ii) Undertake strategically and analytically planning, implementation and controlling


functions with respect to marketing-related activities.

92
38.6 Programme Structure

Table 15: Programme Structure for Bachelor of Business Administration in Marketing

FIRST YEAR SECOND YEAR THIRD YEAR


S/N SEMESTER 1 SEMESTER 2 SEMESTER 1 SEMESTER 2 SEMESTER 1 SEMESTER 2
MS 111 MS 121 MS 211 EC 221 MG 311 MK 321
Business Applied Quantitative Islamic Strategic Marketing of
1.
Mathematics Statistics Methods Banking Management Services
and Finance
AF 112 AF 122 LW 212 LW 222 AF 312 AF 322
2. Principles of Principles of Business Law I Business Law II Corporate Corporate
Accounting I Accounting II Finance I Finance II
EC 113 EC 123 EC 213 EC 223 MK 313 MK 323
3. Principles of Principles of Microeconomics Macroeconomic International Marketing Plan
Microeconomics Macroeconomics Analysis Analysis Marketing
IT 114 IT 124 IT 214 FE 224 MK 314 MK 324
Computer Skills Computer Business Foundations Sales Sales
4. Applications Management of Ethics & Management I Management II
Information Conduct
System
BC 115 MK 125 BS 215 BS 225 MK 315 MK 325
Business Principles of Business Entrepreneurshi Strategic Consumer
5. Communication Marketing Studies p Marketing Behaviour
and Business
Plan
MG 116 DS 126 MK 216 BS 226 MK 316 MK 326
Principles of Development Marketing Business Publicity and Advertising and
6.
Management and Studies Management Research Public Sales Promotion
Administration Methods Relations
AL 117 AL 127 AF 217 MK 227
Arabic Arabic Managerial Research
7.
Communication Communication Accounting I
Skills I Skills II
FA 228
8. Field
Attachment

93
38.7 BBA in Business Information Technology

38.7.1 General Programme Objective


The programme is designed to equip students with basic knowledge and skills of Business
Information Technology in the IT profession.

38.7.2 Specific Programme Objectives


At the end of the programme the graduates should be able to:

(i) Design and carry out business related and IT-related functions efficiently and
effectively;

(ii) Conduct computer programming and maintenance of equipment and facilities;

(iii) Design data communication systems for business applications, and

(iv) Establish their own private business ventures that will employ others as well.
Table 16: Programme Structure for Bachelor of Business Information Technology

FIRST YEAR SECOND YEAR THIRD YEAR

S/N SEMESTER 1 SEMESTER 2 SEMESTER 1 SEMESTER 2 SEMESTER 1 SEMESTER 2


MS 111 IT 121 IT 211 IT 221 MG 311 IT 321
Business Computer logic Management Business Strategic ICT Security
1.
Mathematics and Arithmetics Information Intelligence and Management Issues
System Data Warehousing
AF 112 IT 122 LW 212 IT 222 IT 312 IT 322
2. Principles of Computer Care Business Law Telecommunication ICT Law Electronic
Accounting I and Maintenance Management Government
EC 113 IT 123 IT 213 IT 223 IT 313 IT 323
Principles of Computer Computer Object Oriented ICT Economics Research
3.
Economics Network & Data Programming Programming Project
Communication
IT 114 IT 124 IT 214 IS 224 IT 314
Information Information System and Foundations Information
4.
Communication Communication Network of Ethics & Technology
Skills I Skills II Administration Conduct Auditing
BC 115 MK 125 BS 215 BS 225 IT 315
5. Business Principles of Business Entrepreneurship ICT Project
Communication Marketing Studies and Business Plan Management
MG 116 DS 126 MG 216 BS 226
Principles of Development Management of Business
6.
Management and Studies Change Research Methods
Administration
AL 117 AL 127 IT 217 IT 227
Arabic Industrial Database Industrial
7.
Communication Attachment I Management Attachment II
Skills I Systems
94
38.8 BBA in Procurement and Logistics Management

38.8.1 General Programme Objective


The programme is designed to equip students with basic knowledge and skills of Procurement and
Logistics Management as a profession.

38.8.2 Specific Programme Objectives


The PLM programme is aiming to provide professional practical skills in procurement and to
equip students for careers in procurement practices. It has the following objectives:
(i) To enable students to identify, integrate and apply a body of knowledge and set different
techniques in solving procurement problems;

(ii) To produce graduates who are innovative, creative, flexible and responsive to a
changing social and labour market within and outside Tanzania; and

(iii) To enable the graduates apply knowledge and skills in broad range of activities some of
which are non-routine.

95
Table17: Programme Structure for Bachelor of Procurement and Logistic Management.

FIRST YEAR SECOND YEAR THIRD YEAR


S/N SEMESTER 1 SEMESTER 2 SEMESTER 1 SEMESTER 2 SEMESTER 1 SEMESTER 2
PLM 111 PLM 121 PLM 231 PLM 241 PLM 351 PLM 361
1. Business Mathematics Economics Financial and Procurement and Organizational International
and Statistics. Cost Accounting Supplies Auditing Behaviour Procurement

PLM 112 PLM 122 PLM 232 PLM 242 PLM 352 PLM 362
Principle of Management MIS and Logistics International Strategic
2.
Accounting Principles and Computer Management Logistics Procurement
Practices Application Management
PLM 113 PLM 123 PLM 233 PLM 243 PLM 353 PLM 363
Physical Distribution Inventory Strategic Supply Ethics and Research Production and
3.
Management control and Chain Corporate Methodology Operations
Management Management Governance Management
PLM 114 PLM 124 PLM 234 PLM 244 PLM 354 PLM 399
4. Business Quantitative Public Principles of Marketing Research
Communication Methods Procurement Entrepreneurship Management Report
PLM 115 PLM 125 PLM 235 PLM 245 PLM 355 Elective II
5. Procurement Warehousing Business Law Financial Procurement
Management Management Management Contract Mgt
PLM 116 PLM 246 Elective I
6. Introduction to ICT Field Attachment
PLM 117
7. Arabic
Communication Skills

96
38.9 FBA Course Listing

MS 111: BUSINESS MATHEMATICS

The course content includes introduction to real number systems, rational and irrational numbers
and integers, the four basic operations of arithmetic, properties of prime numbers, algebraic
polynomials and equations, and the operation of roots extraction, elementary properties of sets,
mathematical induction, simple finite series and sequences, permutations and combinations,
binomial theorem, differential and integral calculus, matrices and determinants, analytical
geometry and trigonometry.

AF 112: PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I

The course content includes the basic structure of accounting, the accounting mechanism, the
accounting records and cycles, processing of sales cash receipts, purchases and cash payment,
specialized journals, control accounts and subsidiary ledgers.

EC 113: PRINCIPLES OF MICROECONOMICS

The course content includes introduction to basic concepts and definitions of economics, demand
and supply, market equilibrium, price elasticity, consumer theory, cost analysis and production
theory and marketing structure.

IT 114 COMPUTER SKILLS

The course content includes the main concepts of ICT at general level, components of the
computer systems and organization, data representation, computer security and social aspect,
health and safety and environmental issues in relation to using computer, legal and regulatory
issues in ICT, the concept of system word processor and Microsoft Word and business analysis
with electronic spreadsheet, computer software and computer data files.

BC 115: BUSINESS COMMUNICATION

97
The course content includes role of communication in the business organization, main forms of
organizational communication, mode of the communication process, barriers to communication,
fundamentals of business writing, qualities of effective correspondence.

MG 116: PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT AND ADMINISTRATION

The course content includes management overview, definitions and meaning, functions and roles
of managers, organization and its environment, managerial planning, planning process, goal
setting, types of plans, managerial decision making, management by objectives, management
functions, bureaucracy and adhocracy, motivation theories, leadership contingency theories,
control processes.

AL 117: ARABIC COMMUNICATION SKILLS I

The course content includes listening and conversational components, Arabic phonological
system, formation of simple phrases and sentences, comprehensions and reading.

MS 121: APPLIED STATISTICS

The course content includes meaning of Statistics, planning of a statistical study/survey, research
methods of data collection, sampling and presentation of data, data analysis, measures of central
tendency, elementary probability theory, Bayes‟ theorem, probability and its role in decision making.

AF 122: PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING II

The course content includes accounting for current assets, accounting for plant, equipment and
intangible assets, basic accounting for manufacturing firms, partnerships and companies and
analysis of financial statements.

EC 123: PRINCIPLES OF MACROECONOMICS

The course content includes macroeconomic issues and policy instruments, income accounting,
income determination, money and banking, economic growth, employment and inflation.

98
IT 124: COMPUTER APPLICATIONS

The course content includes approaches to database management system (DBMS), database
management system implementation, the concept of electronic presentation and power point,
discovery, communication and collaboration, the use of internet and web browsing application.

MK 125: PRINCIPLES OF MARKETING

The course content includes marketing terminologies, evolution of marketing concept, marketing
organizations, main topics of marketing like marketing research, marketing of services, etc.

DS 126: DEVELOPMENT STUDIES

The course content includes concepts of development$ globalization, North-South integration


and interaction, private foreign investment, benefits and costs, international aid and loans; need
and usefulness, repercussions, transfer of technology to developing countries, poverty in sub
Saharan Africa, fender and development, the UN‟s role in development, the impact of World
political scenario on UN neutrality, UN‟s development initiatives, the World Bank, the
International Monetary Fund, the Structural Adjustment Programmes, UN‟s “Human-centered
Development” concept

AL 127: ARABIC COMMUNICATION SKILLS II

The course content includes comprehension, grammatical rules like verb tenses, past, present,
imperative, verbs conjugation, subject, pronouns of subject, past tense object, pronoun of object,
past tense with the pronoun of object, present tense with the pronoun of object, singular, dual,
plural, relative pronouns, possessive pronouns, and nouns of genitive construction, counting
Arabic numbers.

MS 211: QUANTITATIVE METHODS

The course content includes hypotheses testing and the various hypotheses tests, regression and
correlation analysis (both simple and multiple), time series and forecasting and its applications,
data analysis and computer based statistical software – SPSS to cover: variables definitions, data

99
entry, data transformation, data analysis and data output interpretation and linear programming
model as a decision making technique.

LW 212: BUSINESS LAW I

The course content includes law of contract, nature, classification and sources of law, formation of
contract, domestic agreements, commercial arrangements doctrine of activities of contract,
exception to the rule, vitiation factors, discharge of contract, remedies, damages, remoteness of
damages, and specific performance, sales of goods, definition of contract of sale, meaning of
goods, existing specific goods, future unascertained goods, transfer of property, title and risks,
conditions and warranties, implied terms, performance, duties and rights of the seller, duties and
rights of the buyer, and remedies.

EC 213: MICROECONOMIC ANALYSIS

The course content includes theory of consumer behaviour, production theory, the cost theory,
perfect competition and analysis of competitive markets, market power, monopoly and oligopoly.

IT 214: BUSINESS MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS

The course content includes approaches to management information system, business strategy
and information systems, managing information resource and security, approaches to website
design, the use of computerized accounting software and the concept of e-commerce.

BS 215: BUSINESS STUDIES

The course content includes general principles, organization of production, business units,
wholesale and retail trade, means of payment, buying and selling procedure, transport, stock
exchange and common markets, banking and central banking, insurance and international trade.

AF 216: INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING

The course content includes the accounting profession and conceptual framework of accounting,
incomplete records and single entry systems, accounting for investment in corporate securities,

100
accounting for companies, published accounts of limited companies, acco5nting standards and
guidelines.

MK 216: MARKETING RESEARCH

The course content includes introduction, meaning and definitions of marketing research,
research design, sampling and sample designs, essentials of sampling, methods of sampling,
sample size, sampling errors, non-sampling errors, reliability of samples, hypothesis, data
collection, analysis of data collected, hypothesis testing, research findings and recommendations.

AF 217: MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING I

The course content includes scope of managerial accountant, cost concepts, classifications and
systems, cost accounting, cycle and cost procedures, product costing, break, even analysis and
cost-profit volume analysis, marginal costing and decision making, measuring costs and benefits
from decision making.

EC 221: ISLAMIC BANKING AND FINANCE

The course content includes introduction to Islamic banking and insurance, balance sheet
analysis of Islamic banks, Islamic insurance, establishment and operations of Islamic banking.

LW 222: BUSINESS LAW II

The course content has two main parts: part one deals with company law and part two covers
negotiable instruments. Company law includes classification of companies, differences between
companies and partnerships, corporate personality, consequences of incorporation, lifting the veil of
incorporation, memorandum and articles of association; negotiable instruments includes
characteristics and types, bill of exchange, capacity, signature and delivery, consideration, negotiation
and endorsement, liability, forgery and fictitious payee, and discharge cheques, and promissory notes.

101
EC 223: MACROECONOMIC ANALYSIS

The course content includes income and expenditure determination, money, interest and income
(IS-LM Analysis), demand management policies, monetary and fiscal policies, international
linkages and income transmission, aggregate demand and aggregate supply, demand for money
and supply of money.

FE 224: FOUNDATIONS OF ETHICS AND CONDUCTS

The course content includes Islamic history and culture, history of Islam and Christianity in East
Africa, and impact of Islam on East Africa Customs, Islamic philosophies, ethics and good
conduct II, Islam and modern philosophies, fundamental human rights if Islam; the concept of
Jihad” in Islam, contemporary Muslim World, Islamic constitutions, Politics and Administration,
modern Islamic School of thoughts (contemporary Islamic movements), principles and methods
of Daawah and Islam and the Universal development challenges, Islam and environment, Islam
and the gender issue.

BS 225: ENTREPRENEURSHIP AND BUSINESS PLAN

The course content includes foundations of entrepreneurship, ownership and franchising,


planning for management succession, entrepreneur as a leader, hiring the right employees,
building the right culture and structure, management succession and the growing business,
constructing a business plan.

BS 226: BUSINESS RESEARCH METHODS

The course content includes introduction to business research methods, formulation of the
research problem, literature review, research design, research proposal, sampling design and
procedure, methods of data collection, processing and analysis, interpretation and report writing.

AF 227: MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING II

The course content includes joint product and by-product costing, the budgeting process,
operational control and performance measurement, control systems, responsibility accounting

102
and cost control, flexible budgeting, standard costing and variance analysis, measuring relevant
costs for decision making and capital investment decision.

MK 227: MARKETING MANAGEMENT

The course content includes pricing concepts, promotion decision, sales force management
definition, types of channels of distribution, functions of channels of distribution, factors effecting
the selection of channels of distribution, channel dynamics, vertical and horizontal markets,
consumer behaviour, ethical and social issues in marketing.

FA 228: FIELD ATTACHMENT

This is a six week field practice whereby students are attached to the real working environments
at the end of the second year of study. Students have the opportunity to apply theories they have
learnt in the classrooms to the real business company situations. They undergo on the job
training to find out new ways of doing business, and develop skills in problem solving.

MG 311: STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT

The course content includes introduction, nature and value of strategic management, strategic
formulation, assessing the strategic environment, environmental forecasting, internal analysis of
the firm, formulating long-term objectives and sound strategies, strategic analysis and choice,
strategic implementation, implementing strategy through the business functions, implementing
through structure, leadership and culture, strategic control, guiding and evaluating the strategy.

AF 312: CORPORATE FINANCE I

The course content includes nature and role of corporation finance, the corporate firm,
relationship between corporation finance, international finance and accounting, introduction of
primary and secondary markets, and relevance of the financial statements, sources of finance,
capital budgeting techniques, decision making under uncertainty.

103
AF 313: FINANCIAL PLANNING AND BUDGETING

The course content includes introduction to finance, financial statement analysis, financial
forecasting, profit planning, cash flow analysis and fund analysis, the statement of cash flows,
purpose of the statement of cash flows, budgeting and control, budgets planning.

AF 314: AUDITING AND INVESTIGATION I

The course content includes audit planning, recording and control of audit, internal check,
internal audit and internal control, audit evidence, audit techniques and procedures, verification
of assets and liabilities and vouching.

AF 315: FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING I

The course includes consignment accounts, hire purchase and credit sales, joint venture accounts,
royalties that focus on royalty‟s payable and royalties receivable, leasing, long term contracts,
branch and departmental accounts, partnership accounts, accounts of group or companies.

AF 316: TAXATION THEORY AND PRACTICE I

The course content includes taxation theory, income tax in Tanzania (the Income Tax Act 2004),
disclosure for income tax purposes, assessment of tax which include broad classification of
assessments, final provisional, additional and amendment, general time limited for making
assessment.

MK 321: MARKETING OF SERVICES

The course content includes introduction to services, consumer behaviour in services, service
encounters, internal marketing, received services quality and customer satisfaction, customer
retention and relationship marketing, service profitability and application of services marketing
such as not-for-profit services marketing, tourism marketing, etc.

104
AF 322: CORPORATE FINANCE II

The course content includes capital structure and the factors influencing it, dividend policies,
working capital management and the factors influencing it, valuation of shares and business, and
the factors influencing them, financial interpretation.

AF 323: INTERNATIONAL FINANCE

The course content includes international financial and economic environments, multinational
corporate management, international investment decisions and global financing decisions

AF 324: AUDITING AND INVESTIGATION II

The course content includes audit for stocks, auditing in computerized accounting system,
liabilities for the auditor for professional negligence, professional conduct and ethics, audit
report, public sector and special audit, fraud and other irregularities.

AF 325: FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING II

The course content includes bankruptcy accounts, receivership and liquidation, execution and
accounts of executors, trust law and accounts, inflation accounting/accounting for price level
changes, foreign currency translation, amalgamation and absorption, reorganization and
reconstruction, public sector and government accounts, human resource accounting.

AF 326: TAXATION THEORY AND PRACTICE II

The course content includes tax evasion, tax avoidance, include tax planning, East African
Transfer tax management, importation, warehousing of goods, exportation, departure and
clearing of aircraft and vessels, and provisions relating to securities.

MK 313: INTERNATIONAL MARKETING

The course content includes introduction to international marketing, global marketing


environment, international trade theory, marketing analysis and global marketing entry strategies,
introduction to strategies and policies in international marketing, export and import emerging

105
markets such as marketing and economic development, marketing in developing country,
developing countries and emerging markets, and strategic implications for marketing.

MK 314: SALES MANAGEMENT I

The course content includes overview of sales management, selling process including sales
activities and careers, environmental influences on sales programmes and performance,
marketing planning, sales programmes and account management policies, organizing the sales
effort, demand estimation, sales territories, and sales quotas.

MK 315: STRATEGIC MARKETING

The course content includes consumer decision making, individual determinants of consumer
behavior, environmental influence on consumer behavior, consumer decision process.

MK 316: PUBLICITY AND PUBLIC RELATIONS

The course content includes introduction to public relations and publicity, the use of publicity in
marketing, public relations industry, publicity and media relations, major decisions in marketing,
public relations tactics, public relations budget, public relations evaluation and control.

MK 323: MARKETING PLAN

The course content includes process of marketing planning, situational review, mission and
objectives, setting marketing, objectives and strategies, marketing information, forecasting and
organizing ratio analysis which deals with the use of ratio, analyzing rations and trends, ratios
and inter-firm comparison, implementation issues.

MK 324: SALES MANAGEMENT II

The course content includes model of salesperson performance, personal characteristics, sales
force recruitment and selection, sales training motivating the sales force, designing compensation
and incentive programmes, sales analysis, cost analysis which deals with cost analysis

106
development, accounting versus marketing costs, full cost versus contribution margin procedure,
and return on assets managed.

MK 325: CONSUMER BEHAVIOR

The course content includes introduction to strategy, opportunity analysis, formulating


marketing, strategies, implementation and control which deal with topics such as implementing
business and marketing strategies, controlling marketing strategies and programme.

MK 326: ADVERTISING AND SALES PROMOTION

The course content includes communication and the promotional mix, advertising, sales
promotion, personal selling and sales management, direct marketing, public relations,
sponsorship and exhibitions.

IT 114: INFORMATION COMMUNICATION SKILLS I:

The course content includes introduction to computer and overview, components of the computer
systems and organization, data: its representation and input, output methods, devices and media,
computer security and social aspect, legal and regulatory issues in ICT, computer and
information on the internet, effective use of computer software, computer data files, and
computer networking.

IT 121: COMPUTER LOGIC AND ARITHMETICS

The course content includes computer operations, computer circuits, arithmetic element of the
computer, memory element of the computer, computer organization and control, input/output
devices for computers.

IT 122: COMPUTER CARE & MAINTENANCE

The course introduces computer systems and programmes, connecting computer system,
overview of software applications, how computer works, system configuration, system resources,
install and configure various computer peripheral devices, build, configure, upgrade and

107
maintain a personal computer system and provide computer hardware and software support
based upon a set of standard and systematic diagnostic principles.

IT 123: COMPUTER NETWORK AND DATA COMMUNICATION

The course content includes introduction to network and data communication concepts, the OSI
model and network design, physical methods of digital data transfer, setup, configure and
maintain a local area network, resolve network connectivity problems on a local area network
using a systematic trouble shooting approach.

IT 124: INFORMATION COMMUNICATION SKILLS II

The course content includes approaches to database management system (DBMS), database
management system implementation, the concept of electronic presentation and power point,
discovery, communication and collaboration, the use of internet and web browsing application.

IT 127: INDUSTRIAL ATTACHMENT I

A two month period of field practice offered partly during academic semester and the remaining
part on long vocation at the end of first year of study. Students have the opportunity to apply
theories they have learnt in the classrooms to real business company situation. They undergo on
the job training to develop skills in problem solving, hardware maintenance, team building,
character building and the like.

IT 211: MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEM

The course content includes introduction to information technology in the digital economy;
information technologies: concept and management, strategic information systems for
competitive advantage, electronic commerce, IT planning and BPG, network computing:
discovery, communication and collaboration, supply chain management and ERP, transaction
processing, innovative functional systems and CRM and integration, data management,
knowledge management, building information systems, managing information resources and
security, the impact of IT on organization, individuals and society, mobile computing, systems

108
planning, systems analysis, systems design, systems implementation, systems operation and
support.

IT 213: COMPUTER PROGRAMMING

The course introduces computer systems and programmes, computer types, connecting computer
systems, windows desktop environment, overview of software applications, Boolean operations,
binary to hexadecimal conversion, how computer works, system overview, boot process,
hardware components, motherboard identification and memory components.

IT 214: SYSTEM AND NETWORK ADMINISTRATION

The course content includes network operating system basics, network operating system
components, install the windows 2003 server and linux network operating system, configure
TCP/IP static and dynamic host addressing, configure network file and point sharing, configure
HTTP, FTP and telnet services for windows 2003 server and linux systems. Diagnose, trouble
shoot, and resolve common network operating system problems.

MG 216 MANAGEMENT OF CHANGE

The course content includes introduction to change, what is cultural change, preparing for
change, people change management plan, initiating and sustaining change, sustaining change.

IT 217: DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

The course content includes introduction to data bases, data base development life cycle, data
modelling, physical database design, SQL: a standard navigation language for relational data
base, data administration and database administration and data warehouse.

IT 221 BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE AND DATA WAREHOUSING

The course content includes architectural overview, logical design concepts, dimensional
modelling designs, namely, initial steps, fact table, hierarchies, integrity constraints and schema
design; physical designs, namely, large data warehouse considerations, objects, parallelism,

109
partitioning, indexes, integrity constraints, create dimensions, materialized view creation &
maintenance and ETC; introduction to oracle data warehousing tools, introduction to oracle SQL
advisor, DW performance considerations,

IT 222: TELECOMMUNICATION MANAGEMENT

The course content includes telecommunications industry and market place, liberalization and
regulation, standards, analogue and digital services, public switched telephone network,
integrated services digital network, direct and indirect services, range of exchange lines, private
networking, signaling systems, wiring codes and practice, block wiring, structured cabling, what
convergence means; systems, management: telephone systems and services and how to manage
them; adding value: how telephone is developing.

IT 223: OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING

The course content includes software engineering, design model, the Java, Programming
Environment, Java Language features and packages. Comparison of Java to other languages.

IT 247: INDUSTRIAL ATTACHMENT II

The students are expected to combine the theories they have learnt in the classrooms with the
practice in the field and hence to enhance their skills in server and network administration
application development, web development, data base administration, data base development and
IT management.

IT 312: ICT LAW

The course content includes electronic signatures, e-commerce, e-taxation and e-government,
personal data protection, cyber crime, organization and governance of the internet, legal issues
concerning web services, privacy protection and identity management, legal issues regarding
ubiquitous computing and ambient intelligence, digital rights management, long-term digital
preservation (e-archiving), legal issues regarding sector information, liberalization of
telecommunications sector and the convergence with audiovisual media sector, protection of
minors and the prohibition of racist speech, e-evidence.
110
IT 313: ICT ECONOMICS

The course content includes introduction: concept of network, physical network, social network,
network principles, network externalities; concept of critical mass, transformation of demand
curve, excess inertia and excess momentum, network externalities and compatibility, increasing
returns World vs. decreasing returns World, network growth, natural monopoly and its
transformation, market trend and policy issues.

IT 314: INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY AUDITING

The course content includes IT audit overview, frameworks, conducting IT audit, information
security, information systems strategy and planning, database implementation and support,
business continuity planning, information systems operations, application systems
implementation and maintenance, relationships with outsourced providers, business process
controls testing, network support, system-software support, hardware support and resources.

IT 315: ICT PROJECT MANAGEMENT

The course content includes project management, the environment and culture, project
management process and life cycle, objective setting and links with business strategy, project
planning tools and techniques, project planning using Microsoft project, leadership and team
building in a virtual organization structure, financial analysis of projects and cost estimates, risk
analysis and management, value management, engineering and contingency planning,
monitoring and control, earned value analysis, project organization structures and stakeholder
management, supply management, managing meetings and project documentation.

IT 321: ICT SECURITY ISSUES

The course content includes fundamentals of information security, information security policies,
information security responsibilities, authentication and network security, internet security
policies, physical security, compliance and enforcement, and policy review process.

111
IT 322: ELECTRONIC GOVERNMENT

The course content includes definitions, prospects and challenges of e-government and e-
governance, the relation between e-democracy and e-government, phases in implementation of e-
government, the technology involved in e-government and managerial issues, ICT policy
formulation processes, five elements of successful e-government transformation, e-business
implementation roadmap, understanding business, select the activities for e-business, assess e-
business trends and competition, set technology direction for e-business, collect information for
e-business, analyze information for e-business, new e-business transactions and workflow
definitions.

IT 323 RESEARCH PROJECT

Students have the opportunity to apply all the knowledge and skills they have acquired in the
classroom in creating or developing their own initiatives. Their individual projects involve one
of the following activities: website creation, data base management system, or any other software
development programme. Students‟ supervisors shall testify the authenticity of the projects, or
which parts of the projects have been contributed by the students themselves. Thus, it is possible
to evaluate the graduation projects.

PLM 111: BUSINESS MATHEMATICS AND STATISTICS

This course provides the candidates with analytical skills needed in related subjects of
procurement and supply management. It enables candidates apply mathematical and statistical
tool in business in decision making. The candidates are expected to be able to keep procurement
and supplies record and determine quantities; to inculcate basic analytical skills; to present data
in procurement and supplies report; and to handle simple statistical data.

PLM 112: FINANCIAL AND COST ACCOUNTING

This course introduce candidate the fundamentals of accounting systems and costing so as to
enable proper interpretation of the principal forms of accounts and enable candidates to
understand the relationship and interdependence of accounting and costing and applying them to
procurement and supply management.
112
PLM 113: PHYSICAL DISTRIBUTION MANAGEMENT

Distribution and logistics have been important features of industrial and economic life for many
years, but it is only of recent that they been recognized by both business and academic circles.
Therefore this course offers candidate the introductory skills and knowledge in logistics and
physical distribution management for effective performance of organizations in public, private
and NGO sectors.

PLM 114: BUSINESS COMMUNICATION SKILLS

The module intends to equip the students with sufficient comprehension of the subject matter so
that they are able to cope with other subjects which are all taught and examined in English. At
the end of the course, students are expected to be able to communicate effectively; to effectively
write business letters and reports; to effectively communicate orally; and to write effective
essays.

PLM 115: PROCUREMENT MANAGEMENT

The course introduces candidates with modern knowledge in procurement, enables the
candidates to apply the acquired knowledge and skills in problem solving, decision making, and
also enables candidates procure effectively with due regards to ethics. The course prepares
candidates be able to prepare appropriate specifications, to evaluate and select appropriate
suppliers, to identify the procurement method, to identify performance standards, to analyses the
procurement cycle and risk, and to identify and adhere ethical practice.

PLM 116: INTRODUCTION TO INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION


TECHNOLOGY

The course is intended to introduce the basic concepts of information technology and
information systems of an organization and prepares students to be able to know the various data
processing methods, use of computers, and apply information technology systems in daily
operations. At the end, the students will be able to work with computers; understand basic
computer terminology; use basic computer application software e.g. (MS Word, MS Excel, MS

113
Access, MS PowerPoint, and Internet); and apply current professional software for procurement
and supplies.

PLM 117: ARABIC COMMUNICATION SKILLS I

The course content includes listening and conversational components, Arabic phonological
system, formation of simple phrases and sentences, comprehensions and reading.

PLM 121: ECONOMICS

This course enables the students apply the economic knowledge, skills and tools, for problems
solving and decision making in procurement and supply managements and elsewhere. It also
enables candidates to asses and evaluate various economic matter affecting procurement and
supply management and it acquaints candidates with concepts theories of economics so as to
enable them carry out effectively and efficiently their roles in procurement and supply
management.

PLM 122: MANAGEMENT PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICES

The overall objective of this course is to increase both students‟ knowledge of management and
students ability to manage effectively. This course provides a basic framework for understanding
the role and functions of a manager and to explain the principles, concepts, and techniques that
can be used in carrying out these functions. It is intended for those who presently hold, or desire
to hold, management responsibilities in any organization or enterprise.

PLM 123: INVENTORY CONTROL AND MANAGEMENT

To develop candidate‟s understanding and competence in relation to the management of physical


stocks and related inventory in supply management and to examine in depth the economies of
materials flow systems and sound accountability of inventories thus avoiding stock outs and
overstocking. Describe inventory control overview, Inventory planning and policy, describe
inventory ordering system, determine stock handling policy and prepare inventory report.

114
PLM 124: QUANTITATIVE METHODS

To provide candidate with analytical skills for decision making and enable to apply quantitative
tools for problem solving. Apply probability techniques in solving business problem,
demonstrate estimation theory in constructing interval estimates, demonstrate and apply concepts
of hypothesis, allocate resources using transportation and assignment modules, apply stock
valuation techniques for control purpose, use network analysis in project time planning and apply
decision theory techniques in business.

PLM 125: WAREHOUSING MANAGEMENT

To acquaint student with knowledge on cost and service characteristics involved in warehousing
process and procedures and to examine in depth principles, techniques and methods involved in
efficient storage, movement, layout and location of stores. Explain stock yard and warehousing
management, develop material handling and storage methods, use various computer packages in
storage system, apply different legislatures relative to provide basic skills of warehouse and
stock yard, apply Safety and security techniques in warehouse and stock yard management and
describe procedure for outsourcing warehouse services.

PLM 231: FINANCIAL AND COST ACCOUNTING

This course introduces the candidates to the fundamentals of accounting systems and costing so
as to enable proper interpretation of the principles forms of accounts. It also enables candidates
understand the relationship and interdependence of accounting and costing to procurement and
supply managements.

PLM 232: MIS AND COMPUTER APPLICATION

This course helps candidate to understand what IT components are available and how you can
utilize appropriate IT applications for success in procurement. They will learn the terminology
used in the field of IT and how IT principles can apply to procurement. The course stresses the
competitive advantage of using IT and the return on investment that they can see. It focuses on
the basic principles of Information Technology: hardware and software components, database

115
technology, telecommunications and networking, e-commerce and e-business, Enterprise
Resource Planning (ERP), Decision Support Systems (DSS), Artificial Intelligence (AI) and
Expert Systems (ES), systems development and implementation, and the ethical and societal
issues involved in IT.

PLM 233: STRATEGIC SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT

The focus of the course is to equip candidate with the ability to develop organisational strategy in
the context of supply chain management and the supply chain management performance. Using
local and international case studies can explores the three critical areas of supply chain
management – supply chain operations, integration and collaboration, and virtual supply chains.

PLM 234: PUBLIC PROCUREMENT

This course prepares candidates to be able to examine in depth the characteristics of public
procurement versus private procurement. It also provides students with knowledge in
procurement of goods, works and consultancy services in the public sector and it examines the
public procurement act No. 3 of 2001 and regulation thereto.

PLM 235: BUSINESS LAW

This course is an introduction to legal system and the legal principles that govern business
relations, with specific reference to the laws of British Columbia. The course examines the basic
legal principles pertaining to contracts, torts, agency, employment, negotiable instruments, debt
collection, business ownership, and consumer protection. Actual case decisions are used to help
develop the skills required for legal analysis and an appreciation of judicial reasoning. Apply
legal principles in business transactions and apply public procurement Acts in obtaining values
for money goods, services and works.

PLM 241: PROCUREMENT AND SUPPLIES AUDITING

This course will introduce candidate to procurement audit and types of procurement audits;
Independent procurement reviews as conducted by donor agencies, assessment of the context of

116
the procuring entity that is subject to audit: analysis of the legal/regulatory requirements of the
procurement function. Review of the procurement strategy of the organisation and its annual
procurement planning processes, describe objectives and classifications of audits in
procurements and supply, apply method and procedures for procurement and supply audit, and
Identify crimes associated with procurement and supply.

PLM 242: LOGISTICS MANAGEMENT

This is an introductory course which assists candidate to understand the characteristic elements
of integrated business logistics and the role and application of logistics principles to
supply/demand/value chain management. In this course candidate will learn about the basic
activities associated with logistics and supply chain management. These activities include
transportation, warehousing, inventory management, customer service, and purchasing.

PLM 243: ETHICS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The course equips students with the knowledge in business ethics and provides the candidates
with understanding of good governance. At the end, the candidates will be able to understanding
the concept associated with business ethics, diagnose ethical problems and suggest proper
remedies or solution, apply the fundamental ethical principles procurement and supply activities,
apply principles of good governance in procurement and supply management and adhere to
professional code of ethics.

PLM 244: PRINCIPLES OF ENTREPRENEURSHIP

The course intends to equip students with entrepreneurship skills and knowledge which will
enable them carry out operational activities of a business. The candidates are expected to be able
to work independently in executing role and responsibility, establish network to enhance
business growth and develop preference entrepreneurship.

117
PLM 245: FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT

This course acquaints students with the relevant skills in analyzing investments opportunities in
order to make financial decisions with particular reference to materials managements and
provides students with an understanding of the conceptual principles and practical application of
analyzing financial issues and making of sound financial decisions.
PLM 246: FIELD ATTACHMENT

The objective of the Field Attachment is to enrich students‟ theoretical and practical
understandings of procurement issues through first-hand experience. It provides an opportunity
to students to learn by observing, participating and doing and it allows for contextualized and
integrated learning based on direct interaction with ground realities. It also enhances and
prepares skills of fieldwork, research, documentation, presentation and advocacy.

PLM 351: ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR

The study of organisational behaviour enables candidate to understand and explain how and why
people behave the way they do in organisations and what impact organisations have on people‟s
behaviour. This course will introduce a number of different theories, models and practices as
applied to a variety of work contexts and encourage critical exploration of their usefulness in
relation to organisational behaviour.

PLM 352: INTERNATIONAL LOGISTICS

The essentials of the course will encompass the several important elements of international
logistics such as global sourcing and trade and the growing strategic importance of various
transport and logistical infrastructure facilities. It will highlight the prevailing international trade
regulatory environment and its resultant impacts on global logistical issues, especially the intra
and inter trade logistics between established trade blocs.

PLM 353: RESEARCH METHODOLOGY

This course introduces students to a number of research methods useful for academic and
professional investigations of information practices, texts and technologies. By examining the
118
applications, strengths and major criticisms of methodologies drawn from both the qualitative
and quantitative traditions, this course permits an understanding of the various decisions and
steps involved in crafting (and executing) a research methodology, as well as a critically
informed assessment of published research.

PLM 354: MARKETING MANAGEMENT

The course enables students to understand the significances of marketing decision and how they
contribute in identifying appropriate procurement in supplies management strategies. It also
provides the students with an appreciation of the marketing concepts and it prepares the students
to examine the position of marketing in an organization and its contribution to strategies
objective in consumers and business to business marketing options.

PLM 355: PROCUREMENT CONTRACT MANAGEMENT

The course helps students to develop knowledge of principles, practices and techniques for the
contract management with particular emphasis on the role of supply chain specialists. It also
develops skills for managing contracts relationships and minimizes risks.

PLM 361: INTERNATIONAL PROCUREMENT

This course helps students to identify and explain roles of international agencies in procurement
and also be able to evaluate impact of various international procurement agreements. At the end,
the candidates will be able identify foreign supply sources; apply INCOTERMS and identify
their limitations; apply international procurement procedure and documentation; analyze factors
affecting international procurement; identify and explain role of international agencies in
procurement; identify and explain effects of economic integration in procurement; identify
various international procurement agreements; and analyses the effect of global financial
markets.

119
PLM 362: STRATEGIC PROCUREMENT

The course prepares students be able to apply strategic management concepts in procurement and
supplies management, to formulate, implement and evaluate procurement strategies and link
them with corporate strategy. It also equips students to be able to participate effectively in
formulating, implementing and evaluating corporate strategies toward achieving corporate goals
and to understand contribution of procurement management to corporate strategies.

PLM 363: PRODUCTION AND OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT

The course imparts to the students the basic knowledge of production planning, scheduling and
control, and it enables the students appreciate for the need to integrate the above functions with
procurement and supply managements. It also provides an appreciation of operational processes,
techniques, planning and controlling system with reference to both manufacturing and service
industries.

PLM 399: RESEARCH REPORT

A major goal of this course is the development of effective technical writing skills. To help
candidates become an accomplished writer, they will prepare several research papers based upon
the studies completed. Such an assignment hardly represents the kind of writing candidates might
be doing in their eventual career. An objective of organizing a research paper is to allow people
to read student‟s work selectively. When they research a topic, people may be interested in just
the methods, a specific result, the interpretation, or perhaps just want to see a summary of the
paper to determine if it is relevant to the study.

120
39.0. FBA GRADUATE PROGRAMMES
Currently, one Master degree programmes is in operation i.e. Master of Business
Administration (MBA). It is offered in collaboration between IPGS&R and the Faculty of
Business Administration (FBA).

39.1 Master of Business Administration (MBA)

39.1.1 Programme Objectives

(i) To equip candidates with an understanding of modern financial, marketing,


management skills necessary for sound business management and to enable
them take advantage of the continuously changing environment in which
businesses operate.

(ii) To equip candidates with sound human resource management,


entrepreneurship, marketing, strategic and operations management skills
required by leaders in professional business management.

(iii) To equip candidates with leadership and communication skills required for
good entrepreneurs to lead and sustain new business operations; and to build
market share through effective communication with customers, clients and
colleagues. This will be founded on the strong foundation of ethical praxis and
outlook.

(iv) To equip students with skills in Information Management and Communication


Technology as an integral part of the MBA curriculum.

(v) Develop student‟ ability to think strategically, and to lead, motivate teams in
business organizations.

(vi) To provide students with quantitative and qualitative tools to identify business
opportunities and solve business problems.

(vii) Enhance students‟ appreciation of the values of social responsibility, legal and
ethical principles, and corporate governance through the analysis and
discussion of pertinent articles and real business cases.
121
(viii) To prepare students for higher degrees in business administration and career
opportunities in research institutions.

39.1.2 Expected Learning Outcomes of the Programme


Upon successful completion of the MBA, graduates should be able to:

(i) Apply analytical skills learnt to analyse business environment and conceive
appropriate managerial decisions.

(ii) Identify theories, models and concepts appropriate for solving business
problems faced by business firms.

(iii) Conceptualize, organize, and resolve complex business problems or issues by


using the resources available under their discretion.

(iv) Apply the perspective of their chosen concentrated area of study to develop
fully-reasoned opinions on such contemporary issues as the need for
innovation, integrity, leading and managing change, globalization, and
technology management.

39.1.3 Programme Delivery and Duration

(i) The MBA Programme shall be conducted through lecture sessions and seminar
presentations in addition to assigned group works, term papers and individual
study.

(ii) The MBA is a four semester structured two year programme. The taught
component of the programme has 18 course units and requires three semesters
while the dissertation is to be completed in the fourth semester. A semester
shall comprise 16 weeks of lecture sessions and seminars. Students are to
complete six units per semester. Each course unit is allocated 48 contact hours.

122
39.2 The MBA Programme Majors and Concentrations
All MBA students are required to fulfil the programme requirement of one major. The
programme offers 4 MBA majors as outlined below:

39.2.1 Accounting Concentration


The concentration in Accounting provides students with the skills to measure and
communicate an organization‟s economic activities. The accounting major at the Zanzibar
University focuses on the user of accounting data. Students are exposed to accounting
techniques and analytical tools necessary for planning and control of business operations.
The alternative accounting specializations are preparing students for careers in which
accounting data are used extensively. They include specializations in Financial
Accounting and Reporting, Cost and Managerial Accounting, and Taxation.

39.2.2 Finance Concentration


The concentration on Finance is designed to provide students with a rigorous training in
the various key areas of the finance field. Students are to be imparted with both
theoretical and practical skills and expertise necessary for the analysis and solving of
practical business financial issues. Alternative finance specializations include: Investment
Management and Valuation, Banking and Financial Institutions, and Islamic Banking,
Insurance and Finance.

39.2.3 Marketing Concentration


The concentration in Marketing is targeting to enable students to build deep competency
in the art and science of: (1) choosing which customers to serve, and (2) getting, keeping
and growing them through delivering superior customer value. Marketing majors will
gain a proficiency in the latest methods and concepts for understanding customer
behaviour and for devising effective marketing strategies. Students can choose among
three marketing specializations: Marketing Management, Marketing Planning and
Control, and Service-Marketing and Customer Care.
123
39.2.4 Human Resource and Organizational Management Concentration
The concentration in Human Resource and Organizational Management is designed to
educate students in the leading edge of theory and practice associated with the
management of employees and the design of organizations. It spans topics from
understanding the behaviour of individuals and groups to designing management systems
and structures to support business strategy. Specializations that fall within this area of
concentration are: Human Resource Management and Organizational Management

39.2.5 The MBA Course Codes


MBA course codes will start with four letters which define the area of specialization to
which the specific course relates except for the Analytical Foundation Courses and the
General MBA Courses. The four letters are then followed by three digits, the first two
digits being 60. The four letters are as detailed below:
ALYF: Analytical Foundation Courses
MBGM: General MBA Courses
ACCT: Accounting Courses
FANC: Finance Courses
MKTG: Marketing Courses
HROM: Human Resource and Organizational Management

124
First Year Courses
First Semester
Table 18: Analytical Foundation Courses

S/N Course Code Course Name Units


1 ALYF 601 Managerial Economics 1
2 ALYF 602 Statistical Analysis for Management 1

Table 19: Core Business Fundamental Courses

S/N Course Code Course Name Units


1 ACCT 601 Managerial Accounting 1
2 MKTG 601 Marketing Management Strategy 1
3 MBGM 601 Management Communication 1
4 MBGM 602 Governmental and Legal Environment of Business 1
Total Semester Units 6

Second Semester

Table 20: Analytical Foundation Courses

S/N Course Code Course Name Units


1 ALYF 603 Decision Models and Uncertainty 1
2 HROM 601 Management of People at Work 1

125
Table 21: Core Business Fundamental Courses

S/N Course Code Course Name Units


1 FANC 601 Advanced Corporate Finance 1
2 MBGM 603 Global Strategic Management 1
3 MBGM 604 Business Research Methods 1
4 MBGM 605 Operations Management: Quality, Productivity & Supply 1
Chain Mgt.
Total Semester Units 6
Total Year I Units 12

Second Year Courses

First Semester
Table 22: Core Business Fundamental Courses

S/N Course Code Course Name Units


1 MBGM 606 Entrepreneurship and Business Development 1
2 MBGM 607 Business Ethics and Responsibility 1
3-6 XXXX 6xx Specialization Subjects [4 Subjects] 4
Total Semester Units 6

Second Semester
Table 23: MBA Dissertation

S/N Course Code Course Name Units


1 MBGM 666 MBA DISSERTATION 6
TOTAL YEAR II UNITS 12

126
MBA Majors: Specialized Courses

Accounting
Table 24: Financial Accounting and Reporting

S/N Course Code Course Name Units


1 ACCT 602 Advanced Financial Accounting 1
2 ACCT 603 Tax Planning and Administration 1
3 ACCT 604 Auditing and Investigation 1
4 ACCT 605 Problems in Financial Reporting 1

Table 25: Cost and Managerial Accounting

S/N Course Code Course Name Units


1 ACCT 606 Advanced Cost Accounting 1
2 ACCT 603 Tax Planning and Administration 1
3 ACCT 604 Auditing and Investigation 1
4 ACCT 607 Managerial Accounting in Multinationals 1

Table 26: Taxation

S/N Course Code Course Name Units


1 ACCT 608 Taxes and Business Strategy 1
2 ACCT 603 Tax Planning and Administration 1
3 ACCT 604 Auditing and Investigation 1
4 ACCT 602 Advanced Financial Accounting 1
Finance
Table 27: Investment Management and Valuation

S/N Course Code Course Name Units


1 FANC 602 Investment Management 1
2 FANC 603 Corporate Valuation 1

127
3 FANC 604 International Corporate Finance 1
4 FANC 605 Fixed Income Securities 1

Table 28: Banking and Financial Institutions

S/N Course Code Course Name Units


1 FANC 606 International Banking 1
2 FANC 607 International Financial Markets 1
3 FANC 604 International Corporate Finance 1
4 FANC 608 Financial Institutions Management 1

Table 29: Islamic Banking, Insurance and Finance

S/No. Course Code Course Name Units


1 FANC 609 Islamic Banking and Finance 1
2 FANC 604 International Corporate Finance 1
3 FANC 610 Islamic Insurance 1
4 FANC 608 Financial Institutions Management 1

Marketing

Table 30: Marketing Management

S/N Course Code COURSE NAME UNITS


1 MKTG 602 Marketing Research 1
2 MKTG 603 Entrepreneurial Marketing 1
3 MKTG 604 Marketing Mgt: Programme Design & Strategy 1
4 MKTG 605 International Marketing Management 1

128
Table 31: Marketing Planning and Control

S/N Course Code COURSE NAME UNITS


1 MKTG 602 Marketing Research 1
2 MKTG 603 Entrepreneurial Marketing 1
3 MKTG 606 Sales Force Management and Customer Care 1
4 MKTG 607 Marketing Communications 1

Table 32: Service Marketing and Customer Care

S/NO. Course Code Course Name Units


1 MKTG 602 Marketing Research 1
2 MKTG 603 Entrepreneurial Marketing 1
3 MKTG 608 New Product Development 1
4 MKTG 609 Service Marketing and Management 1

Human Resource and Organizational Management

Table 33: Human Resource Management

S/N Course Code Course Name Units


1 HROM 602 Strategic Management of Human Assets 1
2 HROM 603 Human Resource Training and Development 1
3 HROM 604 Labour Law and Employment Relations 1
4 HROM 605 Procurement of Human Resources 1

Table 34: Organizational Management

S/N Course Code Course Name Units


1 HROM 602 Strategic Management of Human Assets 1
2 HROM 606 Corporate Governance and the Board 1
3 HROM 607 Foundation of Teamwork and Leadership 1
4 HROM 608 Managing Organizational Change 1

129
39.3 Dissertation for the MBA Programme

1. The MBA Dissertation: Description


MBA Candidates are required to complete a dissertation upon successful completion of
the taught component of the programme. The dissertation is an independent scientific
research work, which carries 6 degree units. It is equivalent to completion of 6 course
units. Candidates are required to submit a dissertation in partial fulfilment of the MBA.

2. Objectives of the Dissertation


The dissertation is designed to provide opportunity for students to undertake a substantial
piece of research in the area of specialization. The Dissertation is designed to give
students the opportunity to demonstrate synthesis of knowledge and skills developed
through the taught component of the MBA Programme. Detailed policy and general
guidelines dissertation production shall be issued by the Faculty. The research topic
should be sufficiently well focused to facilitate an in-depth study, but broad enough to
develop an informed overview of the topic area. Candidates my choose one of the
following research orientations:

(i) Application of management techniques and tools to address one or more


issues/problems in business organizations.

(ii) Empirical testing of existing or newly developed managerial models and


techniques using primary and/or secondary data.

(iii) Insightful and critical survey of existing literature on a specialized area and/or
development of new business management techniques for solving managerial
problems or addressing controversial business management issues.

3. Assessment Strategy
The dissertation has two principal parts, for assessment purposes: Written Part and
Defence Part. Candidates will have to pass both parts before they are allowed to
graduate. The Written Part shall be assessed by both an Internal Examiner (Supervisor)
and external Examiners. Candidates will be required to present and defend their research
works to a panel of not less than four (4) experts in the field of research. The required
130
length of the dissertation shall be 15,000 – 20,000 words, exclusive of title and contents
page, figures, tables, quotations, appendices and bibliography.

4. The MBA Internships


The MBA internship is a non-examinable component of the ZU MBA Programme. It is
designed in recognition of the fact that practical business insights and skills can be
acquired only through internships and not through the classroom. The internship
programme shall assist MBA students gaining “hands-on” experience by applying
acquired classroom knowledge and skills to the assigned job of the sponsoring employer.
The internship programme shall be scheduled after the first semester of the second year
of study and before commencement of the MBA dissertation work. The duration of the
internship programme shall be two months.

39.4 MBA Course Listing

ALYF 601: Managerial Economics

This course covers fundamentals of managerial economics; market forces: demand and supply;
theory of individual behaviour; production process and costs; organization of the firm; market
structures and pricing; the Economics of Information

ALYF 602: Statistical Analysis for Management

This course covers topics that include randomness and variability; graphical summarization;
quality control; probability, sampling and estimation; confidence intervals and hypothesis tests;
least squares estimation, residuals and outliers; correlation and autocorrelation; co linearity, and
randomization.

ALYF 603: Decision Models and Uncertainty

This course covers regression and forecasting models; linear and integer programming; time
series models; decision making under uncertainty; decision making theory; simulation.

131
HROM 601: Management of People at Work

This course covers topics including human resource management and employee/workplace
relations management – the link to organizational strategies; establishing human resource
management cost effectiveness; psychology of individual behavior or of work groups;
motivation and job satisfaction; design of jobs and employee empowerment; group behavior and
teamwork (including arrangements such as quality of work life programme); leadership in people
management; alternative models or systems of managing employees – for example, the dominant
Japanese employment system as contrasted with Tanzanian practices.

ACCT 601: Managerial Accounting


This course covers topics that include introduction to managerial accounting; cost terms and
concepts; the firm‟s cost accounting system; management accounting information for decision
making; planning, control and performance measurement.

MKTG 601: Marketing Management and Strategy

This course covers topics including the nature of strategic marketing; understanding the market;
segmentation, positioning and marketing mix; strategic marketing development, including:
strategic marketing analysis; marketing strategy formulation; strategic market planning;
managing marketing channels and personal selling; applications of strategic marketing,
including: global marketing strategies; relationship marketing strategies; e-marketing strategies;
resource allocation and competitive analysis; market entry/exit decisions.

MBGM 601: Management Communication

This course covers topics including introduction: understanding management communication;


pillars of management communication; letters, memos and e-mails; reports and proposals; career
communication; persuasion, organization and delivery of speeches; defending one‟s view before
adversarial audiences; impromptu and prepared speeches; effective use of power point; visual
display of data; dealing effectively with the media; communication issues for management
success.

132
MBGM 602: Governmental and Legal Environment of Business

This course covers topics including introduction: legal environment of business: overview legal
infrastructure (contracts, intellectual property, antitrust, etc.) and its effect on business strategy;
how businesses deal with challenges involving government agencies, legislation, or the press;
fundamentals of the legal environment of business; legal foundations: definitions and
classifications of law jurisprudence and theories of law; understanding law in a global context
the Tanzanian judicial system; role of the judiciary in public policy and Government; resolving
disputes: litigation and alternative dispute resolution options; law and commerce and overview
and formation of contracts; contract performance: conditions, breach and remedies.

FANC 601: Advanced Corporate Finance

This course covers topics to include; leasing; mergers and acquisitions; corporate
reorganizations; financial planning and working capital management; decision making under
uncertainty; cost of capital and capital structure; pricing of selected financial instruments and
corporate liabilities; corporate capital budgeting and valuation; investment decisions under
uncertainty.

MBGM 603: Global Strategic Management

This course covers topics including global strategic management: an overview; external and
internal analysis; formulating strategy and developing a business model; strategic choice and
positioning; leveraging competitive advantage [through global market, strategic alliances and
innovation); implementing the strategic plan; integration and emerging issues in global strategic
management.

MBGM 604: Business Research Methods

This course covers topics to include overview of research;; methods of data collection; sampling
methods; processing and analysis of data; multivariate analysis; reliability and validity; essentials
of report writing.

MBGM 605: Operations Management: Quality, Productivity & Supply Chain Management
133
This course covers topics to include operations management: an overview; the scope of
operations and production management; forecasting and decision making: concepts and tools;
product planning, process selection, and capacity planning; product/service quality assurance and
productivity; supply chain management: overview; demand and customer relationship
management process; supplier relationship management process; product development,
manufacturing flow management process; supply chain management assessment; implementing
and sustaining the supply chain management process.

MBGM 606: Entrepreneurship and Business Development

This course covers topics to include introduction to entrepreneurship; the trait theory and the
model entrepreneur; entrepreneurial motives; entrepreneurial planning; initiating entrepreneurial
ventures; measuring market potentials; business development strategy and the business plan;
approaches to developing new businesses.

MBGM 607: Business Ethics and Responsibility

This course covers topics to include:; making decisions in business ethics; managing business
ethics; evaluating business ethics; contextualizing business ethics and responsibility; employees
and business ethics.

ACCT 602: Advanced Financial Accounting

This course covers topics including accounting for foreign transactions of entities; accounting for
reconstruction; executorships and trust account; preparation and presentation of financial
statements; public sector reports; interpretations of financial statement; valuation of shares and
businesses; accounting treatment for specific items as per International Accounting Standards.

ACCT 603: Tax Planning and Administration


Specific topics include: introduction: Taxation Concepts and definitions; Taxation Theory; The
Income Tax Act, 2004; introduction to VAT: theory and practice; tax avoidance, planning
and evasion; customs; objections and appeals.

134
ACCT 604: AUDITING AND INVESTIGATION

This course covers specific topics including professional and ethical considerations;
international developments in auditing; audit and corporate governance issues;
auditing in a computer environment; fraud, irregularities, money laundering and forensic audit;
audit of specialized entities; audit of not-for profit organizations; management audit; public
sector audit; assurance engagements and prospective financial information.

ACCT 605: Problems in Financial Reporting

This course covers specific topics including the regulatory framework (IASB); the IASB
conceptual framework; presentation of financial statements.; accounting policies, accounting
estimates and errors.; financial reporting in practice: property, plant and equipment, intangible
assets, impairment of assets, non-current assets held for sale and discontinued operations, leases,
inventories and construction contracts, financial instruments, provisions and events after the
reporting period, revenue, employee benefits, taxation in financial statements, statements of cash
flows, financial reporting in hyperinflationary economics, consolidated financial statements.

ACCT 606: Advanced Cost Accounting

This course covers topics including introduction of information for decision making; income
effects of alternative cost accumulation system; measuring relevant costs and revenues; product
mix decisions when capacity constraints; activity based costing; pricing decisions and
profitability analysis; decision making under conditions of risk and uncertainty; standard costing;
management control systems; divisional performance measures; transfer pricing; contingency
theory and organizational and social aspects of management accounting; application of
quantitative methods to management accounting.

ACCT 607: Management Accounting for Multinational Companies

This course covers topics including introduction to management accounting: basic cost concepts;
full costing; cost allocation; activity – based costing; life cycle costing; out sourcing decisions;
target costing, kaizen costing; cost management and product life cycle; performance measures
systems; balanced scorecard; strategic performance management.
135
ACCT 602: Advanced Financial Accounting

This course covers topics to include accounting for foreign transactions of entities, accounting
for reconstruction; executorships and trust account; preparation and presentation of financial
statements; public sector reports; interpretations of financial statement; valuation of shares and
businesses; accounting treatment for specific items as per International Accounting Standards.

ACCT 608: Taxes and Business Strategy

This course covers topics to include introduction: tax planning fundamentals; tax information in
financial statements; taxation of corporations and their alternatives: capital structure, corporate
distribution; introduction to the planning for mergers, acquisitions and divestitures; tax planning
for divestitures; tax arbitrage, current developments in tax planning; tax planning for
compensation; international taxation; tax planning for Investments.

FANC 602: Investment Management

This course covers specific topics to include Investment Management – Introduction; Portfolio
Selection; Applying Mean – Variance Analysis; Asset Pricing Models; Common Stock Markets,
Trading Arrangements and Trading Costs; Common Stock Portfolio Management Strategies;
Traditional Fundamental Analysis I: Sources of Information; Traditional Fundamental Analysis
II: Financial Ratio analysis; Traditional Fundamental Analysis III: Earnings Analysis, Cash
Analysis, and Dividends Discount Models; Security Analysis; Equity Derivatives; General
Principles of Bond Valuation.

FANC 603: Corporate Valuation

This course covers specific topics including Introduction to Corporate Valuation; An Overview
of Corporate Valuation Models; The Need for Corporate Valuation (When do you need to Value a
Company?);Valuation of Public Versus Private Companies; Ratio-Based Valuation; Discounted
Cash Flow Valuation; The Key Value Drivers; Value-Based Management.; How to Value a
Company in Practice.

136
FANC 604: International Corporate Finance

This course covers specific topics including corporate strategy and the decision to invest abroad;
Forecasting exchange rates; International portfolio diversification,; Managing exchange risk,
Taxation issues, Cost of capital and financial structure in the multinational firm, and Sources of
financing.

FANC 605: Fixed Income Securities

This course covers specific topics to include An Overview of Fixed Income Securities; Bond
Primary and Secondary Markets; Calculating Investment Returns; Eurobonds; Stable Value
Investments; Mortgages and Mortgage Backed Securities; Collateralized Mortgage Obligations;
Residential Assets-Backed Securities; Securities Backed by Credit Card Receivables.; Cash –
Collaterized Debt Obligations; Yield Curve Analysis; Credit Derivatives.

FANC 606: International Banking

This course covers specific topics to include Introduction to International Banking; A Brief
History of International Banking; Banking systems Around the World; International Banking
Services; Understanding International Bank Risk; Types on International Banking Organizations;
Regulation of International Banking; International Banking Risk Management.; Foreign Banking
Activities in Tanzania; Challenges for International Banks in foreign Markets; The Future of
Banking and Financial Services.

FANC 607: International Financial Markets

This course covers specific topics including Introduction: An Overview of International


Financial Markets; Growth of International Financial Markets; The Global Capital Market,
Money Market and Instruments; The Foreign Exchange Market; The International Financial
Institutions; Global Financial Intermediation; International Bond and Equity Markets.; Pricing in
the foreign currency and Eurocurrency markets; Short-term returns and market efficiency in the
international money markets, Derivative Instruments and Markets; International capital asset
pricing, Pricing of foreign currency bonds, Eurocurrency syndicated loans.

137
FANC 604: International Corporate Finance

This course covers specific topics including Corporate strategy and the decision to invest
abroad,; Forecasting exchange rates; International portfolio diversification; International
Investment Appraisal; Managing exchange risk ; Taxation issues; Cost of capital and financial
structure in the multinational firm.

FANC 608: Financial Institutions Management

This course covers specific topics including Introduction: Overview of the Financial Service
Industry; Measuring and Managing Risk on the Balance Sheet; Credit Risk Analysis and Lending
Risk; Liability and Liquidity Management; Deposit Insurance and Other Liability Guarantees;
Management of Interest Rate Risk; Managing Risk off the Balance Sheet; Off balance Sheet
Activities; Futures and Forwards; Options and Swaps; Measuring and Managing other Types of
Risk; Operating Cost and Technology Risk; Foreign Exchange Risk; Sovereign Risk.

FANC 609: Islamic Banking and Finance

This course covers specific topics including The Islamic Financial System – An Overview;
Major Norms of Islamic Finance; Islamic Banking; Islamic Banking Principles; Commercial
Banking; Deposit and Financing Products; Management of Islamic Banks [Asset and Liability
Management]; Regulatory Framework for Islamic Banking and Finance; Islamic Treasury
Management; Islamic Investment Banking; Islamic Capital Markets; Islamic Corporate
Governance; Fund Management and Project Finance.

FANC 604: International Corporate Finance

This course covers specific topics including Corporate strategy and the decision to invest
abroad,; Forecasting exchange rates ; International portfolio diversification, ; Managing
exchange risk; Taxation issues; Cost of capital and financial structure in the multinational firm,
and Sources of financing.

138
FANC 610: Islamic Insurance

This course covers specific topics including Introduction – Islamic Insurance [Takaful] vs.;
Conventional Insurance System; Islamic Appraisal of Conventional Insurance; Islamic Insurance
[Takaful) Principles; Islamic Insurance [Takaful) Products, Models and Mechanisms; Takaful
Legal, Regulatory and Operational Issues; Re-Insurance [Re-Takaful] Issues; Asset management
within Takaful; Marketing Takaful Products.

FANC 608: Financial Institutions Management

This course covers specific topics including Introduction: Overview of the Financial Service
Industry; Measuring and Managing Risk on the Balance Sheet; Credit Risk Analysis and Lending
Risk; Liability and Liquidity Management; Deposit Insurance and Other Liability Guarantees;
Management of Interest Rate Risk; Managing Risk off the Balance Sheet; Off balance Sheet
Activities; Futures and Forwards; Options and Swaps; Measuring and Managing other Types of
Risk; Operating Cost and Technology Risk; Foreign Exchange Risk; Sovereign Risk.

MKTG 602: Marketing Research

This course covers specific topics including The Role of Marketing Research and Customer
Information in Decision Making; The Marketing Research Process.; Preparation and Presentation
of Research Findings and Recommendations; Secondary Data and Customer Data Base.;
Collecting Observation Data.; Collecting and Analyzing Qualitative Data; Collecting
Quantitative Data; Designing Methods; Sampling Methods; Analyzing Quantitative Date.;
Presenting the Research Results.

MKTG 603: Entrepreneurial Marketing

This course covers specific topics including Positioning, Targeting and Segmentation.; Selecting,
Developing end Evaluating New Products and Services; Entrepreneurial pricing Decisions.;
Public Relations and Publicity.; Entrepreneurial Distribution Channel Decisions; Product/Service
Rollout; Entrepreneurial Sales Management.; Promotional and Viral Marketing.; Entrepreneurial
Advertising Decisions; Hiring is a Marketing Problem; Marketing and Raising Capital;Building
Strong Bans and Strong Entrepreneurial Companies.
139
MKTG 604: Marketing Management: Programme Design and Strategy

This course covers specific topics including Resource allocation, market entry/exit decisions;
Competitive analysis; Analysis of marketing situations; Segmentation and targeting decisions;
Branding and pricing decisions; Distribution and promotion decisions.

MKTG 605: International Marketing Management

This course covers specific topics including Organization and Control in International Marketing
Management; International Pricing Strategy; Marketing Strategy Planning; Product Policy and
Planning; International Advertising; Marketing Strategy Planning for International Markets; The
Firms as a Business System; International Markets; Marketing in a Consumer – Oriented
Society: Appraisal and Challenges.

MKTG 606: Sales Force Management and Customer Care

This course covers specific topics including Changing World of Sales Management; Describing
the Personal Selling Function; Developing and Directing the Sales Force; Determining Sales
Force Effectiveness and Performance; Introduction to Customer Cares; How managers need to
drive and support a service strategy; Listening to Customers; Implementing a Service Excellence
Strategy; The Internal Customer; Training and Development for Customer Service; Sustaining a
Customer Focus.

MKTG 607: Marketing Communications

This course covers specific topics including Introduction: Marketing Communication.; Principles
of Communication and New Approach to Marketing Communication; Developments in
Marketing Communication; Rethinking Marketing Communication Styles.; The Integrated
Marketing Communication Mix; The Nature and Scope of Advertising; Planning the Advertising
Campaign; Advertising Creativity; Advertising Media; Principles of Personal Selling and
Personal Selling in Practice; Principles of Sales Promotion and Sales Promotion in Practice;
Principles of Direct Marketing and Direct Marketing in Practice; Principles of Public Relations
and Public Relations in Practice.

140
MKTG 608: New Product Development

This course covers specific topics including The role of new products in marketing and corporate
management; The Marketing Opportunity: (including: The Business Concept Embodied in the
New Product Idea, Solving the Customers‟ Problem in the Product, Idea Evaluation within the
Framework of the Business, New Product Development as a competitive Weapon); Product life
cycle and product positioning; Product portfolio; Developing a product concept as well as
effective prototyping strategies; New product development testing, management.; Market
Research and Technical Research; The Pre-launch Checklist: Setting Up the Organization; Pilot
Run Manufacturing; Setting up the Infrastructure; Training for Personnel; Material Procurement;
Launching (including: Launch objectives, The Product Rollout, Initial Monitoring of Results,
Product Promotion and Customer Visits, The Sales Channel); The Pursuit (including Product
Management, Managing Product Change, Marketing Feedback and Product Modifications, Life
Cycle Management of Product)..

MKTG 609: Service Marketing and Management

This course covers specific topics including Introduction to Service Marketing (including: What
is a service, Characteristic of services, The 7 Ps of Services; Core and augmented service
Organization Clients); Design of the Service (including: Structure of Organizations, Culture of
Organizations Organizational Charts, The Concept of Design, Service Classification, Objects of
the, Service processes, Customer Contact, Distribution); The Service Setting and Service Quality
Management; Demand and Capacity Management; Service Strategy and Communications;
Consumer Behaviour in Services; Marketing Segmentation and Service Positioning; Service
Pricing and Demand Management; Customer Relationship Management; Consumer Protection in
Services; Performance Measurements and Monitoring and Evaluating the Service.

HROM 602: Strategic Management of Human Assets

This course covers specific topics including HRM and the resource-based view; Learning and
Development; Job analysis and design; Recruitment and Selection; Motivation at Work;
Managing and Improving Performance; Employee Retention; Interviewing Techniques;

141
Remuneration and Reward Strategies; Negotiation in the Workplace; Counseling and Dispute
Resolution; Managing Employment Issues Ethically.

HROM 603: Human Resource Training and Development

This course covers specific topics including Introduction: The Role of Learning and
Development in Organizations; Learning and Competitive Strategy; Training Needs Assessment
and Development of Training Programmes; Planning and Designing of Training Development;
Alternative Training Method; Career Development and Knowledge Management; Evaluation of
Training Effectiveness; Performance Appraisal.

HROM 604: Labour Law and Employment Relations.

This course covers specific topics including Introduction to Industrial Relations Theory;
Management of Industrial Relations; The Concept of Collective Bargaining; Labour Unions and
Collective Agreements; Employment Legislation and the Legal Framework; Tanzania Labour
Movement.

HROM 605: Strategic Staffing and Recruitment

This course covers specific topics including The Context for Recruitment and Selection;
Competences [What do we want to Measure, What are Competencies, The Purposes of
Competencies, Problems Relating to Recruitment & Selection.; Designing the Selection Process,
Calculating Staffing Costs and Evaluating Staffing Options; Attracting the Right Applicants.
[Managing our Applicant Pool, Advertisement]; Application Form Design.; Competency Based
Interviewing I: Principles; Competency Based Interviewing II: Practice.; Decision Making and
Evaluation.

HROM 602: Strategic Management of Human Assets

This course covers specific topics including HRM and the resource-based view; Learning and
Development; Job analysis and design; Recruitment and Selection; Motivation at Work;
Managing and Improving Performance; Employee Retention; Interviewing Techniques;

142
Remuneration and Reward Strategies; Negotiation in the Workplace; Counseling and Dispute
Resolution; Managing Employment Issues Ethically.

HROM 606: Corporate Governance and the Board

This course covers specific topics including ; Corporations and Corporate Governance; The Role
of Boards in Corporate Governance; The Role of Transparency in Corporate Governance;
Shareholders and Shareholder Activism; Corporate Governance Failure; Institutional Investors,
Creditors and Credit Rating Agencies; Corporate Governance Systems Worldwide ; Corporate
Accountability, Environmental, Social and Governance Considerations ; Moral Hazard,
Systematic Risk and Bailouts; Corporate Citizenship.

HROM 607: Foundation of Teamwork and Leadership

This course covers specific topics including The Twelve Leadership Myths and Six Fundamental
Leadership Principles and Basic Tenets; Six Approaches to the Application of Leadership Skills;
Evaluating Leadership Priorities; Tasks and Social Elements of Team Functioning; Creating
Teams/Team Building; Types of Team Building Interventions; Role Clarification and
Negotiation; Stages of Team Development; Personality and Ability\Teamwork skills; Diversity
of Team Members and Implications of Diversity; Leading Teams; The Three Team Leadership
Tasks; The Three Elements of Leading Teams; Developing Team Leadership Skills; Self
Managing or Self- Leading Work Teams; Organizing Your Team; Team Support Roles; Team
Member Job Description Running Team Meetings; Monitoring Progress.

HROM 608: Managing Organizational Change

This course covers specific topics including The Politics of Change: Why a Company Needs to
Change and What can be Changed; Confronting the Realities of Change; Planning and
implementing Organizational Change; Organizational Change Models; Successfully Leading
Change Efforts: Key Factors; Managing the Evolution of the Change; Developing and
Communicating a Shared Vision; Aligning Strategy and Culture; Downsizing, Restructuring and
Reengineering; Organizational Adaptation.

143
40.0. FACULTY OF LAW AND SHARIAH (FLS)

40.1 Structure of the Faculty


Faculty of Law and Shariah, at present comprises the following departments:
1. Department of Common Law;
2. Department of Shariah.

40.2 Undergraduate and Postgraduate Degree Programmes Offered


The Faculty offers a four year programme leading to the award of the degree of
Bachelor of Law and Shariah (LLB) combining both Common Law and Islamic Law
and also a two year programme leading to the award of Masters of Laws (LL.M) in
Comparative Laws.

40.3 Duration of the Undergraduate Studies

(i) The LLB programme of studies offered by the Faculty is of four-year duration.
In a nutshell, the extended duration of study is intended to create ample scope
to make more elective courses as core and compulsory courses.

(ii) The programme for LLB comprises a total of 8 semesters of 15 teaching


weeks each, two semesters in every academic year.

40.4 General Objectives of the Programme

(i) To provide sound knowledge and thorough training in Common and Islamic
Laws and their respective legal techniques required for successful practice
whether on the Bench, at the Bar or any other legal profession.

(ii) To promote students‟ talents and potentialities in order to develop their


legal skills, both, theoretically and professionally through practice.

(iii) To facilitate study of law in relation to the organisation of the machinery for
the administration of justice, and to further students‟ ability to understand
the problems and concepts of substantive law by elucidating the process of
judicial decision making.
144
(iv) To broaden the theoretical perspectives of law in relation to other areas of
social sciences, and to increase the awareness of social and economic factors
relevant to the application of law in society.

(v) To motivate students to pursue graduate studies to enhance the legal profession
in the country.

40.5 Specific Objectives of the Programme

(i) qualify and equip law graduates to play effective role towards
enhancement of court system and tribunals so as to ensure swift, fair and
unbiased dispensation of justice, as well as adequately guarantee
protection for and enforcement of human rights and fundamental
freedoms.

(ii) To guide students to build up professional skills for legal writing and
research work as such skills would enable them to contribute towards
nation building and community development work in the legal system as
advocates or legal advisers;

(iii) To preside over civil and criminal cases in the country‟s judicial system.

40.6 Curriculum Integration

(i) The course structure offered by the Faculty integrates both components of
Shariah and Common Law. It reflects course structure, and contents of each
course. The integrated nature of studies in the Faculty is well catered for in the
curriculum.

(ii) This integrated approach to the study of the two systems of law is adopted to
soundly equip and qualify law students to take up any legal profession, as
well as to prepare them to deal with legal problems realistically and in
harmony with the needs and culture of the society wherein they live.

(iii) In view of the diverse nature of law courses which every law student is
required to offer, the four year duration aims at accommodating, as many
145
as possible, courses in both fields of Common Law and Islamic Law.
This is in a bid of qualifying and training law students in these two legal
systems, which are applicable in Tanzania, and other countries in the African
Continent and the World at large.

(iv) Moreover, since the whole Universe is deemed as catchment area for Faculty
of Law and Shariah, Zanzibar University, as far as admission of students
is concerned, the four year duration purports to cope with the universality of
the University and Faculty of Law and Shariah as well, by offering intensive
courses on the globally adopted two legal systems, to wit, Common Law and
Islamic Law.

40.7 LL.B Programme Structure


Elective courses are offered from the 4th to 8th semesters. Elective courses shall carry
code numbers according to the year of study in which each elective course is taught.
Once an elective course is offered its status becomes compulsory.

146
Table 35: Programme Structure for the Bachelor of Law and Shariah

SN First Year Second Year Third Year Fourth Year


Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 1 Semester 2
1 LW 111 LW 121 LW 211 LW 221 LW 311 LW 322 LW 411 LW 422
Criminal Law I Criminal Law II Constitutional Human Rights Law of Law of Labour Law Professional
Law 4 Legal and Evidence I Evidence II Ethics
System Humanitarian
Law
2 LW 112 LW 122 LW 212 LW 222 LW 312 LW 323 LW 412 LW 423
Law of Contract I Law of Contract II Law of Torts II Islamic Banking Criminal Civil Accounting for Islamic Law of
Law Procedure Procedure II Lawyers Procedure

3 LW 113 LW 123 LW 213 LW 223 LW 313 LW 324 LW 413 LW 424


Legal Methods Islamic Family Administrative Administrative Jurisprudence Public Islamic Law of Criminology
Law Law I Law II International Succession & Penology
Law
4 LW 114 LW 124 LW 214 LW 224 LW 314 LW 325 LW 414 LW 425
Introduction to Law of Torts I Land Law Conveyancing Islamic Companies Private Research
Islamic Law Law and Practice Criminal Law Law International Project
& Procedure Law
5 EG 115 LW 125 LW 215 LW 225 LW 315 LW 326 LW 415
English Islamic Law of Sales of Goods Bankruptcy & Civil Procedure Law of Legal Research
Communication Contract and Agency Law Hire Purchase I Succession Methodology
Skills I Law (Statutory)

6 DS 116 EG 126 LW 216 LW 226 LW 316 LW 327 LW 416


Development English Family Law Equity and Trust Legal writing & Islamic Legal Islamic
Studies Communication (Statutory) drafting Maxims Jurisprudence
Skills II
7 AR 117 AR 127 LW 217 LW 328
Arabic Arabic Islamic Judicial
Communication Communication Constitutional attachment
Skills I Skills II Law (Clinical Law)
8 IT 118 IT 128
Computer Studies Computer Studies
I II

147
Table 36: Elective Courses
(A Student is to select one elective course in each semester)

S/N First year Second year Third year Fourth year


Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 1 Semester 2
1 LW 227 LW 317 LW 329 LW 417 LW 426
Banking and Intellectual Electoral Law Consumer Alternative
Negotiable Property Rights Protection Law Dispute
Instruments Law and Practice Resolution
2 LW 228 LW 318 LW 330 LW 418 LW 427
International Insurance Law Media Law Investment Law Science &
Economics Law Law Technology
3 LW 229 LW 319 LW 331 LW 419 LW 428
Islamic Partnership and Gender and the Children and Computer and
Administrative Cooperatives Law Law the Law the Law
Law
4 LW 230 LW 320 LW 332 LW 420 LW 429
Sports Law Islamic Customary Law East Africa International
International Law Community Criminal Law
Law
5 LW 231 LW 321 LW 333 LW 421 LW 430
Taxation Law Environmental Statutory International Health Law &
Law Interpretation Trade & Policy
Finance
6 LW 431
Law of Sea

148
40.8 LL.B Course Listing

LW 111: Criminal law I

The course content includes the historical development of criminal law tracing it from through the five
modes of production; definition; purposes; sources of criminal law; jurisdiction of courts; territorial
application of criminal law; general concept of criminal liability (mens rea and actus reus); general
principles of criminal responsibility; parties to offence; accessory before the fact and accessory after the
fact; general defence of criminal liability and types of punishments in criminal law.

LW 112: Law of Contract I

The course content includes nature of the contractual relation and its social function, the historical
development of the law of contract; sources of the law of contract; formation of contract -- offer,
acceptance, parties, intention to create legal relations, capacity to contract; consideration and forms of
consideration; validity of contract – free consent, unenforceable, void, voidable, and illegal agreement,
privity of contract; vitiating elements - mistakes, misinterpretation, duress and undue influence.

LW 113: Legal Methods

The course content includes the nature of law; classification and sources of law, authoritative legal
materials, customary law and usage; statues; case law and other materials; citation of authorities; language
of the law and language of the court; stare decisis, precedents, forms of precedent, logic and legal
reasoning - forms, styles and systems of reasoning; basic rules of construction of law and law making
process, canons of interpretation and aid to the interpretation of statutes and case law techniques.

LW 114: Introduction to Islamic Law

The course content includes definition and scope of Islamic Law, evolution and historical development of
Islamic Law, sources of Islamic Law, emergence and development of the Islamic School of Law, Ijtihaad
and emergence of Taqheed.

149
EG 115 English Communication skills I

This course covers basic sentence structure, the tense system, class nouns, the use of articles, sentence
connection, passive verb form, perfect verb form, model verb/verb phrases, conditional sentences, direct
and indirect writing.

DS 116: Development Studies

The course content includes capitalism and the capitalist ideology, post – colonial and neo – colonialism,
orientation and its ideology, interaction and integration between the two World ideologies (civilizations),
the development of relations between the capitalist West and the Muslim World, methods of interaction
and integration include the role of education, technology, the media, conflicts and wars etc.

AR 117: Arabic Communication skills I

The course content includes introduction to the Arabic alphabet and essential grammatical rules, Arabic
consonants with/without equivalents in the English alphabets and the consonants with vowels
(long/short).

IT 118: Computer Studies I

The course content includes the main concepts of ICT at general level, components of the computer systems
and organization, data representation, computer security and social aspect, health and safety and
environmental issues in relation to using computer, legal and regulatory issues in ICT, the concept of system
word processor and Microsoft Word and business analysis with electronic spreadsheet. Computer software
and computer data files.

LW 121: Criminal Law II

The course content includes attempts; conspiracies, offences against morality including rape and
attempted rape; offences against property including theft, housebreaking, burglary and recent possession
of stolen property; selected offences (murder, manslaughter, abortion, infanticide, child destruction, child
concealment), the state of public order; the doctrine of provocation,.

150
LW 122: Law of Contract II

The course content includes performance of contract; types of discharge of contracts; the concept of
frustration of contract and types of frustration of contract which are acceptable and non acceptable,
emerging issues in contracts and the concept of amendment of the original contract; contract remedies;
damage -- types of damages: normal, special, compensatory and remoteness of damage; equitable
remedies: specific performance, injunctions and quantum merit; contractual relations and quasi contracts,
the concept of exemption and finality clauses in contract.

LW 123: Islamic Family Law

The course content includes definition and the institution of Family in Islam, preliminaries to marriage
contract, essentials of marriage contract, agency in marriage, impediments to marriage, mutual rights and
obligations of spouses, dissolution of marriage, divorce and its consequences, custody of children.

LW 124: Law of Torts I

The course content includes historical development of the law of torts, general principles of tortuous
liability; distinction between tort and criminal law and law of contract; sources of law of torts; concept of
liability in tort, the doctrine of remoteness of damage, torts against the person, assault, battery, false
imprisonment, malicious prosecution, trespass to goods, trespass to land, detune, conversion.

LW 125: Islamic Law of Contract

The course content includes definition and legality of contract, essentials, capacity for making contracts,
the Islamic rights of option and remedies, different kinds of sale of goods, hire purchase, Agency,
Mortgage, Financial transactions (Mudharabah, Musharakah, Murabahah, Hawala, Kafalah), Theory of
Riba.

EG 126 English Communication skills II

This course is a continuation of the English Communication Skills I. It covers developing reading,
speaking and writing skills, writing summary, structures, figures of speech, idioms, proverbs and phrasal

151
verbs, techniques for organizing notes, and common mistakes in English.

AR 127: Arabic Communication skills II

The course content includes reading and writing exercises involving who? What? and where? The
pronouns, the letter of call, the possessor and the possessed, the definite and indefinite noun, the present
tense and the adjective (feminine/masculine)

IT 128 Computer Studies II

The course content includes approaches to database management system (DBMS), database management
system implementation, the concept of electronic presentation and power point, discovery, communication
and collaboration, the use of internet and web browsing application.

LW 211: Constitutional Law and Legal Systems

The Constitutional Law includes definitions; constitutional history, classifications of constitutions;


constitutional principles; characteristics of the constitution; rules of constitutional interpretation; state
structure and organs; constitutional making and constitutional legitimacy and constitutional legality;
constitutional court; constitutional litigation; sources of constitutional changes which includes popular
uprising, military coups, referendum, constitutional amendments and judicial interpretation, constitutional
remedies: role and function of political parties, elections and electoral systems, comparative constitutional
of East Africa and Bill of rights, The Legal System includes legal and court systems of East Africa with
emphasis on the Development of Courts System of Zanzibar (including Kadhis Courts) and Tanzania;
judicial bodies and quasi judicial bodies and the question of state sovereignty within the context of East
Africa.

LW 212: Law of Torts II

The course content includes negligence; essentials of negligence; specific situations of negligence;
nervous shock; occupiers liability; vicarious liability; contributory negligence; defence in Torts;
contributory negligence; common employment; death of claimant; defamation, libel and slander, essential
of defamation; defence, justification, fair comment, absolute and qualified privilege; nuisance liability,

152
public and private liability for dangerous things, the rule in Rylands Vs Fletcher, liability for animals.

LW 213: Administrative Law I

The course content includes genesis and historical development of administrative law; separation of
powers; purpose and application; aspects of government responsibility; political and legal responsibility;
basic rights and the rule of law; human rights; independence of the judiciary; subsidiary legislation;
parliamentary and judicial control; limits of power; substantive and procedural; ultra vires doctrine, alta
ego theory; judicial review, appeal, revision and exclusion of judicial review.

LW 214: Land Law

The course content includes history of land of East Africa with an emphasis on Zanzibar and Tanzania
Mainland, the concept of land law; ownership of land; land as real property; sources of land law;
alienation and occupation of public lands and theory of lease of land; traditional land use and tenure;
community control of individual acquisition and enjoyment of land, foreign and colonial influence,
English land law concepts, property rights in land, leaseholds, easements and profits and land disputes
adjudication theories.

LW 215: Sales of Goods and Agency Law (Commercial Law)

The course content comprises definition of goods, essentials of sale, implied terms, passing of property,
remedies of unpaid seller and buyer, creation of Agency, types of Agents, power of Agents, remedies of
Agents and principals.

LW 216: Family Law (Statutory)

The course content includes general principles of family law, legal requirements for valid marriage, void
and voidable marriage defences and bars, cohabitation, right and duties; dissolution of marriage, divorce
and separation, grounds, bars and consequences, judicial separation and separation by agreement,
restitution of conjugal rights, the implied obligation of husband and wife during marriage; wilful neglect
to maintain, maintenance and enforcement orders, matrimonial property of law, practice and procedure
relating to matrimonial causes in courts, domestic violence law; parents‟ rights and obligation towards

153
their children, custody, maintenance and education; declarations of legitimacy, adoption and guardianship.

LW 217: Islamic Constitutional Law

The course content includes the Islamic State, sovereignty, the charter of Madina, the institution of
Khalifa, the principle of Shura, Independence of Judiciary, leadership in Muslim world, Islamic
constitutional principles, rights and duties of non-muslim in an Islamic state.

LW 221: Human Rights and Humanitarian Law

The course content includes definition of human rights, historical development of human rights,
generation of human rights; religion perspectives on human rights, i.e. Islam, Christianity etc. rationale
for human rights, sources of human rights, international and regional sources: promotion and enforcement
of human rights, domestic level, international level, constitutional guarantees of human rights, the
judiciary (courts), civil societies and their associations, e.g. pressure grounds, role of the media,
promotion of awareness of human rights, role of educational institutions, the future of human rights, the
emerging debate of concept of universalism and cultural relativism; the Humanitarian Law, the genesis
and Development of Humanitarian Law; sources of humanitarian law; basic features of humanitarian law
and challenges facing humanitarian law.

LW 222: Islamic Banking Law

The course content includes concept of Musharakah, Mudharabah, Murabaha, Ijarah, Hibah, Bai Ssalam,
Sukuuk, Takafful, Wadiah, Wakaalah, Islamic banking finance, deposit management, doctrine of gharar,
profit sharing principles (PSP), profit and loss sharing principles (PLSP).

LW 223: Administrative Law II

The course content includes principles of natural justice; the rule against bias; the right to be beard,
situations where natural justice may not apply; errors of law on the face of the record; administrative
remedies; prerogative remedies, prerogatives orders: certiorari, mandarnus and prohibition, ordinary
remedies; temporary and permanent injunction, declaration and suit against the government.

154
LW 224: Conveyancing Law and Practice

The course content includes restrictive conveyants, licences, transfer of property, disposition of registered
land, transfer of land, landlord and tenant, land as security for credit mortgages, remedies of the
mortgagee and trusts of land.

LW 225: Bankruptcy and Hire Purchase Law

The course content includes bankruptcy, historical background and law applicable; definition and nature
of bankruptcy, the doctrine of fresh start from petition, condition of bankruptcy, procedure in bankruptcy:
from the demand and filling of the bankruptcy petition, to the adjudication order, distribution of the
property; proof of debts and priorities, duties/obligations of the trustee in bankruptcy; discharge of the
debtor, bankruptcy offences. Hire purchases law, definition, duties and remedies.

LW 226: Equity and Trust Law

The course content includes the concept and definition of Equity: its nature and scope; Historical
Development of Equity under major legal systems; Origin and Development of Equity in England and
under Common Law, the factors that contributed towards the Law Reforms and the passing of Judicature
Acts of 1873-75; Nature of Equitable Rights and interest, the Maxims of Equity with special reference to
(a) Equity will not suffer a wrong without a remedy (b) Equity follows the Law (c) delays defeats Equity
(d) he who comes to Equity must come with clean hands; Basis of equitable rights and equitable remedies
with special emphasis on Conversion and Election.

Trust: its historical development, classification and kinds of Trust with special emphasis on private and
public charitable Trust; creation of Trust – essentials of Trust, subject matter of Trust and purpose of
Trust; objectives of Trust, qualification of trustees and beneficiary; appointment, retirement and removal
of trustees, rights and powers of trustees; duties and liabilities of the trustees, disability of the trustees,
disabilities of the trustees, the rights and disabilities of the Trustees, extinction of the Trust.

155
LW 231: Taxation Law

The course content includes an introduction to the concept of taxation, tax avoidance and tax evasion,
income tax, basis of charging, computation of total income, capital gains tax, allowable deductions,
rebates and relief, other types of taxation.

LW 311: Law of Evidence I

The course content includes general nature of the rules of evidence; presumptions (rebuttable and
irrebuttable), weight of evidence, admissibility of extrinsic evidence, relevance of facts; what must be
proved and need not be proved; method of proof, oral and documentary evidence, direct and indirect
evidence, hearsay, confessions and admissions; expert evidence.

LW 312: Criminal Procedure

The course content includes courts of criminal jurisdiction; investigation to criminal procedure and
detection of crimes, institution of criminal proceedings in court -- outline of criminal proceedings from
apprehension to punishment; procedure in summary proceedings and before, at and after the trial of an
indictment; the bargaining principle, the private prosecution, arrest, search and seizure, prosecution,
rafting of charges, summons, pleadings, trial procedures; role of the court, judgments, sentences, appeals,
supervision and control by the high court of subordinate courts and tribunals; investigation and revision.

LW 313: Jurisprudence

The course content includes nature and historical development of jurisprudence; principles of
jurisprudence; main schools of jurisprudence, natural law, positivism, historical and sociological
jurisprudence, Marxist theory of state and law; human rights jurisprudence; theories of punishments, pure
theory of law, definition of law; the state, sovereignty, the administration of justice; the source of law,
custom, precedence, legislation, statutory interpretation, concept of law, rights and duties, person,
possession, ownership, property, liability, modern trends in jurisprudence; socio – economic philosophy.

156
LW 314: Islamic Criminal Law and Procedure

The course content includes concepts of crime and punishment in Islamic law; principles of criminal law
in Islam; Hudood offences, Qisas offences and Taazir offences.

LW 315: Civil Procedure I

The course content includes jurisdiction of courts; parties to a civil suit, the concept of demand letter and
its legal effect, institution of suits; framing of issues; pleadings; affidavits, summons and mode of service
of summons; preliminary objections, adjournments, chamber application, discovery, set-off and
inspection; the trial and judgment.

LW 316: Legal Writing and Drafting

Drafting, Generality and expression, Steps in drafting, Structure of documents, Aid for restricting legal
sentences, Avoid for restricting legal sentences, Avoiding ambiguity-and, Style – an aid to
communication- avoiding legalese, Interpretation, Drafting styles and drafting specific documents.

LW 317: Intellectual Property Rights (IPR)

The course includes the concept and historical development of Intellectual Property Rights, International,
Regional and National Sources/Treaties of Intellectual Property Rights, the theory of rights, types of
Intellectual Property Rights: patents, copyright and related rights, trademark, industrial designs and
integrated circuits, geographical indications, protection against unfair competition; licensing and transfer
of Intellectual Property Rights, Technological and Legal Developments in Intellectual Property Rights.

LW 321: Environmental Law

The course content includes international environmental law; the contribution of the United Nations
Conference on Environment and Development (UNCED) (Rio Conference) to environment law;
principles and foundations of Zanzibar Environment Law; water pollution, Ocean pollution, industrial
pollution tourism and environment, conservation of natural resources; land use and planning; implement
of environmental law.

157
LW 322: Law of Evidence II

The course content includes identification, identification parade; corroboration; burden of proof; judicial
notice, competence of witness, compellability, estoppel, examination of witnesses, exhibits; the oath
examination and cross – examination.

LW 323: Civil Procedure II

The course content includes orders and decrees, execution, appeals, review, revision; proceedings on
appeal to and from the high Court; abatement of suits, summary procedure; interlocutory orders;
alternative dispute resolution mechanism.

LW 324: Public International Law

The course content includes historical perspective; source of international law; the relationship between
Municipal and International law; subjects, sovereignty and territory, recognition, state responsibility,
international organizations; use of force under international law; settlement of international dispute,
contemporary issues and challenges in international law.

LW 325: Company Law

The course content includes the nature of a company (including classification of companies, lifting the
corporate veil); promotion and incorporation; formation of a company, the corporate personality, the
Memorandum of Association, the Articles of Association; The Altering of the Articles, the company and
its contract; doctrine of ultra vireos; prospectus, capital of the company, allotment and transfer of share
dividends and debentures; directors, company management and administration; dissolution of companies,
winding up; partnership, relation of partners to third parties, types of partners, liabilities of partnership,
dissolution of partnerships.

158
LW 326: Law of Succession (Statutory)

The course content includes the making and revocation of wills, construction of wills; probate, interstate
succession; the position of the personal representative, the position of the beneficiaries, nature of the wills
and codicils; devises and legacies on intestacy; the construction of wills; rules of succession on intestacy;
grant of administration, including limited and special administration; revocation of grants of probate and
administration; Donations Mortise Cause.

LW 327: Islamic Legal Maxims

The course content includes: Definition of Al-Qawa‟id Al-Fiqhiyyah (The Islamic Legal Maxims),
Historical development of Islamic legal Maxims, The Five Universal Maxims, their meanings and
sources, their examples and subsidiary maxims which fall under them, i.e. Matters are judged according to
intentions behind them, Certainty cannot be dispelled by doubt, Hardship begets facility, Harm (injury)
must be eliminated, Custom is a basis of judgment. In addition to the Five Universal Maxims, the course
content also includes some subsidiary maxims which do not fall under the five, but are very essential to a
Muslim lawyer, e.g. An accessory attached to an object in fact is also attached to it in law, In the presence
of the direct doer of an act and the one who is the cause there of, the first alone is responsible thereof,
Legal permission is incompatible with liability, Benefit goes with liability, No one may dispose of the
property of another without the latter‟s permission, The burden of proof lies on the one who alleges, A
person is bound by his own admission.

LW 328: Judicial Attachment (Clinical Law)

Each student is required to do clinical law during the vocation after completing the 2 nd semester of 3rd
year of study and submit a report at the end of the clinical law programme. The Judicial Attachment is a
compulsory for LL.B students. It is designed through externship attachment to prepare students to
becoming practicing advocates on completion of the 4 year LL.B degree programme.

159
LW 329: Media Law

General Introduction to the Media Law. Historical Background of the Media Law in Tanzania and the
world in general. Sources of Media Law. Defamation. Sedition. Invasion of Privacy: Publication of
Private Information. Gathering Information Records and Meetings General Overviews of the Freedom of
Information Act and the Information Act, Laws that restrict access to information. Protection of News
Sources Constitutional Protection of news sources, Free Press/Fair Trial (Prejudicial Crime Reporting,
Traditional Judicial Remedies, Restrictive Orders to Court Publicity) Regulation of Obscene and Other
Public Erotica Materials.

LW 333: Statutory Interpretation

The course content includes an introduction to the concept of interpretation, subject matter of
interpretation, legislation, drafting of statutes, parts of statutes, basic rules of interpretation, internal and
external aids to interpretation, presumptions and maxims of interpretation; delegated/sub – ordinate
legislation, different types of statutes, interpretation of constitution; introduction to the law of limitation.

LW 411: Labour Law

The course content includes contractual foundations of employment relations, terms and conditions of
employment contract, collective agreements and their impact on contract of employment; statutory
regulation of wages; discharge of the contract of the employment, employment of particular classes of
persons; health and safety of employees; industrial disputes; trade unionism.

LW 412: Accounting for Lawyers

The course content includes basic structure of accounting, journals, books of original entry, ledgers, trial
balance, trading profit and loss accounts, balance sheet, accruals and prepayment, depreciation ,
incomplete records, auk reconciliation, partnership accounts for advocates, nature and purpose of budgets
and financial planning, break – even analysis and trust accounts.

160
LW 413: Islamic Law of Succession

The course content includes: Meaning of succession, Verses of succession in the Qur‟an, Liabilities on the
deceased‟s property, Conditions, grounds and impediments of succession, The Male and Female
successors, Types of succession i.e. Fardh and Ta’swiib, Shares ( ½, ¼, 1/8, 2/3, 1/3, 1/6, 1/3R) and those
entitled to receive them, Types of Residuaries (Aswabah) i.e. Residuary by themselves, Residuary by
others and Residuary with others. Exclusion (Al-Hajb) and Distribution of the deceased‟s property. The
course content also include The Islamic Will (Al-Waswiyyah), its importance, pillars and conditions, the
Testator (Al-Muswi), the Legatee (Al-Muswa lahu), the thing which is bequeathed (Al-Muswa bihi)

LW 414: Private International Law

The course content includes: jurisdiction and classification of private international law, law of obligations,
law of procedure and of recognition of foreign judgment, international conflicts of law; the law
applicable, the courts with requisite jurisdiction and to whom the said law can be applied; family law,
divorce and legitimacy; law of property, succession to property.

LW 415: Legal Research Methodology

The course content includes introduction to legal research writing, building up the project, literature
review, data collection, report writing and drafting.

LW 416: Islamic Jurisprudence

The course content includes definition of Islamic jurisprudence; the legal rule (Al – hukm ashar‟e):
definition and its types; Al – hukm al taklifi: definition and its types; Al – hukm Al wadh: definition and
its types; rules of interpretation, Sources of Islamic law: The Quran; The Sunna; Ijma (Consensus of
opinion); Qiyas (Analogical deduction); Istihsan (Equity in Islam); Masalih Mursalah (Public interest);
Urf (Custom).

161
LW 419: Children and the Law

The course content includes historical background of children rights, general principles of the convention
of rights of the child, civil rights and freedoms, family environment and alternative care, disability, basic
health and welfare articles, education, leisure, cultural rights, special protection measures and relevant
protocols, convention of the rights of the children, regional child protection mechanism, child rights in
Islam.

LW 421: International Trade and Business Law

The course content comprises theory of trade, legal framework for trade, organization and the trade
transaction, documentary sale, commercial terms, the trade contract, distributorship, counter trade and
franchises, law of international trade, multi – lateral trade, trade practice regulation; regional trade and
dispute settlement.

LW 422: Professional Ethics

The course content comprises professional conduct, professional ethics, professional etiquettes,
professional decorum, law as a profession: Historical background of legal profession in Tanzania, role of
lawyers in society, Code of Conduct for law officers,, state Attorneys, legal officers in the Public service
and Judicial Officers, professional misconduct, client care, conflict of interest rule, remuneration rules,
principles of taxation of costs.

LW 423: Islamic Law of Procedure

The course content comprises judicial system, judge and their qualifications, plaints claims, court
procedure, trial, evidence, judgment, revision and appeal.

LW 424: Criminology and Penology

The course content comprises introduction to criminology, causes of crime and punishment, sentencing in
courts, probation, the role of prisons, reform centres and penitentiary centres; the role of criminologists in
the third world countries.

162
LW 425: Research Project I

In this project each student is required to submit his/her two research proposals to the Faculty Research
Coordinator four week before the beginning of the final examinations of the sixth semester. The Faculty
shall approve the research topics and assign a Research Supervisor for each student before the end of the
final examinations of the sixth semester. The dissertation should not exceed 100 pages on A4 double
space paper in size 12 Time Roman Font Character. Submission of the dissertation shall be one week
before the beginning of the final examination of the 2nd semester. The dissertation shall be assessed as a
full unit compiling 100 (hundred) marks.

LW 426: Alternative Dispute Resolution

The course content includes: Definition of ADR, Differences between Arbitration, Negotiations,
Mediation and Litigation, benefits of using ADR as opposed to other forms of Dispute resolution, a case
study on Arbitration, a case study on Mediation.

LW 429: International Criminal Law

The course content includes: Fundamentals of International Criminal law, General principles of criminal
law, International versus national jurisdiction, The elements of International crimes, International crimes
(war crimes, crimes against humanity and torture, genocide, piracy, aggression, and terrorism),
Prosecution and punishment of International crimes, The ICC: Jurisdiction and applicable law, The ICC
Structure and procedure, The perpetration and joint criminal enterprise, appeals and enforcement.

163
40.9 MASTERS OF LAWS (LL.M COMPARATIVE LAWS)

40.9.1 Objectives

(i) To equip themselves with the knowledge on the theory and application of Statutory Law
and Islamic Law in Secular states and Islamic states, respectively.

(ii) To expose themselves to modern skills and knowledge of the Common Law and Islamic
Law that will enable them to comprehend both theoretical and practical issues
underpinning the practices under these two comparative laws.

(iii) To acquire a wide range of transferable sound skills in the application of comparative
laws in the organization of administration of justice, critical comparable thinking and
creative problem solving skills on comparative perspectives.

(iv) To expose them to sound skills in research and methodology of collecting, analyzing,
synthesizing and interpreting legal data, that is, the skills necessary for scientific
investigation of facts.

40.9.2 Outcomes of the Programme


At the end of this program, students should be able:

(i) To assume middle and top legal professional positions for those who enter into the
labour market or become competent successful law practitioners in the case of those
who seek self employment.

(ii) To apply the acquired knowledge in providing better legal advices to clients in the
public, private or community sector.

(iii) To cope with the increasing demand of clients who seek the services of competent law

164
practitioners who are knowledgeable of Statutory Law or Islamic Law, as the case may
be.

(iv) To inculcate self-confidence and mastery of comparative law outlook among the most
promising students.

Table 37: Programme Structure for Masters of Laws in Comparative Laws

First Year Second Year


Semester I Semester II Semester I Semester II
(October – January) (March – June) (October – January) (March – June)
Pre-requisite:
LLM 511 LLM 521 LLM 631 LLM 641
Introduction to Tanzania Comparative Comparative Law of Field Research &
Legal System Criminal law Banking Dissertation Write-up
Pre-requisite:
LLM 512 LLM 522 LLM 632
Introduction to Comparative Law of Comparative Preparation for
Shariah Law Property Company Law Viva Voce
LLM 513 LLM 523 LLM 633
Comparative Law of Succession Islamic Jurisprudence Viva Voce
Family Law (Statutory) Examinations

LLM 514
Jurisprudence and Marking and
Legal Theory Long Vacation

LLM 515
Legal Research
Methodology

165
Table 38: List of Electives

LLM 516 LLM 524 LLM 634


International Trade Law Cyber Law Socio-Economic Law
LLM 517 LLM 525 LLM 637
Islamic Law of Evidence Islamic Law of Succession Islamic Law of Obligation

40.10 LLM Course Listing

LLM 511: Introduction to Tanzania Legal System

The course content comprises introduction to legal system in Tanzania (What is legal system & its types);
Introduction to law (the meaning of law, the origin of law, the role and functions of law); classification
and division of law; laws applicable in Tanzania; the historical background of court system in Zanzibar
and Tanzania Mainland; position of Kadhis‟ court; Judicial Service Commission of both Zanzibar &
Tanzania Mainland (appointment, functions, dismissal and termination).

LLM 512: Introduction to Shariah Law

The course content include nature, definition and scope of Islamic law (meaning of Islamic law, meaning
of Fiqh, a comparison between Fiqh and Shariah, objective of Shariah, comparison between rules of
Shariah and rules of law, basic function of Shariah, characteristics of Shariah); rules of Shariah and its
classification (religious observance i.e. Ibadat & transactions i.e. Muamalat); evolution and historical
development of Islamic law; pre-Islamic period legal institutions; sources of Islamic law (primary sources
& secondary sources; emergence and development of the Islamic schools of law (Hanafi, Malik, Shafie
and Hanbali Schools).

166
LLM 513: Comparative Family Law

The course content comprises introduction to comparative study of family law, the concept of family,
institution of marriage, requirement of marriage and administrative procedures, the family and marriage,
DNA and paternity in marriage; inheritance; feminism and marriage; pluralities of wives, maintenance of
wife, maintenance obligations, family property, dissolution of marriage, rights and duties after divorce,
child care and custody

LLM 114: Jurisprudence and Legal Theory

The course content comprises nature of jurisprudence, principles of jurisprudence, schools of


jurisprudence: analytical school, historical school, sociological school, pure theory of law, communist
theory of law, natural law, definition of law, classification of law, law of morals, the state, sovereignty,
The administration of justice.

LLM 515: Legal Research Methodology

The course content includes meaning of legal research (a basic approach to legal research, types of legal
research, various approaches to legal research, the legal research process); research design: theoretical
research; sources of information and data; legal writing; use of computer in law research; mode of citation
of references (periodicals, newspapers, unpublished materials, public documents, citation of cases,
citation of statues, citation of subsidiary legislation, treatment of quotations, treatment of notes, treatment
of bibliography, abbreviations used in citation); social research in the field of law; research design in
social studies; techniques of data gathering; analysis, interpretation and presentation; Islamic legal
research methodology.

LLM 516: International Trade Law

The course content includes international sale of goods; special trade terms and their role; F.O.B.
contracts (the essence of F.O.B. contract, types of F.O.B. contracts, duties of F.O.B. buyer and seller,
passing of property and passing of risk); C.I.F contracts (definition, documents in CIF contracts, passing
of property, duties of CIF buyer and seller); carriage of goods by sea (contact of carriage, liability of the
carrier); payment international trade (different methods of payment, documentary credits and mechanism

167
of a documentary credit transaction); dispute resolution in international trade ( conflict of laws, the law
governing the contract under common law and its jurisdiction); international commercial
arbitration(general aspects of arbitration, enforcement of foreign judgments and arbitral awards); Islamic
aspect of international trade.

LLM 517: Islamic Law of Evidence

The course content includes nature of Islamic law of evidence, concept of “bayyinah”, types of evidence,
the standards of evidence from different cases, burden of proof and shifting of burden, types of burden of
proof, Iqrar, iqrar of co-accused and its retraction, al-shahadah, al-yamin, al-kitabah, capacities in
adducing evidence, testimony of women, testimony of non-Muslim.

LLM 521: Comparative Criminal Law

The course content comprises nature of criminal law and crimes, basis of Islamic criminal law, protection
moral value in Islamic criminal law, principles of legality and Islamic criminal law, sources of criminal
law, criminal liability-element of crimes, actus reus & mens rea, mens rea & strict liability, elements of
crimes under Islamic law-general or fundamental element of crime, specific ingredients of crimes vary
with the nature of the different offences-specific offices, general defence, selected offences-inchoate
offences, attempt offence against person, culpable homicide and murder, sexual offences, offence against
property.

LLM 522: Comparative Law of Property

The course content includes concept of “property” in common law and “al-mal” in Islamic law,
classification of property in common law, classification of al-mal in Islamic law, concept of Al-Milkiyyah
and its acquisition in Islamic law, concept of ownership and its acquisition in common law, restriction of
ownership in common law, concept of charity and charitable trust in common law, concept of charity and
Al-alaulad in Islamic law, restrictions and testamentary powers in English law, restrictions and
testamentary powers in Islamic law, obligatory bequest, pre-emption in common law, shufa in Islamic law.

168
LLM 523: Law of Succession (Statutory)

The course content comprises the transfer of property on death; intestacy; nature of the will; formalities;
the making of wills – the mind of the taster; promises to leave property by will, secrete trusts, mutual
wills; alteration, revival and conformation of will; provision for the deceased‟s family and dependents;
contents of the will; the construction of the will; duty and care; executors and administrators; payment of
expenses and debts; income and interest; distribution of the estate; remedies.

LLM 524: Cyber Law

The course content comprises what is the internet?; content regulation: censorship; defamation; copyright
infringement in cyberspace; domain names and trademarks; contracting in the cyberspace; consumer
protection; jurisdiction and choice of law; computer crimes; trans-border data flows and privacy issues;
encryption and digital signature; Islam (e-commerce, e-banking and Shariah); online database (spamming
and trespass to chattels); novel issues in the cyberspace.

LLM 525: Islamic Law of Succession

The course content comprises significance of law of inheritance; the rules of distribution of shares and
persons entitled to it, process of distribution; mathematical formula for calculating a deceased‟s property;
on women; on residuary; common denominator of fraction of shares; doctrine of return; doctrine of
representation; hereditary rights of predeceased son‟s sons; inequality of sexes; inheritance and
distribution; division concerning the right of the true grandfather; devolution of vested inheritance;
distance kindred; administration of estate of a deceased Muslim; exclusion and impediments; distribution
of inheritance.

LLM 631: Comparative Law of Banking

The course content includes financial system in Tanzania (banking and non-banking, history of banking
system in Tanzania, structure of banking system in Tanzania, sources of banking law and the role of
regulatory bodies); banking system and relevant statutes in Tanzania; the nature of banker-customer
relationship (definition of banking business, bank and customer, nature of contractual relationship); rights
and duties of a banker; customer rights and duties; termination of banker-customer relationship and events

169
affecting bankers‟ mandate; recovery of money paid by mistake; banker‟s legal liabilities: collecting
bankers; banker‟s legal liabilities: paying bankers; contemporary issues on conventional banking
(electronic banking & money laundering); selected issues on Islamic banking (products and Shariah
contracts, legal issues: constraints, challenges and prospects, legal documentation & case law).

LLM 632: Comparative Company Law

The course content includes the conceptual and regulatory framework; the separate legal entity, corporate
criminal & tortuous liability, directors‟ common law duties and statutory duties; directors‟ fiduciary and
statutory duties; duty of care, skill and diligence (standard of care, duty involved in delegating authority,
business judgment rule); remedies against breach of duty (director‟s disqualification, eliminating liability,
power of members to ratify breaches & indemnification and insurance of directors); issues in corporate
Governance; legal issues concerning majority and minority shareholders, majority and minority
shareholders: The derivative action; capital maintenance doctrine; share buyback & redemption of shares;
creditors‟ protection mechanism.

LLM 633: Islamic Jurisprudence

The course content includes defining Usūl al-Fiqh (Islamic Jurisprudence), definition of Usūl, definition
of Fiqh, the general format for the study of Usūl al-Fiqh, the value system, subject matter of Usūl al-Fiqh,
benefits of studying Usūl al-Fiqh, origin of Usūl al-Fiqh, methods and approach of jurist in deriving
Shariah rulings, Islamic law – Hukm Shar‟ī, definition of Hukm Shar‟ī, elements of Hukm Shar‟ī,
classification of Hukm Shar‟ī, Hukm Taklīfī Hukm Wad‟ī (declaratory law), classifications of Hukm
Taklīfī, sources of Islamic law.

LLM 634: Socio-Economic Law

The course content comprises law relating to socio-economic offences. Policy of the state towards social
and economic welfare of society in the constitution. Crimes by men in the profession. Crimes against
social groups shall include illegal traffic in women and girls, bounded labours, adulteration in chemical
and drugs, law relating to protection of environment, air and water, economic offences, offences against
consumers, hoardings and back and duplicate brand goods, false Trade Marks, smuggling, insurances and

170
accidents claims etc.

LLM 635: Islamic Law of Obligation

The course content includes sources of obligations, obligation to believe in God, obligations to fulfil
terms and conditions of Shariah, contractual obligations between man and man, formation of different
types of contracts, formalities in creating personal obligations, civil obligation and criminal obligation,
sources of rights and liabilities, performance of obligation; its flexibility and impossibility.

171
41.0. FACULTY OF ARTS AND SOCIAL SCIENCES (FASS)

41.1 Degrees Offered


The programmes of study that are being offered at the Faculty lead to the following degrees
awards:-

1. Bachelor of Arts in Public Administration (BA Public Admin.)


2. Bachelor of Arts in Economics (BA Econ.)
3. Master of Science in Economics and Finance (BSc Econ. and Fin.)
4. Bachelor of Social Work (BSW);
5. Bachelors degree in Islamic Banking and Finance (IBF); and BA (Ed.) in Languages

41.2 Duration of the Study


The degrees offered are of three year duration, whereby the programmes are run through semester
system. Each semester extends over a period of fifteen [15] teaching weeks. Each module or
course unit is allocated a total of three contact hours per week, two hours for lecturing and one for
seminar.

41.3 Programme Objectives


In line with the vision and mission of the Zanzibar University, both departments under this faculty are
committed to:

(i) To equip students with both theoretical and practical tools necessary for analyzing and
solving both economic and social problems.

(ii) To enhance efficiency of civil servants, local governments and private institution
personnel.

(iii) To furnish students with qualitative, quantitative, analytical and research skills in order
to enable them to pursue further studies and work effectively and efficiently in either

172
private or government organizations or their own enterprises.

41.4 Programmes Structures

Table 40: Programme Structure: BA in Public Administration


FIRST YEAR SECOND YEAR THIRD YEAR
S/N SEM. 1 SEM. 2 SEM. 1 SEM. 2 SEM. 1 SEM. 2
1 MS 110 PA 121 PA 211 PA 221 MG 311 Strategic PA 321
Mathematics & Public Comparative Local Management International
Statistics Administration Public Government Human
Theory & Practice Administration Administration Resource
Management
2 EC 112 PA 122 PA 212 PA 222 PA 312 PA 322
Principles of Organizational Human Public Managerial Organizational
Economics Psychology Resource Policy Decision Making Development
Management & Management
3 PA 113 LW 123 PA 213 PA 223 PA 313 RP 323
Organizational Administrative Procurement & Governance & Strategic Human Research
Theory & Law Logistics Human Rights Resource Project
Management Management Development
4 IT 114 IT 124 AF 214 PA 224 BS 314
Computer Skills MIS & Public Sector Industrial Entrepreneurship &
Computer Accounting Relations & Business Plan
Applications Labour Law
5 EG 11 EG 125 IT 215 PA 225 RS 315 Research
English English Electronic Foundations of Methodology
Communication Communication Government Ethics &
Skills I Skills II Conduct
6 AF 116 DS 126 PA 216 PA 226
Principles of Development Customer Care Management
Accounting Studies & Public of Public
Relations Services
7 AL 117 AL 127 PA 217 PA 227
Arabic Arabic Project Office
Communication Communication Management Procedures &
Skills II Skills II Records
Management
8. FA228
Field
Attachment

173
Table 41: Programme Structure: BA in Economics

First Year Second Year Third Year

S/N SEM. 1 SEM. 2 SEM. 1 SEM. 2 SEM. 1 SEM. 2


1 MS 111 MS 121 MS 211 MS 221 MG 311 EC 321
Mathematics for Applied Quantitative Quantitative Strategic Economic Policy &
Economics Statistics Methods I Methods II Management Planning
2 AF 112 AF 122 LW 212 EC 222 EC 312 EC 322
Principles Of Principles of Business Law Islamic Project Project Planning &
Accounting I Accounting II Banking & Planning & Management
Finance Management I II
3 EC 113 EC 123 EC 213 EC 223 EC 313 RP 323
Principles of Principles of Intermediate Intermediate Agricultural Research Project
Micro-economics Macro- Micro- Macro- Economics
economics economics Economics
4 IT 114 IT 124 EC 214 EC224 BS 314
Computer Skills MIS & Econometrics I Econometrics II Entrepreneur-
Computer ship &
Applications Business Plan

5 BC 115 EC 125 EC 215 FE 225 RS 315


Business Islamic Public Foundation Research
Communication Economics & Finance of Ethics & Methodology
Skills Development Conduct
6 MG 116 DS 126 EC 216 EC 226
Principles of Development Quantitative Development
Management & Studies Economics & Economics
Administration Computing
7 AL 117 AL 127 EC 217 EC 227
Arabic Arabic Money, International
Communication Communication Banking & Economics
Skills I Skills II Financial
Development
8 FA 228
Field
Attachment

174
Table 42: Programme Structure for Bachelor of Social Work

FIRST YEAR SECOND YEAR THIRD YEAR


S/N
SEMESTER 1 SEMESTER 2 SEMESTER 1 SEMESTER 2 SEMESTER 1 SEMESTER 2

SW 111 SW 121 SW 211 SW 221 SW 311 SW 321


Social Work Human Behaviour Social Work & Social Policy Social Work & Social
1. Practice I & Social Human Rights Religion Administration
Environment

SW 112 SW 122 SW 212 SW 222 SW 312 SW 322


2. Social Welfare Field Instructions Social Work & Anthropology Develop-mental Social Work &
Services Health Social Work Mental Health
SW 113 SW 123 SW 213 SW 223 SW 313 SW 323
Social Work Sociology Social Work & Disaster Integrated Field Project
3. Ethics & Law Management Work Management
Principles

SW 114 SW 124 SW 214 SW 224 SW 314 SW 324


Psychology Communication Social Work Peace & Social Paper Research
4.
Skills Practice II Conflict Protection
Management
SW 115 SW 125 SW 215 SW 225 SW 315
Computer Skills Development Guidance & Child Protection Research
5.
Studies Counselling Methodology

SW 116 SW 126 SW 216 SW 226 SW 316


English Principles of Demography & Gerontology Gender &
6.
Language Economics Statistics Development

SW 117 SW 127 SW 227


Arabic Field Placement I Field Placement
7.
Communication II
Skills I

175
Table 43: BA (Ed.) Arabic–English Specialization

FIRST YEAR SECOND YEAR THIRD YEAR


SEMESTER 1 SEMESTER 2 SEMESTER 1 SEMESTER 2 SEMESTER 1 SEMESTER 2
1 AL 111 AL 121 AL211 AL 221 AL311 AL 321
Arabic Grammar& Arabic Grammar Arabic Arabic Grammar Arabic Translation Skills
Morphology 1 & Morphology Grammar and and Morphology Grammar and 11
11 Morphology IV Morphology V
111
2 AL112 AL 122 AL212 AL222 AL 312 AL 322
Arabic Phonology & Arabic in East Introduction to Arabic Translation Modern Arabic
Phonetics Africa Arabic Lexicology Skills 1 Literature
Literature
3 AL113 Al 123 AL21 AL 223 AL313 AL323
Arabic Linguistics Arabic Rhetoric Arabic rhetoric Arabic Semantics Comparative
11 Literature Linguistics *
4 ENG 114 ENG 124 ENG 214 ENG 224 ENG 314 ENG 324
Introduction to Introduction to English Syntax English English Sociolinguistics *
Language & Morphology Structure 11 Structure 111
Linguistics
5 ENG 115 ENG 125 ENG 215 ENG225 ED 315: ED 326
Communication Historical English usage Phycholinguistcs Educational Educational
Skills Linguistics Research Measurement and
Methodology Evaluation
6 ED 116 ED 126 ED 216 ED 226 EM 316: Ethics
Foundation of Educational Curriculum Educational and Morals Research Paper*
General Education Psychology Development Technology

7 ED117 ED127 ED 217 ED 22 EM 317


Foundation of History and General Arabic Ethics and
Islamic Education System of Methods of Teaching Morals
Education in Teaching Methods *
Africa
8 IT 118 DS 128 IT 218 Teaching
Computer Skills Development Computer Practice II *
Studies Application
ENG 119 Teaching
9 Introduction to Practice
English Phonology I*
& phonetics (
optional )

176
Table 44: BA (Ed.) English-Swahili Specialization

FIRST YEAR SECOND YEAR THIRD YEAR


SEMESTER 1 SEMESTER 2 SEMESTER 1 SEMESTER 2 SEMESTER 1 SEMESTER 2
1 ENG 111 : ENG 121: ENG 211: ENG 221: ENG:311: ENG322: English
introduction to Introduction to English Syntax English Stucture111 Semantics Usage 11
Language & Morphology
Linguistics
2 ENG 112: ENG 122: ENG 212:English ENG 222: ENG:312 English ENG323:
Introduction to Historical Usage Psycholinguistics Structure 1V Sociolinguistics
Phonology Linguistics
&Phonetics
3 ENG 113 ENG 123:English ENG 213: ENG223: ENG313: KL 324:
Communication Structure 1 English Structure Lexicography Applied Kiswahili
Skills 11 Linguistics Discourse
Analysis
4 KL114: KL124 : KL 214: KL 224: history and KL 314: KL325: Kiswahili
Kiswahili Kiswahili Syntax Kiswahili Development of Kiswahili Dialectology
Language and and semantics* Morphology Kiswahili Research
Linguistics Methodology*
5 KL 115: KL125: KL215:Kiswahili KL225: Kiswahili KL315: Kiswahili ED 326:
Kiswahili Kiswahili Lit. criticism Teaching historical Educational
Structure* Phonology & Methodology Development of Measurement and
phonetics* Literature * Evaluation
6 ED 116- ED 126 : ED 216: ED 226:Educational ED 316: Eng:
Foundation of Educational Curriculum Technology Educational Research Paper*
General Psychology Development Research
Education Methodology
7 ED117: ED 127: History ED 217: General ED 227: Eng EM 317: Ethics
Foundation of and System of Methods of Language Teaching and Morals
Islamic Education in Teaching methods*
Education Africa
8 IT 118: DS 128: IT 218 : PT 218: Teaching
Computer Skills Development Computer Practice 11*
Studies studies Application
9 KL 119 KL 129 :
:Kiswahili lit. ( Kiswahili writing
optional) Skills (optional)
PT :Teaching
Practice 1*

177
Table 45: BA (Ed.) Arabic-Swahili Specialization

FIRST YEAR SECOND YEAR THIRD YEAR


SEMESTER 1 SEMESTER 2 SEMESTER 1 SEMESTER 2 SEMESTER 1 SEMESTER
2
1 AL 111 AL 121:Arabic AL211 : Arabic AL 221 :Arabic AL311: Arabic AL 321:
Arabic Grammar & Grammar and Grammar and Grammar and Translation
Grammar& Morphology 11 Morphology 111 Morphology IV Morphology V Skills 11
Morphology 1
2 AL112: Arabic AL 122: Arabic AL212: AL222: Arabic AL 312 AL 322 :
Phonology & in East Africa Introduction to Lexicology Translation Skills Modern
Phonetics Arabic Literature 1 Arabic
Literature
3 AL113: Arabic Al 123: Arabic AL213: Arabic AL 223: Arabic AL313: Arabic AL323:
Linguistics Rhetoric rhetoric 11 Literature 11 Teaching Comparative
Methodology Linguistics*
4 KL114: Kiswahili KL124 : KL 214: KL 224: history and L 314: : Kiswahili KL 324:
Language and Kiswahili Syntax Kiswahili Development of Research Kiswahili
Linguistics and semantics* Morphology Kiswahili Methodology* Discourse
Analysis
5 KL 115: Kiswahili KL125: Kiswahili KL215:Kiswahili KL225:Kiswahili KL315: Kiswahili KL325:
Structure* Phonology & lit. criticism Teaching historical Kiswahili
phonetics* Methodology * Development of Dialectology
Literature *
6 ED 116- ED 126: ED 216: ED 226:Educational ED 316: ED 326:
Foundation of Educational Curriculum Technology Educational Educational
General Education Psychology Development Research Measurement
Methodology and
Evaluation
7 ED117: ED127 : History ED 217: General EM 227: Ethics and EM :317 Ethics ED 327 :
Foundation of and System of Methods of Morals and Morals Research
Islamic Education Education in Teaching Paper.
Africa
8 IT 118 : computer DS 128 : IT 218 : PT:228:Teaching
Skills Development Computer Practice*
Studies Application
9 KL119: Kiswahili KL 129:
Lit. ( optional ) Kiswahili writing
skills (optional
PT: Teaching
Practice 1*

178
Table 46: Programme Structure for Bachelor of Islamic Banking and Finance

S/N First Year Second Year Third Year


Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 1 Semester 2
1. IBF 8101 IBF 8201 IBF 8301 IBF 8401 IBF 8501 IBF 8601
Introduction to Principles of Islamic Banking: Islamic Public Islamic Insurance and
Islamic Law Islamic Banking Theory & Practice Finance Investment Takaful
and Finance Banking and management
Financial
Engineering
2. IBF 8102 IBF 8202 IBF 8302 IBF 8402 IBF 8502 IBF 8602
Principles of Business Islamic Banking Islamic Islamic Capital Islamic Law
Islamic Communication Law Business Law Markets Maxims and
Economics and Skills Contemporary
Development Fatawa in
Financial
Transactions
3. IBF 8103 IBF 8203 IBF 8303 IBF 8403 IBF 8503 IBF 8603
Business Business Statistics Islamic Corporate Risk Corporate Project
Mathematics Finance Management Governance Appraisal and
in Islamic for Islamic Management
Banking Financial
Institutions
4. IBF 8104 IBF 8204 IBF 8304 IBF 8404 IBF 8504 IBF 8604
Principles of Principles of Principles of Financial Islamic Micro- International
Accounting I Accounting II Marketing Accounting Finance Finance
5. IBF 8105 IBF 8205 IBF 8305 IBF 8405 IBF 8505 IBF 8605
Principles of Principles of Quantitative Commercial Research Research
Microeconomics Macroeconomics Methods for Bank Methodology Project
Business Analysis Management
6. IBF 8106 IBF 8206 IBF 8306 IBF 8406 IBF 850x IBF 860x
Arabic Language Computer Entrepreneurship Internship Elective I Elective II
Applications Skills
7. IBF 8107 IBF 8207
English Language Development
Studies

179
Table 47: Programme Structure: Bachelor of Information Technology with Education (BITE)
S/N First Year Second Year Third Year
Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 1 Semester 2
1 Ed-IT 111 Ed-IT 121 Ed-IT 211 Ed-IT 221 Ed-IT 311 Ed-IT 321
Foundation of Computer Computer e-Learning Educational ICT Project
General Programming Networks and Data Environment Administration Management
Education Methodology Communications and Management
2 Ed-IT 112 Ed-IT 122 Ed-IT 212 Ed-IT 222 Ed-IT 312 Ed-IT 322
Foundation of Database System Analysis Object Oriented Principles of ICT Integration
Islamic Education Planning, and Design Programming Guidance and in Education
Design and Counselling
Management
3 Ed-IT 113 Ed-IT 123 Ed-IT 213 Ed-IT 223 Ed-IT 313 Ed-IT 323
English Language Introduction to Web Design, Introduction to Legal and ICT Teaching
Communication Scripting Programming and Building Mobile Regulatory Methods
Skills Administration Application Framework of
ICTs
4 Ed-IT 114 Ed-IT 124 Ed-IT 214 Ed-IT 224 Ed-IT 314 Ed-IT 324
Introduction to IT Teaching Curriculum Geographic Social Issues in e-Business
Computer Methods and development and Information Computing Information
Fundamentals Practices Evaluation Systems Systems
5 Ed-IT 115 Ed-IT IT Ed-IT 215 Ed-IT 225 Ed-IT 315 Ed-IT 325
Computer Teaching Educational Industrial Professionals Teaching
Maintenance and Methods and Research attachment Ethics in Practice II
Repair Practices 125 Methodology Focusing on ICT Computing
6 Ed-IT 116 Ed-IT 126 Ed-IT 216 Elective I Ed-IT 316 Ed-IT 326
Computational Teaching Management Ed-IT 226 Education Final ICT Project
Mathematics Practice I Information Human Measurement &
Systems Computer Evaluation
Interaction
7 Elective I Elective II Elective Elective
Ed-IT 217 Ed-IT 227 Ed-IT 317 Ed-IT 328
Information Use Organizational & Data Data
and Information Business Warehousing Communication
Management Information
Processes
8 Elective II
Ed-IT 218
Change
Management

180
41.5 FASS Course Listing

MS 111: Mathematics for Business and Economics

This course covers set, algebraic polynomials and equations, analytical geometry and trigonometry,
functions and graphs, differential and integral calculus, mathematics application of economics functions
and equations.

AF 112: Principles of Accounting I

This course covers introduction to accounting, accounting equation and double entry system, accounting
records and cycle, special journal, trial balance and adjustment, completion of the accounting cycle, and
control accounts.

EC 113: Principles of Microeconomics

The topics covered in this course include the nature and methods of economics, understanding individual
markets (demand & supply), elasticities and applications, cost of production, consumer behavior and
utility maximization, and market structures.

IT 114: Computer Skills I

The course covers introduction to computers and overview, components of computer systems and
organization, data interpretation and input, output methods, devices and media, computer security and
social aspect, legal and regulatory issues in ICT, computer and information on the internet, effective use
of computer software, computer data file and computer networking.

BC 115: Business Communication Skills

The content of this course includes the role communication in the business organization, a mode of
communication process, barriers to communication, perception and reality, fundamentals of business
writing and qualities of effective correspondence.

181
MG 116: Principles of Management and Administration

This Module introduces learners to the art and science of management of enterprises. It exposes them to
the functions of managers in organizations that include Planning, Organizing, Directing and Controlling.
Learners are introduced to the fundamental concepts of management behaviour in order to equip them
with the practical and fundamental skills of tackling the day today challenges internal and external
environments of organizations.

AL 117: Arabic Communication Skills I

This course covers: Arabic sound system, simple situational dialogues, comprehension, Arabic verbal
tenses, verbs conjugation, nouns, pronouns, subjects, objects, and Arabic numbers.

MS 121: Applied Statistics

This course covers meaning of statistics, planning of statistical study/survey research, methods of data
collection, sampling and data presentation, data analysis, measure of central tendency, measure of
dispersion, elementary probability theory, and probability and its role in decision making.

AF 122: Principles of Accounting II

This course is a continuation of principles of accounting I. It covers inventories, fixed assets, accounting
for partnerships, introduction to company accounts, manufacturing accounts, analysis and interpretation of
financial systems, internal control, cash and short term investments, and trade accounts and notes.

EC 123: Principles of Macroeconomics

Topic covered includes macroeconomic issues and policy instruments, national income accounting,
economic growth, employment and inflation, income distribution, foreign trade, and demand for and
supply of money.

182
IT 124: MIS and Computer Applications

The course covers application and practical on word processing, data interpretation and input, computer
security and social aspect, legal and regulatory issues in ICT, computer and information on the internet,
effective use of computer software, computer data file and computer networking.

EC 215: Islamic Economics & Development

This course covers nature of Islamic economics, consumer and producer behaviors in Islamic perspective,
allocation of output to the factors of production in Islamic perspective, and market and its regulation in
Islamic perspective.

DS 126: DEVELOPMENT STUDIES

The course covers concept of development in all dimensions. It includes development globalization,
human development, and gender and poverty issues. The course content also includes North-south,
cooperation, United Nation Organizations, African Organizations, Sub-Saharan African countries and East
African Community.

AL 127: Arabic Communication Skills II

This course covers: Grammar and structure, comprehension and readings, complex verbs conjugation,
verbs reflection, affirmative and negative sentences.

MS 211: Quantitative Methods I

It covers probability theory, random variables and probability distributions, decision analysis, standard
probability distribution, continuous probability distributions, and sampling distributions and interval
distributions.

LW 212: Business Law

The course content includes nature, classification and sources of law; formation of contract, domestic and
commercial arrangements; definition of contract of sale, meaning of goods, transfer of property and

183
condition of transfer of property.

EC 213: Intermediate Microeconomics

The aspects covered in this course include review and detailed analysis of the basic concepts and theories
of microeconomics learned in Principles of Microeconomics.

EC 214: Econometrics I

This course covers introduction, method of estimation, using regression analysis, the classical regression
model, hypothesis testing, diagnostic analyses, testing for structural or parameter stability of regression
model: Chow test, specification, and multicollinearity.

EC 215: Public Finance:

This course covers market failures, the role of government in the market economy and public goods. It
also includes government taxation, revenue and expenditures, income distribution and social services.

EC 216: Quantitative Economics and Computing

This course covers application of spread sheets [Ms-Excel], data management system [Ms-Access] in
economics calculations and graphs presentations. It also includes the use of statistical packages such as
SPPS and viewing the output results, computable general equilibrium and macro-econometric models.

EC 217: Money, Banking & Financial Development

The coverage of this course includes: why study money and banking, overview of financial systems,
meaning of money, understanding the interest rates, behavior of interest rates, risk and term structure of
interest rate, structure of central banks, conduct monetary policy (tools, goals and targets), the money
markets, capital markets: the bond & stock markets, the foreign exchange market, the international
financial system, and banking & the management of financial institutions.

184
MS 221: Quantitative Methods II

This course is the continuation of Quantitative Methods for Business Decision I. It covers hypothesis
testing, regression and correlation, time series and forecasting, linear programming, and simulation.

EC 222: Islamic Banking & Finance

The coverage includes introduction to Islamic banking, balance sheet analysis of Islamic banks, Islamic
insurance (Takaful) and establishment and operations of Islamic banking.

EC 223: Intermediate Macroeconomics

The aspects covered in this course include review and detailed analysis of the basic concepts and theories
of macroeconomics learned in Principles of Macroeconomics. Sectoral demand functions and extensions
of consumer theory and consumer expenditures, Investment demand, demand for and supply of money,
monetary and fiscal policy in an extended model, international adjustment problems and introduction to
economic growth.

EC 224: Econometrics II

This course is the continuation of Econometrics I. It covers some assumptions: hetero elasticity & serial
correlation, linear probability models: probity & logic models, and some basic concepts of time series
econometrics.

FE 225: Foundation of Ethics and Conduct

The course content includes meaning of ethics and conduct, different philosophies of ethics and good
conduct, secular and Islamic views on ethics and conduct, code of ethics and conduct of Islam and
modern philosophies,

EC 226: Development Economics

This course contains introduction to development economics, neoclassical theories of development,


approaches to analysis of development and underdevelopment, aid, foreign investment and development,

185
and international trade and development.

EC 227: International Economics

The coverage includes introduction to international trade and finance issues, the effects of trade policies,
market imperfections and environmental issues, the Recadian theory of comparative advantage, immobile
factors and Heckscher-Ohlin, national income accounts and balance of payments, evaluation of trade
imbalances, the foreign exchange market, exchange rates, interest rates, and interest rates parity,
purchasing power parity, and fixed Vs floating exchange rate regimes.

FA 228: Field Attachment

This is a six weeks period of field practice whereby students are attached to the real working environment
at the end of second year of study. Students have opportunity to apply theories that they have learnt in the
classrooms to the real practical works and thus they will learn new skills and knowledge Students will be
required to provide a report and will be assessed.

MG 311: Strategic Management

This course covers introduction, strategic formulation, strategic implementation, assessing strategic
environment, formulating long and short terms objectives and sound plans and implementation network,
strategic control, guiding and evaluating the strategy.

EC 312: Project Planning and Management I

It covers the project planning concept, project identification and classification, project preparation, project
appraisal and selection, project organization and management, and introduction to project monitoring and
evaluation.

EC 313: Agricultural Economics

The coverage of this course includes the meaning and scope of agricultural economics, agricultural
production functions, the rational choice of a peasant, farm management, agricultural price and marketing

186
policies and some case studies.

BS 314: Entrepreneurship and Business Plan

The coverage of this course includes foundation of entrepreneurship, strategic management and the
entrepreneur, forms of ownership and franchise, building market plan, and planning for management
succession.

RS 315: Research Methodology

This course covers introduction, the nature of quantitative research, design, measurement and analysis of
variables and its relationships, uses of descriptive statistics, survey and sampling, analysis and
interpretations of data.

EC 321: Economic Policy and Planning

This course covers subject matter of economic policy and planning in terms of institutions and process,
microeconomic foundation of macroeconomic policy and planning, population issues and poverty. It
covers different kind of planning approaches, models and techniques, applicability and limitations. The
course includes further practical planning models and policy existing in the current world of economy of
different countries. It covers also economic policy and planning structure of Sub-Saharan African
countries, East African economies and their plans and policies specific focus on human development,
population, economic growth and poverty reduction.

EC 322: Project Planning and Management II

This is the continuation of Project Planning and Management I. It covers planning of raw materials
supplies and product market, choice of technology, project analysis, financial analysis of projects,
economic and social analysis of projects, project financing, planning for project implementation and
management, project implementation and management, planning for project implementation, and
techniques of monitoring and evaluation of project.

187
RP 323: Research Project

In this project, each student is required to submit two copies of his/her research to their respective head of
department before the beginning of the final examination. The date of submission will be set by the
faculty. The faculty shall provide the research agenda and assign a research supervisor for each student.
The research report shall be between 6,000 and 10,000 words i.e. from 30 to 50 pages in A4 double
spaced paper size 12 Times roman Font character. The report shall be assessed to 100% weighted as one
unit.

MS 110: Mathematics and Statistics

It covers introduction to real numbers, algebraic polynomials and equations and the operation of roots
extraction, elementary properties of sets, mathematical induction, simple finite series and sequences,
meaning of statistics, planning of statistical study/survey research, methods of data collection, sampling
and data presentation, data analysis, measure of central tendency, measure of dispersion, elementary
probability theory.

EC 112: Principles of Economics

This course covers basic concepts of microeconomics. Topics covered include introduction of demand &
supply, elasticity, cost of production, consumer behavior and utility theory, and market structures. This
course also includes macroeconomic issues and policy instruments, national income accounting,
economic growth, employment and inflation, income distribution, foreign trade, and demand for and
supply of money

PA 113: Organization Theory and Management

This course introduces learners to the art and science of management of enterprises. It exposes them to the
functions of managers in organizations that include Planning, Organizing, Directing and Controlling.
Learners are introduced to the fundamental concepts of management behaviour in order to equip them
with the practical and fundamental skills of tackling the day today challenges internal and external
environments of organizations.

188
EG 115: English Communication Skills I

Covers basic sentence structure, the tense system, class nouns, the use of articles, sentence connection,
passive verb form, perfect verb form, model verb/verb phrases, conditional sentences, direct and indirect
writing.

AF 116: Principles of Accounting

This course contains the role of book-keeping, introduction to double entry system and accounting cycle,
control accounts and balancing accounts, preparation of financial accounts from adjusted trial balance,
accounting for purchases and sales, accounting for cash transactions, receivables, payables, and
accounting for inventories.

PA 121: Public Administration Theory and Practice

This course contains introduction to public administration, theories of public administration, functions of
public administration, theory and nature of management, managerial functions and roles, organizational
structures, development administration, new public management and controlling of public administration.

PA 122: Organization Psychology

This course covers the following topics; introduction; work and organization psychology; regulation of
work actions,; work and personality enhancement; stress at work; basic concepts and models;
psychological consequences of unemployment and job insecurity; human errors accidents, and safety
work.

LW 123: Administrative Law

This covers general principles of the law, nature and development of administrative law, the basic
constitutional principles, delegated legislation, administrative justice, and judicial control of
administrative action, institutions of government, and liabilities of public authorities and the grown.

189
EG 125: English Communication Skills II

This is the continuation of the English Communication Skills I. It covers developing reading, speaking
and writing skills, writing summary, structures, figures of speech, idioms, proverbs and phrasal verbs,
techniques for organizing notes, and common mistakes in English.

DS 126: Development Studies

This course covers the concept of development, globalization, North-South Integration and interaction,
poverty in Sub-Saharan Africa, gender and development, and UN‟s role in development.

PA 211: Comparative Public Administration

This course comprises introduction to public administration, public administration in different countries,
comparative approach to public administration, contrast of administrative systems, challenges in studying
comparative public administration in Tanzania compared to select other developing countries, structure of
Tanzania government and future challenges of comparative public administration.

PA 212: Human Resource Management

It covers definition, meaning and importance of human resource management, human resource planning
in organization, performance appraisal systems, compensation and benefits, discipline, labor relations,
safety and health, recruitment and de-recruitment, and training and development.

PA 213: Procurement and Logistic Management

The course is intended to equip students with basic concepts of purchasing, stores and inventory
management. Topics to be covered include; procurement management-purchasing principles, procedures
and policies, five components of purchasing management, standardization and contract management,
inventory and stores management. By the close of the Course, learners should be able to describe and
represent the understanding of the relevant concepts, principles and methods from the traditional area of
management from the areas of marketing, production, purchasing, finance etc.

190
PA 214: Public Sector Accounting

This course covers introduction to government accounting, officers and organs involved in government
financing, reporting and accountability, accounting for government revenue, accounting for government
expenditure, accounting for local government authorities and introduction to cooperative principles and
accounting.

IT 215: Electronic Government

Coverage of this course includes the definitions, prospects and challenges of e-government and e-
governance, relationship between e-democracy and e-government, the phases in implantation of e
governance, the technology involved in e-government and managerial issues, ICT policy formulation
processes, five elements of successful e-government transformation, challenges and opportunities of e-
government, and the impact of digital divide in implementation of e-governance in developing countries.

PA 216: Customer Care and Public Relations

PART (A) CUSTOMER CARE

Customer care as a component of this Module focuses at the area as a foundation for quality service
delivery and it aims at building life-long customer relationships through effective customer–care
strategies. This is so because satisfied customers are the corner stone of an organization and they are the
best source of advertising the firm as well as determining its future business life. Disgruntled customers
are the foundation of the failure of organizations. Therefore, this part of the Module will help learners
develop skills of dealing with customers in a professional, competent and efficient manner since the
customers are the bosses of any business entity, they are ever right and their retention is a province of
versatile leaders. It will cover areas like; Introduction to Customer Care, Customer Analysis: Customer
Retention, Knowing Your Customer, Restoring Customer Confidence after things go wrong (Calming
Upset Customers), Top 7 key skills for customer service jobs, Telephone Customer Service, Internet
Customer Service, Time Management Strategies

191
PART (B) PUBLIC RELATIONS

The course will focus at Nature and scope of public relations, Public Relations as an art; Public Relations
as a Science; Public Relations as an art and a Science; Definitions with both conceptual and operational
elements; Brief history of the evolution of Public Relations, Type of education required by the PROs,
Requirements for success in Public Relations, Scope or Roles or work or functions of Public Relations
Personnel; PRO as the ear, an eye and mouth of an organisation, Key concepts/elements of Public
Relations, The purpose of and need for Public Relations in the modern society, Publicity; Research;
Public Relations and goodwill; Goals of PR (What Public Relations can accomplish), Ethics, Code of
professional conduct of the British Institute of Public Relations, Side features underlying the code of
conduct, The 4 categories of ethical questions: Social Responsibility, Relationship with clients or
employer, relationship with media or communication (new story, feature articles, news conference, press
conference, press release, etc), relationship with fellow colleagues, and Challenges of Public Relations.

PA 217: Project Management

It covers the project planning concept, project identification and classification, project preparation, project
simple appraisal and selection, project organization and management, project implementation, and
introduction to project monitoring and evaluation.

PA 221: Local Government Administration

The course will covers conceptual overview of local government, decentralization, structure of local
government, central and local government relationship, local government reform, managing local
government finance, human resource management at local government, role of NGO,s at local
government level and local government and democracy in Tanzania.

192
PA 222: Public Policy

It covers concepts and issues in the study of public policy, policy formulation/decision, policy
implementation, policy evaluation and public policy analysis.

PA 223: Good Governance and Human Rights

The course is aimed at exposing students to important issues related to the governance, human rights in
relation to the development.

PA 224: Industrial relation and Labour Law

The course contains general principles of the law of contracts, formation of employment contract, wages
repatriation, employment of women, care and welfare, disputes settlement, and disciplinary proceedings
under the security of employment act 1964 and other. The course also will covers collective bargaining
process, trade unions and future of industrial relations.

PA 225: Foundations Ethics and Conduct for Administrators

The course content includes meaning of ethics and conduct, different philosophies of ethics and good
conduct, secular and Islamic views on ethics and conduct, code of ethics and conduct of Islam and
modern philosophies.

PA 226: Management of Public Services

This course covers background and policy perspectives, factors determining social service provision,
poverty and social provision, employment and employment in administration, current trends and issues in
social services provision.

PA 227: Office Procedures and records Management

This course provides principles and practical office workers and records manager‟s apply, as well as
issues and challenges that they confront. In this course, we will discuss the nature of office procedures
and documentation and recordkeeping activities in different types of institutions with responsibility for

193
records.

FA 228: Field Attachment

This is a six weeks period of field practice whereby students are attached to the real working environment
at the end of second year of study. Students have opportunity to apply theories that they have learnt in the
classrooms to the real practical works and thus they will learn new skills and knowledge Students will be
required to provide a report and will be assessed.

MG 311: Strategic Management

This course covers nature of strategic management, business mission, external and internal environmental
analysis, strategic formulation, strategic implementation, assessing strategic environment, formulating
long and short terms objectives and sound plans and implementation network, strategic control, guiding
and evaluating the strategy.

PA 312 Managerial Decision Making

This courses covers introduction on decision making, models and approaches of decision making, process
of policy making, bureaucracy, participative approach to decision making, influence of individual on
policy making.

PA 313 Strategic Human Resource Development

This course provides the role of HR strategy in underpinning organizational viability and its potential to
contribute to competitive advantage. The importance of contextual factors in shaping HR strategy is the
key aspect of this course. Typologies of HR systems and their links to performance outcomes provide the
final analysis in the course. The course therefore provides first hand information on strategic formulation
and management of human resources to achieve organizational competitiveness.

By the end of the course students should have the ability to demonstrate knowledge of integrating
organizational ability to the human resource direction adopted by any particular organization. The course

194
will focus at; Strategy; The 5 P‟s of a strategy; characteristics of a strategy; when to formulate; strategy,
Strategic Human Resources Development Practices, Strategic Response of Organizations, Training
Requirements of civil Servants, Strategy formulation and Implementation, Strategic Planning, Generic
Competition Strategies, Training and Developing, Traditional strategies of organizing, Strategic control;
guiding & evaluating strategy, Government and committed human resource development, The power of
People.

BS 314: Entrepreneurship and Business Plan

The purpose of the course is to provide a practical opportunity for students to realistically assess the
potential for some new venture ideas and develop a detailed program or plan for a small business. The
course will covers a range of topics that will increase understanding of what it takes to succeed in an
entrepreneurial career. From an overview of entrepreneurship and the entrepreneurship process, the course
spreads out to consider how to evaluate a possible idea for a new business, buy an existing firm, acquired
a franchise, develop a marketing plan and create comprehensive business plan for new venture.

RS 315: Research Methodology

The coverage includes understanding the research and social research, research steps, literature review,
research methodology, and writing research proposal and report.

PA 321: International Human Resources Management

Globalization and expansion of international firms calls for a closer look at the human resources at
international perspective. The purpose of this course in to equip students with the skills and knowledge
required in management of human resources at a worldwide horizon. By the end of the course, students
will be able to: Explain the role national differences make in the practice of IHRM, Describe and give
examples of how effective IHRM policies and practices lead to international business success and
compare and contrast varying approaches to IHRM policies and practices.

The following topics shall be covered; Introduction to International Business and International Human
Resource Management, Strategic International Human Resource Management, Organization Structure and

195
Design in the MNE, Cross-Border Mergers and Acquisitions, International Joint Ventures and Alliances,
Country Culture and MNE culture, Global Employment Law and Labour Relations, Global Ethics and
Labour Standards, Global Workforce Planning and Introduction to Staffing the MNE, Staffing the Global
Enterprise: Selection of International Assignees, Training and Management Development in the Global
Enterprise, Global Compensation, Benefits, and Taxes, Global Performance Management for International
Assignees and Foreign Managers, Health, Safety, and Crisis Management in the Global Enterprise and
The IHR Department and the Role and Future of IHRM

PA 322: Organizational Development and Management

This course covers: over view of organization development, conceptual and theoretical foundations of
organization development, the organization development process, organization development
interventions, consulting process and organization development, and future of organization development.

RP 323: Research Project

In this project, each student is required to submit two copies of his/her research to their submission will be
set by the faculty. The faculty shall provide the research agenda and assign a research supervisor for each
student. The research report shall be between 6,000 and 10,000 words i.e. from 30 to 50 pages in A4
double spaced paper size 12 Times roman Font character. The report shall be assessed to 100% weighted
as one unit.

196
BACHELOR OF SOCIAL WORK

SW111: SOCIAL WORK PRACTICE

The course will cover the following: Introduction and Overview of Social Work; History of Social Work;
Functions and Roles in Social Work; Social Work Client System; Social Work Helping Process; Levels of
Social Work Practice.

SW 112: SOCIAL WELFARE SERVICES

The course will cover the following: Social Welfare Programmes and Services; Effects of Government
Social Welfare Programmes (Strengths/Advantages and Shortcomings /Disadvantages of
State/Government Social Welfare Programmes); Social Welfare Models and Ideologies; Role/Functions of
Social Welfare; Public vis-à-vis Private Provision of Social Welfare; Financing Social Welfare
programmes; The Historical Development of State/Government Social Welfare (Development of Formal
Social Welfare).

SW 113: SOCIAL WORK ETHICS AND PRINCIPLES

The course coverage includes Nature of the Social Work Ethics; Values and Ethics in Social Work; Ethical
Principles; Ethical Standards; Theories and Philosophies of Ethics; Ethical Decision Making; Social
Workers Code of Ethics (IFSW); National Social Workers Code of Ethics (NSWCE); Ethical Dilemma;
Critical Ethical Issues in Social Work Practice.

SW 114: PSYCHOLOGY
The course coverage includes Introduction to Psychology; Understanding psychology in Social Work
Practice; Developmental Psychology; Personality Attitude and Cognition Psychology; Emotional
Management; Abnormal Psychology; Psychosocial therapy and behavior change; Applying Psychological
Skills in Different Cases.

197
SW 115: COMPUTER SKILLS

The course will cover the following areas: ICT Overview; Information system and Computer System;
Computer software; Microsoft word (Word processing); Microsoft Excel (Spreadsheet); Internet and
worldwide web; Search strategy in Social work.

SW 116: ENGLISH LANGUAGE

The course coverage includes Basic sentences structure; Parts of speech-verbs, nouns, adverbs, adjectives,
conjunctions, pronouns, interjections, prepositions; Tenses/aspects-present continuous, present, pass
simple, past continuous, past participle, future;. The difference between clause and phrase; Sentence
structures-simple, compound, negative, in derogative, affirmative; Punctuation; Passive and active voices;
Spelling and pronunciation; Direct and indirect speech.

SW 117: ARABIC COMMUNICATION SKILLS

The course will cover the following areas: Introduction to Arabic Phonology; Conversational Dialogues;
Comprehension and Reading; Grammar and Structure.

SW 121: HUMAN BEHAVIOUR AND THE SOCIAL ENVIRONMENT

The course will cover the following areas: Human Behaviour and Social Work Practice; Multidimensional
Framework for Assessing Individual and Social Functioning (recall from Psychology and Sociology
Modules); Environment in Social Work Practice; Systems, Environment and Ecology; Theoretical
Perspective of Human Behaviour and the Social Environment; Human Behaviour, Communities,
Organizations, and Groups in the Macro Social Environment; Human Behaviour, Social Environment and
the Helping Process.

SW 122: FIELD INSTRUCTION

The course covers the following areas: Field Work Practice in Social Work; Field Work Process; Concept
of Needs; Field Work Report.

198
SW 123: SOCIOLOGY

The course will cover the following areas: Overview of Sociology; Socialization; Sociological Theories;
Social Stratification and Culture; Social Change and Politics; Social Problems and Social Control in Society.

SW 124: COMMUNICATION SKILLS

The course covers the following areas: Types and forms of communication; Nature of communication in
organization; Planning for communication; Written communication; Verbal communication and Listening
skills.

SW 125: DEVELOPMENT STUDIES

The course covers the following areas: The Concept of Development; Globalization; North –South
Integration and Interaction; Poverty in Sub-Sahara Africa; Gender and Development/Women in Developing
Countries; The United Nations Role in Development.

SW 126: PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS

The course covers the following areas: Introduction to Economic Concepts and Systems; Microeconomic
Theory of Demand and Supply (Price theory); Consumer theory; Market Structures and effect on social
welfares; National Income; Inflation; Unemployment; International Trade and Balance of Payments.

SW 127: FIELD PLACEMENT I


The course will cover the following areas:
Week 1 – 2: Reporting to the Field agency and orientation
Week 3 – 4: Preparing the first draft of Initial Impression report to be shared with supervisor and the
visiting field work consultant from the University
Week 5 – 6: Addressing the clients` needs and problems:-
Week 7 – 8: Preparations for termination from the field agency

199
SW 211: SOCIAL WORK AND HUMAN RIGHTS

The course will cover the following areas: Human rights concepts; Importance of Human rights in social
work practice (a sub-topic); Theories of human rights; Instruments of human rights; The right of freedom
from torture; The right to life; The right of life of dignity in the face of HIV/AIDS; Child rights; Role of
social workers in protection and promotion of Human Rights.

SW 212: ANTHROPOLOGY

Anthropology and the Study of Culture; The Development of Anthropological Theories; Human Societies
and Culture; Contemporary Theoretical Perspective in Cultural Anthropology; Methods of Cultural
Anthropology; Decisions, Adaptation and Evolution; Practice implications to social work practice.

SW 213: SOCIAL WORK AND LAW

The course covers the following areas: Introduction to the Law; General court /legal systems in East
Africa; Constitutional courts and high court; Social work with criminal justice systems in East Africa;
Social work and legal instruments on societal problems/ issues situation; Critical discussion of the law in
selected social work fields of practice.

SW 214: SOCIAL WORK PRACTICE II.

This course will cover the following areas: Micro Social Work Practice: Direct Social Work Practice;
Roles of Direct Practitioners; The helping process; Interviewing process: Structure and Skills; The
cardinal values of social work ethics Mezzo Level Social Work: In-Direct Practice; Macro Social Work
(Solving Social Problems and making Social Change); The Generalist Intervention Model; Social Work
Planning.

SW 115: GUIDANCE AND COUNSELING

The course will cover the following areas: Overview of the course; Theories of counselling; Attending
skills; Coping mechanisms; Social support network; The counselling process; Stages of counselling.

200
SW 216: DEMOGRAPHY AND STATISTICS

This course will cover the following areas: Demography; nature, scope, relevance and applicability;
Demographic data and methods; Population size; Population composition; Population problems;
Population policy in the twenty-first century; Statistics; Data Presentation: Row Data, Grouped Data,
Tabulation and Charts; Graphs, Histogram, Frequency Polygon, Cumulative Frequency polygon,
Cumulative Frequency Curve (Orgive); Descriptive statistics , Mean (x), Median, Mode, Variance and
standard Deviation.

SW221: SOCIAL POLICY

This course will cover the following areas: The Concept of Social Policy and Related Concepts; Values
and Perspectives regarding Social Policy; Social Policy Process; Welfare Pluralism and Public-Private-
Partnerships in Tanzania; Social Policy Implications to Social Work Practice.

SW 222: DISASTER MANAGEMENT

This course will cover the following areas: The Concept of Disaster and Related Concepts; Disaster
Management; Social Work Practice in Disaster Situation; Rapid Damage and Needs Assessment in
Emergency/Disasters.

SW 223: PEACE AND CONFLICT MANAGEMENT

This course will cover the following areas: Conceptualizing Peace and Conflict; Peace as a process; Post conflict
counties; Early Warning System on Conflict situations African Women‟s Peace initiatives, and Key issues for discussion.

SW 224: CHILD PROTECTION

This course will cover the following areas: Social and Cultural Context of the Childhood; Origin and
Evolution of Child Protection as a discipline; Challenges of identifying and responding to child protection
concerns: Clandestine nature of child protection concerns; Child abuse, Neglect and Exploitation;
Recognizing the signs of child abuse and exploitation: Impact of child abuse and exploitation; National
guidelines for the protection and welfare of children in Zanzibar; Principles of best practices; Child
protection practices in Zanzibar; National child protection system: Components of national child

201
protection system; The role of social worker in Child Protection.

SW 225: GERONTOLOGY

This course will cover the following areas: Social work knowledge in gerontology Theories of aging;
Skills and values as applied to working with older adults and their families; An examination of
gerontology theories; Attitudes toward aging and the elderly Societal and cultural values of looking after
the old; The nature and limitations of gerontological social work; Forces shaping the delivery system to
persons in their late adulthood; Different models of intervention; Dimensions of the Aging Process;
Problems associated with Aging; Retirement and Death.

SW 226: FIELD PLACEMENT II


This course will cover the following areas:

Week 1 – 2: Reporting to the Field agency and orientation

Week 3 – 4: Preparing the first draft of Initial Impression report to be shared with

Supervisor and the visiting field work consultant from the University

Week 5 – 6: Addressing the clients` needs and problems:-

Week 7 – 8: Preparations for termination from the field agency

SW 311: SOCIAL WORK AND RELIGION

This course will cover the following areas: Introduction; Understanding Islam; The Ethical Philosophy of religion;
Early reforms under Islam; Moral Values and Islamic Social System; Ethics in Islamic Philosophy.

SW 312: DEVELOMENTAL SOCIAL WORK

This course will cover the following areas: The Concept of Development; Developmental social work models;
Characteristics of the developmental model of Social Work and Social Welfare; The Developmental perspective in
social welfare; Development and Economic growth in Social Welfare as human right models.

202
SW 313: INTERGRATED FIELD WORK.

This course will cover the following areas: Block field work appraisal; The 4 basic systems of social work; Local
government organs and structures in Tanzania.

SW 314: SOCIAL PROTECTION

This course will cover the following areas: Introduction; Types of social security; Social security
institutions: NSSF, ZSSF, NGOs; Problems experienced in the management of social security systems;
The Concepts of Social Protection; The Structure of Social Protection; Social Protection and Social
Security Schemes in Tanzania; Key/major Issues in Social Protection; Towards Social Protection for all.

SW315: SOCIAL WORK RESEARCH METHOD

This course will cover the following areas: Introduction to Research and social work research; Purpose of
social work research; Research steps; Back ground information; Literature review; Research
methodology; Writing a research proposal.

SW 316: GENDER AND DEVELOPMENT

This course will cover the following areas: The concept of gender; Gender awareness; Policy approaches to women in
development in developing countries; The gender planning process and the implementation of planning practice;
Realities and norms of participatory development; NGOs as for gender and development; Gender issues in agriculture;
Gender and the legal framework; Critical/contentious issues for discussions.

SW8 321: SOCIAL ADMINISTRATIONS.

This course will cover the following areas: Leadership; Effective communication in Social Agencies;
Social planning; Social entrepreneurship; Skills of Social agency officials; Introduction to
Organisation\Approach to the study of organisation; Functions of social agencies.

203
SW 322: SOCIAL WORK AND MENTAL HEALTH

This course will cover the following areas: Introduction to the Mental Health; Theories; Related to the
Mental Disorders; Types of Mental Disorders Integral approach to mental work treatment/ intervention:
implication for social work; Practice based skills for intervention in mental disorders.

SW 323: PROJECT MANAGEMENT

This course will cover the following areas Introduction; Project classification and function; Project
implementation; Project monitoring and control; Project evaluation; Project Proposal.

SW 324: RESEARCH REPORT

Students are required to conduct researches in areas where there are social work problems. Each research
will base on making assessment, intervention and evaluate process to come up with findings relating to
social gaps and make proper recommendations. Research work will take place within the period of the
whole semester and will be required to submit research proposals to the faculty research coordinator 4
weeks before the beginning of the final examinations of the year three semester one. The Faculty shall
approve the research topic and assign a research supervisor for each student before the end of the final
examination of the same year. Each student shall be attached to their areas of research e.g institutions,
communities, programmes etc for the period of 8 weeks to conduct their research activities under the
supervision of their respective supervisors. The research report shall be between 6,000 to 10,000 words,
i.e., 30 to 50 pages on A4 double spaced paper in size 12* roman font character. Submission of the report
shall be one week before the final examination of the year three semester two. The report shall be
assessed as full unit compiling 100 marks.

204
BACHELOR OF ISLAMIC BANKING AND FINANCE

IBF 8101: INTRODUCTION TO ISLAMIC LAW

The module content includes mainly, the definition and scope of Islamic law, evolution and historical
development of Islamic law, Pre-Islamic period legal institutions and sources of the Islamic law,
emergence and development of the Islamic School of Law

IBF 8102: PRINCIPLES OF ISLAMIC ECONOMICS AND DEVELOPMENT

The paper looks at the following major issues; Islamic economics and development, emphasizing;
production, consumption, development and poverty reduction under the Islamic perspective.

IBF 8103: BUSINESS MATHEMATICS

This module deals with application of elementary mathematics to various areas and Retail mathematics
including simple interest, bank discount, compound interest, commercial discounts, mark-up and mark
down.

IBF 8104: PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I

This course introduces students to the basic concepts of financial accounting, accounting records and
preparation of basic financial statements. This will enable them to understand the relevance of accounting
information in business decisions.

IBF 8105: PRINCIPLES OF MICROECONOMICS

The course intends to introduce students to various economic theories, concepts and tools of analysis and
their relevance in decision making in the changing business world. Topics covered include, among others,
consumer rational behaviour, the concept of utility, the law of demand and supply, production theory and
cost analysis; the theory of the firm and various forms of competition.

205
IBF 8106: ARABIC LANGUAGE

This Course intends to expose students to basic Arabic communication words in both reading and writing
skills. The course also includes; introduction to the Arabic alphabets and the Arabic language essential
grammatical rules, Arabic consonants with and without equivalents in English alphabets and consonants
with vowels (long and short). Generally the Course comprises of five sections; Listening Skills, Speaking,
Comprehension, Reading and Arabic Terminologies used in Islamic banking and finance operations

IBF 8107: ENGLISH LANGUAGE

The module looks at the following areas of the English language; direct and indirect writing (direct &
reported speech), sentences skills, defining and non defining clauses, commonly confused words,
punctuation, reading skills, writing summary, writing essay, and public speaking

IBF 8201: PRINCIPLES OF ISLAMIC BANKING AND FINANCE

This course introduces the learners to the basic concepts of Islamic banking and Finance as applied locally
and internationally. The module will attempt to examine the difference between the banking elements of
the Islamic banking system and the traditional (conventional system). Some theories and concepts of
Islamic financial instruments as used in the industry are also examined. The operationalization of the
Islamic finance concepts in the day to day running of the banking industry will be emphasized.

IBF 8202: BUSINESS COMMUNICATION SKILLS

This course develops students‟ skills of writing and communication for business purposes At the end of
the course, students will demonstrate ability to demonstrate the ability to communicate efficiently and
effectively through dealing with correspondences and other writings at a supervisory level.

IBF 8203: BUSINESS STATISTICS

This course will introduce students to the application of statistical techniques to business decision-
making. Topics include populations and samples; the presentation and interpretation of data; measures of
central tendency and variability; index numbers; simple linear regression and correlation; an introduction

206
to time series; basic probability; the binomial, Poisson and normal distributions; and estimation and
hypothesis testing. Analyses will be carried out using Microsoft Excel.

IBF 8204: PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING II

This course builds on Principles of Accounting I and exposes students to intermediate areas of accounting
which include among others; manufacturing Accounting, Accounts for Non-Profit Making organisation
and Income Statements of Partnership. At the end of the course, students should be able to Interpret
financial Statements for different users; students should be able prepare Financial Statements for both
Profit and Non-Profit making firms.

IBF 8205: PRINCIPLES OF MACROECONOMICS

The course builds on economic principle learnt in Microeconomics as a foundation to other branches of
economics. The course deals with economic variables that affect the whole economy such as development
economics, monetary economics and international economics.

IBF 8206: COMPUTER APPLICATIONS

This course is designed to provide an overview of Computer Applications. It will cover areas such as;
components of computer, operating systems, and word processing using Ms Word, Excel, PowerPoint.

IBF 8207: DEVELOPMENT STUDIES


The module focuses on issues of development that have impacts on the socio-economical conditions of
developing countries. This may be the result of integration and interaction among nations, or
global policies and actions that have changed the world into a small village.

IBF 8301: ISLAMIC BANKING: THEORY & PRACTICE

This course will provide students with a critical comparison of the contemporary issues of conventional
banking systems and the Islamic the Islamic banking systems. At the end of the module students should
be able to distinguish between convention banking and Islamic banking. This analysis will enable them
advice the business organisations accordingly by providing the pros of Islamic banking over and above

207
the conventional banking system.

IBF 8302: ISLAMIC BANKING LAW

The content includes; the paper explains the Islamic banking and finance legal framework and practice. It
exposes the students to the concepts of Islamic transactions and Islamic banking and financial products
that include; saving accounts, current accounts, investment accounts, the legal issues of the following
aspects are also considered that is, murabaha, ijara and muzarah. The module also considers the following
issues as governed by the Islamic law; deposit management, the doctrine of gharar, profit and loss sharing
principles.

IBF 8303: ISLAMIC CORPORATE FINANCE

This module generally surveys the basic theories and practices of investments, including: asset valuation;
stocks, bonds, and hybrid securities (including options and financial derivatives). During the course of
study impact of risk and uncertainty on expected market returns for risky assets; quantification of risk;
asset allocation; creation of portfolios to diversify market risk; the Capital Asset Pricing Model (CAPM);
Arbitrage Pricing Theory (APT); factor models; and the theory and tests of market efficiency are
explored. Specifically, the module looks at corporate finance from the Islamic perspective. The module
follows the traditional corporate finance with modifications to conform to the Shariah principles. Among
the issues of concern in this module are; the firm and the financial manager, the time value of money, risk
and return trade off, market efficiency, investment decisions, sources of funds, cost of capital and the
aspect of merger and acquisition.

IBF 8304: PRINCIPLES OF MARKETING

This course aims to provide the students with a practical knowledge of marketing principles and how
these principles are applied in the Shariah compliant business environment. Upon completion of the
course, students should be able to apply the marketing skills gained in their individual or business
enterprises. They should also be able to utilize the marketing skills and knowledge gained in analyzing all
marketing practices surrounding the environment.

208
IBF 8305: QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR BUSINESS ANALYSIS

This module covers descriptive and inferential statistics, including applications to business research and
decision making. The use of statistical software, with practical work is highly emphasized. It is expected
that by the end of the module students will be able to explain and implement sample survey methods and
data collection; implement hypothesis tests and construct confidence intervals for differences in means or
for differences in two means; implement simple one-way ANOVA; Carry out Chi-square multinomial test
and chi-square test of independence and relate findings to business decision making; undertake a simple
linear regression analysis (Using SPSS); carry out correlation analysis, Spearman and Pearson‟s. Test for
significant correlation and interpret the findings in the context of business decision; and identify
components of time series for both additive and multiplicative models. Interpret and calculate trends,
seasonal factors, deseasonalise data and forecast

IBF 8306: ENTREPRENEURSHIP SKILLS

The course deals with enabling students to develop a mentality of thinking innovatively and create jobs
other than seeking jobs. Its content will therefore include; theories of Entrepreneurial Culture,
Entrepreneurial Support Systems, disadvantaged people and entrepreneurship; the State and
Entrepreneurship etc. At the end of the course students should be able to demonstrate skills in starting and
owning businesses

IBF 8401: ISLAMIC PUBLIC FINANCE

The module introduces the students to the process of revenue generation in Islam, drawing from the
experience of the early Islamic period. Sources of revenue such as; Zakat, Wakf Kharaj, Jizya, Ghanimah,
Fa‟y will be considered in this case. The origin and development of Baytul Mal and Diwan will also be
considered. The purposes and modes of disbursement of public revenue and properties will also be
discussed using case studies from different countries. Welfare schemes under Islamic perspective will be
dealt with.

209
IBF 8402: ISLAMIC BUSINESS LAW

This course is designed to provide additional information about the Islamic business transactions in
organisations putting more emphasis on the operationalization of business contracts from an Islamic point
of view. Upon completion of this course students will be able to compare and contrast the contractual
obligations under conventional and Islamic business law perspectives. The overall value outcome is the
appreciation of the ethics of the Islamic tradition in the pursuit of business contracts.

IBF 8403: RISK MANAGEMENT IN ISLAMIC BANKING

The module is designed for an in–depth understanding of the Shari‟ah Risk Management. The module sets
out the Concept of Risk management in Islamic Banking and then moves on to the practical aspects of
applying it with demonstrations from case studies and interactive exercises throughout the program.

IBF 8404: FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING

The module prepares students for advanced accounting systems. It presents the underlying framework and
concepts of financial accounting in the context of how accounting fits into the overall contemporary
business environment. Generally the module covers areas such as accounting theory, interpretation of
financial reports, and statements, accounting system and accounting for business purchase i.e.
Amalgamation and reconstructions, cash flow statements and hire purchase. By the end of the course
students will be conversant and able to practice the roles of accounting practices such as accounting
adjustments, reconstruction and takeovers

IBF 8405: COMMERCIAL BANK MANAGEMENT

The management of commercial banks is a dynamic task. It is a constantly changing environment. Bank
managers as well as the employee must be increasingly aware of the opportunities and threats that are
associated with change. Thus the module provides the essential elements in the process of commercial
bank management – focusing on managing for profitability and risk avoidance or minimization. The basic
finance concepts providing the foundation for the management of the banking industry are also
considered.

210
IBF 8406: INTERNSHIP

To be done as field attachment by all the students registered for the BIBF. The internship exercise will be
done during the recess period at the end of the second year (4th Semester) of study. This is to enable the
students appreciate the importance and applicability of theory leaned in class in the business world. At the
end of the internship each student would be expected to submit an internship report that will be graded out
of 100%; the workplace Supervisor 30% and the university Internal Supervisor 70%. The credit for
internship is 32.

IBF 8501: ISLAMIC INVESTMENT BANKING AND FINANCIAL ENGINEERING

The module covers investment banking and Financial Engineering and Evaluation of new financial
instruments, scope in financial engineering; Guidelines for Financial Contract Design; Sukuk and Islamic
Real Estate Investment Trusts; Development and current practices of Liquidity Management Instruments
in Islamic Banks; Recent developments in IFI Theory & Practices such as modeling and pricing Islamic
Financial Products.

IBF 8502: ISLAMIC CAPITAL MARKETS

The module provides the students with the knowledge of Islamic capital markets, scope and instruments.
It also covers the aspects of Islamic investments, Islamic bonds (sukuk), Islamic funds and Credit Cards
and the performance of Islamic funds and investments at a global level.

IBF 8503: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE FOR ISLAMIC FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS

The module generally looks at the following issues related to management with specific reference to the
Shariah principles. The following issues are reviewed; Meaning and Scope of Islamic Managerial Ethics,
Islamic Managerial Ethics and the Code of Conduct, Islamic view of Planning, Organization and Human
Resource Management, Motivation, Management of Competition and Conflict, Islamic Business Ethics,
Leadership, Value Based Management Model under the Islamic Managerial Ethics, the Prophetic and
Khaliphs‟ Management ethics, Challenges towards the implementations of the Islamic Managerial Ethics
in the Contemporary Organization Management. The module also looks at how quality management in
Islamic financial institutions can be developed and sustained. This would be through appropriate measures

211
in managing such disputes effectively through some Shariah-based mechanisms. Thus specifically the
module looks at corporate governance and the effective dispute management within the framework of
Islamic financial institutions.

IBF 8504: ISLAMIC MICRO-FINANCE

The module explores the Islamic alternative credit systems, the key distinguishing features of Islamic
credit system and the development of the Islamic finance and Islamic microfinance models The learners
should be able to appreciate the distinguishing features of Islamic finance, particularly the prohibition of
riba (usury); analyse the application of Islamic principles to microfinance; describe the Islamic financial
objectives and products; and design some strategies for empowerment through Islamic microfinance

IBF 8505: RESEARCH METHODOLOGY

This module explores the techniques of conducting research through being equipped with mechanisms of
conceptualization of research problems, data collection, analysis, presentation, writing, and reporting.
Techniques which are both qualitative and quantitative in nature are vital if results presented are to be
meaningful.

IBF 8601: INSURANCE AND TAKAFUL MANAGEMENT

This Module covers major areas of takaful. It explains the associated concepts of takaful, forms of takaful
and the difference between conventional insurance and takaful. Students will learn operational mechanism
of all forms of takaful model such as Mudaraba Model, Wakala Model & Wakala Waqf Model. The
module also explains the types of Takaful Business (Family and General), their objectives, principles and
operation flowcharts. Also the module covers Re-takaful, its working mechanism and its philosophy in
Islam. The Accounting Standards for Takaful companies and their differences with Conventional
Insurance; balance sheet, Profit loss accounts and cash flow statements for takaful business are also
discussed.

212
IBF 8602: ISLAMIC LAW MAXIMS AND CONTEMPORARY FATAWA IN FINANCIAL
TRANSACTIONS

The module explores the concept of Islamic maxims, their sources and applicability in the banking and
financial subsectors of economic life. The module critically analyses the five comprehensive maxims and
the subsidiary maxims that fall under the five major ones. The main objective of the module is to acquaint
the students with an understanding of the Islamic legal maxims and their application in the day today
banking and finance environments. As students of Islamic banking and finance, by the end of the module
should be able to appreciate the implementation of the Shariah principles through the application of the
legal maxims to the banking and finance subsectors of their respective economies

IBF 8603: PROJECT APPRAISAL AND MANAGEMENT

This module addresses the basic nature of managing all types of projects. The module uses the project life
cycle as the organizational guideline, and contents will cover the whole process of project management,
including project initiation, project planning, project implementation and project termination. The
students will be exposed to the characteristics of project and project management, look at how to define a
project, how to organize a project, how to plan a project, how to implement, trace and control a project,
and how to terminate and post-evaluate a project.

IBF 8604: INTERNATIONAL FINANCE

The module introduces students to the following key issues concerning International Finance; Overview
of International Finance, Foreign Exchange Markets, Corporate foreign Exchange Risk management,
International Capital Budgeting and International Portfolio Investment and Diversification.

IBF 8605: RESEARCH REPORT

At the end of the course work each student is expected to carry out an empirical research leading to
submission of a report of 40-50 pages. The topic of research must be chosen from the various fields of
Islamic banking and finance. The report will have the following chapters: -Chapter 1: Introduction;
Chapter 2: Literature Review; Chapter 3: Methodology; Chapter 4: Data Presentation and Analysis;
Chapter 5: Conclusions and Recommendations; References, and Appendices.

213
BACHELOR OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY WITH EDUCATION (BITE)

ED-IT 111 FOUNDATION OF GENERAL EDUCATION

This course is designed to introduce the students to the principles and foundation of Education. It is
expected to equip the students with critical minds on educational issues, help students to make
comparison of Educational systems and their characteristics in various countries with specific reference to
Tanzania.

COURSE TITLE: FOUNDATION OF ISLAMIC EDUCATION COURSE CODE: Ed-IT 112

The course will examine the importance of Islamic education and major principles of Islamic vision of
education. The focus will be on the objectives, theory of knowledge in Islam and the concept of Islam to
universe and individual and society.

Ed-IT 113: ENGLISH LANGAUGE COMMUNICATION SKILLS

This course is intended for year one semester one students. It is an exposure to English usage. It seeks to
work as a remedy and to enhance the usage of language in one‟s daily life. It seeks to enrich the student‟s
communication skills, to booster the student‟s confidence when using the English language. It also seeks
to work as a base for one‟s professional dealings. It cuts across all faculties and Schools.

Ed-IT 114: INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER FUNDAMENTALS

The purpose of the course is to enable students learn the basic skills of using a computer as a central tool
for pursuing their studies. It provides a general introduction to the broad aspects of computer systems,
how it works, a brief history of the computers and the basic components of a computer. In addition,
students will be grounded in the proper use of the Internet for research.

214
Ed-IT 115: COMPUTER MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR

The program introduces the students to information technology and data communications. This hands-on,
lab-oriented course stresses laboratory safety and working effectively in a group environment. The
students learn how to build a computer and install and/or work with operating systems such as Windows
X, Linux and other OS. PC Hardware and Software is an excellent introduction to information technology
(IT) that includes an overview of IT, PC maintenance, safety, and troubleshooting.

Ed-IT 116: Computational Mathematics COURSE CODE

To provides a solid introductory ground in mathematics required for modules related to information
technology. Through worked examples, high-lighted key points and self-assessment questions the module
will equip students with essential mathematical ideas that apply to IT field. Students will cover matrices
sets, mathematical proofs, probability, co-ordinate geometry and finite state automata and numerical
analysis and optimization.

Ed-IT 121: COMPUTER PROGRAMMING METHODOLOGY


The course provides a general introduction to computer programming concepts and principles designed to
give students a good basis of computer programming principles and practice. It covers introduction to
algorithm design and implementation using a structured programming language. Discussion of, and
practice with, elementary programming techniques with emphasis on good style. It includes Notion of the
stored program, Algorithms, Flow-charting & Pseudo coding, Simple Data types, Constants & Variables,
Operators, Expressions & Assignments, Input & Output Statements, and Statement execution.

Ed-IT 122 DATABASE PLANNING, DESIGN & MANAGEMENT


To equip students with skills/an understanding of database planning processes, database design and
management practices.

Ed-IT 123: INTRODUCTION TO SCRIPTING CONCEPTS


This course introduces the student to the concepts and principles of commercial e-business and e-
commerce programming. The unit explores the purposes and approaches in using scripting and mark-up

215
languages in relation to the client-server paradigm. Basic database terminology is introduced. The roles
of server-side and client-side code together with web service strategies are examined.

Ed-IT 124: IT TEACHING METHODS AND PRACTICES


This course is designed to give an orientation to students concerning teaching. The course requires the
student to practice proper classroom management through teaching methods, approaches and techniques.
The students are expected to be engaged in practical classroom teaching experiences such as lecturing,
questions and answer, discussion group, individual, excursion, role plays, demonstration, games and
debate.

Ed-IT 125: EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY


This course is designed to equip the students with educational psychological outlook for teaching work. It
focuses on theoretical knowledge of learner‟s characteristics, methods of studying the child, and the
learning process.

Ed-IT 126: TEACHING PRACTICE I


This course is intended to provide students the opportunity of having practical observation of school
practices and the actual classroom practices. The course will familiarize the students with technical
experiences and make analysis of their observation. The students will also observe the constraints and
problems encountered during their observation.

Ed-IT 211: COMPUTER NETWORK & DATA COMMUNICATION


This is an introduction to the basics of data communication and networking. Topics include the OSI
model, physical processes used for digital transmission, standardization, local area networks, the network
protocols, and network applications.

Ed-IT 212: SYSTEMS ANALYSIS AND DESIGN


This course provides a methodical approach to developing computer systems including systems planning,
analysis, design, testing, implementation and software maintenance. Emphasis is on the strategies and
techniques of systems analysis and design for producing logical methodologies for dealing with

216
complexity in the development of information systems. The course approaches the development of
information systems from a problem-solving perspective. This course builds upon concepts to which the
student has been exposed in previous classes. The course is designed to impart skills of system design
approaches. It covers the IT System Development Cycle, Conception, Feasibility Study, Systems
Investigation, fact-finding Methods, Analysis of Investigation, Systems Design, and Distributed vs.
Centralized File systems, Security and Audit, System Study Report.

Ed-IT 213: WEB DESIGN, PROGRAMMING AND ADMINISTRATION


To impart theoretical and practical skills for developing web-based database systems using PHP, MYSQL
and SQL.

Ed-IT 214: CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT AND EVALUATION


This course is designed to equip the students with the knowledge of curriculum development analysis and
evaluation for school subjects. The course exposes the students to the curriculum models, approaches to
curriculum design, analysis of curriculum materials, develop curriculum development theories and
provide them with opportunity to analyze centralization and decentralization system. Moreover, the
course helps the students discover the curriculum influences on decision-making and discuss how
curriculum development is designed, implemented and evaluated both at primary and secondary school
levels.

Ed-IT 215: EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH METHODOLOGY


The focus of this course is to introduce and familiarize the students with principles of conducting
scientific research. The main areas that will be examined are concept, types, importance of educational
research and the development of scientific methodology in education. The course will equip students with
basic knowledge and skills of conducting educational research and use of the research results in making
constructive educational decisions.

Ed-IT 216: MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS


This course is designed to introduce students to computer-based information systems and their role in
business organizations. Areas to be covered include a discussion of the nature of information and its

217
contribution to the strategic, managerial, and operational aspects of business, the role of information
technology in business process reengineering (BPR). The planning, analysis, design, and implementation
needed to achieve successful information systems, and telecommunications - that underlie these systems.
However, the emphasis of the course will be on the managerial use of computer information systems,
rather than the technology by itself

Ed-IT 217: INFORMATION USE AND INFORMATION MANAGEMENT (IUIM)


To develop an insight in information management (IM) as practiced conventionally/traditionally and
introduce information management through use of information technology (IT) as a more effective means
of information management.

Ed-IT 217: CHANGE MANAGEMEN


The advancement in Technology especially ICT has come with a lot of changes. These changes affect the
modern man and the way he/she conducts his/her businesses, learns and the way he interacts with other
fellow human beings among other reasons. It is indeed necessary to equip the student with necessary
skills to manage change without or little pain that is tied to the social aspect. The student will learn about
the changes in the work force and the responsibility of managers and how to solve any conflict. The
course focuses on the essential change management skills and processes needed for, process and IT based,
change programmes.

Ed-IT 221: E-LEARNING ENVIRONMENT


Through a series of practical hands-on activities and reflective discussions in study groups, students will
gain insight to e-learning concepts, issues, technologies and methods that are introduced with real-life
examples and with a support of the distributed learning environment. Special attention will be given to
knowledge management and social-constructivist methods of computer-supported collaborative learning
and networking. Students will apply self-directed learning principles using conversational learning
contracts.

218
Ed-IT 222: OBJECTED ORIENTED PROGRAMMING
The course is aimed at giving student skills in Software development using Java Applets to run inside
Web browsers and stand-alone graphical applications. It also includes objects and classes, inheritance,
graphics programming with the Abstract Window Toolkit, and graphical user interface design and layout.

Ed-IT 223: INTRODUCTION TO BUILDING MOBILE APPLICATIONS


The rapid growth of the internet and mobile devices has had an enormous impact on the ways that
companies conduct their business. Indeed this development has not left the education sector out as
innovative ways are being created to supplement traditional ways of imparting knowledge to learners.
Mobile learning has become of age and a crucial ingredient to the e-learning environment. The course
covers the analysis, programming, and design requirements of internet and mobile based applications,
including multi-tiered client-server models. Builds applied skills in the development of web and mobile
platform solutions to practical business problems. The goal of the course is to facilitate students in
developing hands-on competencies in the design, development and deployment of websites, web
applications and an introduction to creating applications on a mobile platform

Ed-IT 224: GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEMS


This course provides an intensive introduction to digital mapping and spatial analysis using geographic
information systems (GIS). Students learn how to create their own maps, and how to use GIS software to
analyze geographic problems and learn spatial analysis techniques that can be applied to a wide variety of
subject areas, both within geography and in other disciplines. The course is designed to accommodate
students from a variety of research backgrounds and with no previous GIS experience. The goal is to
provide students with a theoretical understanding of spatial data and analysis concepts, and to introduce
the practical tools needed to create and manage spatial data, perform spatial analysis, and communicate
results including (but not limited to) the form of a well designed map. The lab sessions give students the
opportunity to learn for themselves how to put that theory into practice, gaining hands‐on experience with
ESRI ArcGIS software, the most popular GIS and an industry standard in many fields

219
Ed-IT 225: INDUSTRIAL ATTACHMENT
Students will have the opportunity to apply what they have learnt in the classroom to real companies.
They are given on-the-job training to develop skills in problem solving, hardware maintenance,
interpersonal communications, team playing, industrial liaisons and character building. Participating
companies will also have the opportunity to assess prospective employees and secure the services of these
students in advance. This is a 2 month course which shall be offered during the long vacation at the end of
year two. The course shall be supervised by IT staff members and an officer in the company concerned.

Ed-IT 226: HUMAN COMPUTER INTERACTION


This course introduces the student to the Fundamental theory and practice of the design, implementation,
and evaluation of human-computer interfaces. HCI is an interdisciplinary field that integrates theories and
methodologies from computer science, cognitive psychology, design, and many other areas. Topics
include: principles of design; methods for evaluating interfaces with or without user involvement;
techniques for prototyping and implementing graphical user interfaces. Interaction Design. Advanced
topics and applications in human computer interaction, with emphasis on developing skills for designing
highly interactive human-computer interfaces

Ed-IT 227: ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS INFORMATION PROCESSES


The course aims at providing students with a deep understanding of information processing and
organization. Emphasis is placed on information/records lifecycle i.e. from creation to destruction or
archives, filing systems, principles of records organization, records transfer, and retention and disposal
schedules. The module also focuses on providing students with analytical skills to evaluate different
systems as well practical skills on organizing and managing active, semi active and inactive records in
registries, records centres and archives respectively.

Ed-IT 311: EDUCATIONAL ADMINISTRATION AND MANAGEMENT


The course intends to introduce students to educational administration and management. The course is
designed to provide students with an understanding of administration and management concepts and
practices and how they relate to educational management and governance. It provides students an
overview of leadership in school administration, decision making in schools, delegation of authority and

220
responsibility, participatory management in schools, communication in schools, management of school
records, discipline in school, staff motivation, school buildings.

Ed-IT 312: PRINCIPLES OF GUIDANCE AND COUNSELLING


The course introduces the undergraduate students to the field of Guidance and Counseling. The course
intends to focus specifically on theories and approaches of Guidance and Counseling, Counseling Skills,
Vocational Guidance, purpose of Guidance and Counseling in educational institutions and development of
Guidance and Counseling.

Ed-IT 313: LEGAL AND REGULATORY FRAMEWORK OF ICTs


The use of modern information technology and its consequences for business and government is an
important challenge for the law. The aim of this course is to deal with the most fundamental legal
questions faced by e-business and e-government: the regulation of the Internet, the regulation of
electronic commerce, specific questions relating to the protection of intellectual property rights in the area
of ICT, liability of network service providers, the regulation of electronic signatures, the protection of the
individual with regard to personal data processing, legal remedies against computer-related fraud, etc.

Ed-IT 314: SOCIAL ISSUES IN COMPUTING


The concepts that are covered in this course should prepare the students to understand the fact that man
has become more dependants on computer in the present century than ever before. It will also throw light
to the fact that we are not prepared to handle computer crime now and in the future because of our poor
state of the cyberspace security policies. The course will also introduce highlighted strategies of
producing professionals who can play an active role in fighting computer and cyberspace attacks and
vandalism. It illustrates the speed at which the computing environment is changing and the need for
continuous review of computer science education and pedagogy.

Ed-IT 315: PROFESSIONAL ETHICS


This course deals with the study of various laws, codes, ethics and standards in the practice of the
engineering profession. The course also includes moral issues and decisions confronting individuals and
organizations involved in engineering. This subject will focus on the study of the code of ethics, conflict

221
of interest, safety and risk trade-offs in design, confidentiality and behaviour in the work place,
intellectual property, patents, trade secrets and contemporary issues in engineering.

Ed-IT 316: EDUCATION MEASUREMENT & EVALUATION


The course introduces the students to the field of measurement and evaluation. The students are expected
to learn about the differences between evaluation and measurement and the definition of each of them.
Focus will be on the roles of evaluation, condition of measurement and approaches and techniques of
evaluation as to equip the students with various ways of carrying effective assessment.

Ed-IT 327: DATA WAREHOUSING


This course is designed to promote common language, consistent definitions, shared expectations, and
mutual understanding essential to strong teamwork and cohesive results in business intelligence programs.
Business intelligence focuses on use of information to drive effective business actions – It is the vehicle to
achieve maximum business value from both developing and mature data warehouses. This course
provides a comprehensive overview of business, technical, and cultural implications of business
intelligence.

Ed-IT 321: ICT PROJECT MANAGEMENT


This course brings together new technology and modern Project Management techniques to provide an
efficient and realistic basis for managing today‟s ICT projects.

Ed-IT 322: INTEGRATION OF ICT WITH EDUCATION


The integrations of ICT in many different fields have brought about enormous benefits, it is therefore
important to underscore the fact that the education sector cannot be left out. It is perceived that education
sector especially in the developing world is characterised by shortage of teaching materials. Integrating
ICT with education can reduce the cost of implementing educational projects it is therefore important that
teachers are aware of this important aspect.

222
Ed-IT 323: ICT TEACHING METHODS
In order to achieve high performance, competitiveness and entrepreneurial spirit, innovative teaching
methods will be applied, mainly the use of ICT (Information and Communication Technology), which
provide the opportunity to present the school material in an attractive, creative and up-to-date way.

Ed-IT 324: E-BUSINESS INFORMATION SYSTEMS


The course consolidates student‟s need to understand how information technology and/or information
system has changed business strategy: and the implication of these technologies in terms of use and
competitive advantage to the organizations

Ed-IT 325: TEACHING PRACTICE II


This course is intended to provide students the opportunity of having practical observation of school
practices and the actual classroom practices. The course will familiarize the students with technical
experiences and make analysis of their observation. The students will also observe the constraints and
problems encountered during their observation.

223
41.6 MASTER OF PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION (MPA)

41.6.1 General Objectives


The MPA programme aims at training a cadre of high level professionals in public sector
management, human resource management, and local government in the context of the ever
changing world which poses constant challenges in the management of the public sector. The
programme is geared towards developing professional and analytical skills that will enable
students to identify challenges unique to the public sector and to provide effective solutions to
those challenges.

41.6.2 Specific Objectives


At the end of this programme, students should be able:

(i) To assume middle and top legal professional administrative positions for those who
enter into the labour market or become competent successful administrative
practitioners in the case of those who seek self employment;

(ii) To apply the acquired knowledge in providing better administrative advices to clients in
the public, private or community sector;

(iii) To cope with the increasing demand of clients who seek the services of competent
administrative practitioners who are knowledgeable of HRM, LGA or PP, as the case
may be; and

(iv) To inculcate self confidence and mastery of public administration outlook among the

(v) most promising students.

224
41.7 Description of the Three Concentration Areas of the MPA Programme

41.7.1 Human Resource Management


This subfield is concerned with the management of human resources particularly but not
exclusively in the public sector. The aim is impart to graduate students and practicing
professionals advanced knowledge, skills and understanding of human resource activities. This
area is intended to enable students identify and make effective use of a range of methods and
techniques for providing human resources for an organization and ensuring their optimum
utilization.

41.7.2 Local Government Management


This area of concentration is geared to develop students‟ analytical skills in addressing
contemporary challenges of local government management. Contemporary local government
systems are increasingly facing greater challenges than in the past. Local government management
is required to adapt to new norms and standards, to become more professional, skilled, economical
and responsive in the context of changing governance and administration paradigms which affect
both central and local government structures and operations.

41.7.3 Public Policy


This area of concentration aims at equipping students with conceptual, analytical and technical
skills that will enable them to critically think about a range of policy issues in the entire policy
process. More specialized knowledge in public policy is critical in public administration since
public administration and public sector management is not simply about policy implementation,
public administrators are increasingly becoming policy makers and policy analysts who exert
considerable influence on the entire policy process.

41.8 Main Features of the MPA Programme


The programme is offered in two categories/types, namely:
225
1. MPA by Coursework and Dissertation; and
2. MPA by Thesis.

The time frame for the MPA by Coursework & Dissertation category is as follows:

(a) This program is taught over a period of Two (3) Semesters, and each semester
consisting of fifteen (15) weeks of instructions (coursework);

(b) The rest of the period is for preparation for examinations, actual examinations, marking
by internal & external assessors, fieldwork & dissertation write-up and vacation; and

(c) The whole program takes 72 calendar weeks (18 months) to complete.

41.9 Degree Award Intended for the MPA Programme


The degree award to be offered under this program is Master of Public Administration (MPA). The
degree will be offered in the Faculty of Arts and Social Sciences at this University. To be awarded
an MPA degree of the Zanzibar University by coursework, a candidate must pass the course work
and dissertation separately within a given time frame. A thesis candidate must pass thesis and the
viva voce separately within a given time frame.

41.10 Duration of the MPA Programme


The Masters Programme in Public Administration with three concentration areas, namely Human
Resource Management, Local Government Management and Public Policy will be a full-time
programme combining coursework and a dissertation. The coursework part will last for two
semesters and dissertation research and write up will last for six months. The entire programme
will therefore last for 18 months. The programme may also enrol part-time students who will
accumulate adequate credits and graduate within the maximum period of three years. The
maximum duration of the Masters Programme by Thesis shall be 24 months.

41.11 Coursework & Dissertation for the MPA Programme


The coursework section will be divided into compulsory courses, three areas of concentration (i.e.,
Human Resource Management, Local Government Management and Public Policy), and electives.

226
Each student will be required to take six compulsory courses and two courses in the selected area
of concentration, and two courses in the elective category. Each course carries 3 units. Students
will be required to complete a minimum of 45 units of coursework. Of these 45 units, 18 units will
be for Compulsory Courses, 6 units in the Area of Concentration, 6 units from the elective courses
and the remaining 15 units for a Dissertation.

41.12 Pre-Requisite Course for the MPA Programme


A candidate may be required to take pre-requisite course of PA111: Organizational Theory and
Management taught in undergraduate degree programme particularly for those who had not
pursued Public Administration Degree in undergraduate studies. This will be taken in the first
semester and the candidate will have to pass with a minimum grade B for their admission to
change from provisional registration to permanent registration.

227
41.13 Summary of Courses for MPA by Coursework & Dissertation

Table 48: List of Courses for MPA by Coursework & Dissertation

Year, Semester, Code and Course Credit Credit Unit


Title of the Course Category Hrs per Hrs per
Week Semester

228
FIRST YEAR
Semester One
MPA 411: Research Methodology Compulsory 3 45 3
MPA 412: Public Administration: Theory & Practice Compulsory 3 45 3
MPA 413: Human Resource Management Compulsory 3 45 3
One Optional Course Selective 3 45 3
One Optional Course Elective 3 45 3

Optional Courses:
MPA 414: Strategic Human Resource Management. Selective
MPA 415: Comparative Local government Selective
MPA 416: Economics for Public Policy Selective

MPA 417: Human Resource Information System Elective


MPA 418: Program & Project Management Elective
MPA 419: Rural & Community Development Elective

Semester Two
MPA 421: Applied Public Policy Compulsory 3 45 3
MPA 422; Administrative Law Compulsory 3 45 3
MPA 423: Public Budgeting & Finance Compulsory 3 45 3
One Optional Course Selective 3 45 3
One Optional Course Elective 3 45 3

Optional Courses:
MPA 424: Employment Law & Labour Relations Selective
MPA 425: Urban Governance Selective
MPA 426: Comparative Social Policy & Planning Selective

MPA427: Organizational Development & Change Elective


MPA 428: Non-Profit Sector Management Elective
MPA 429: International Hum. Res. Management Elective

SECOND YEAR
Semester One
MPA 511: Dissertation Compulsory 15 225 15

229
Total - 45 675 45

230
41.14 Summary of Courses for MPA by Thesis

Table 49: List of Courses for MPA by Thesis

Year, Semester, Code and Course Credit Credit Unit


Title of the Course Category Hrs per Hrs per
Week Semester

FIRST YEAR

Semester One
MPA 411: Research Methodology Compulsory 3 45 3
MPA 511: Thesis Compulsory 12 180 12

Semester Two
MPA 511: Thesis Compulsory 15 225 15

SECOND YEAR

Semester One
MPA 511: Thesis Compulsory 15 225 15

Total - 45 675 45

231
41.15 MPA Course Listing

MPA 411: Research Methodology

This course focuses on basic research and management skills required for generating accurate and useful
decision – related information for policy makers particularly in the public domain. The course will consist
of two modules. The first module will focus on qualitative research methods and the second module will
dwell on quantitative methods. These will include Qualitative Research Methods, Quantitative Research
Methods, Planning Research Project, Approaches to Sampling, Techniques in Data Collection: the
Interview, the Survey Method

MPA 412: Public Administration: Theory & Practice

The course examines organizational structure, design, management approaches and behavioural dynamics
of state local government entities. It examines concepts, and approaches used in analyzing and
understanding complex organizations in different socioeconomic and political settings. The content will
include: the State of the Discipline (Review of classical readings in the field), Classical Theories of
Organizations, Contemporary Themes in Public Administration and Development, Analysis of Empirical
Cases, Leadership in the context of New Public Management (NPM),

MPA 413: Human Resource Management

This course examines the current state of human resource management topics particularly in the public
sector, Concepts, Approaches and Models of HRM, Role and Responsibilities of Human Resource
Manager, Organizational Learning and HRM, Determination of Training and Education Needs, Career
Development, Remuneration, Motivation and Productivity Improvement, Evaluating the Effectiveness of
HR Development Plan.

MPA 414: Strategic Human Resource Management

This course focuses on techniques for the design of Human Resource Development (HRD) strategies at
the organization level and societal level. It includes the theoretical and Conceptual Framework, Overview
and Contextual Parameters of HR, Relationship between Organization Strategy and Organizational

232
Design, HR tools and Implementation, Strategies for Effective Implementation of the HR Strategy,

MPA 415: Comparative Local Government

This course offers the theoretical approaches to the understanding of various types of local government
systems. It includes the following topics: Theoretical/Conceptual Frameworks of Local Government &
Decentralization, Evolution and Nature of Local Government, Local Government Financing, Local
Government Administration in Selected Countries, Emerging Challenges

MPA 416: Economics for Public Policy

This course will equip students with basic concepts, tools and models of microeconomic and
macroeconomic analysis in the context of public sector choices. It covers the following areas:
Microeconomics, Macroeconomics

MPA 417: Human Resource Information System

The course will focus on the need for organizations to introduce and manage employee information
system that will help to increase efficiency in storage, record keeping and reporting. It will cover the
following areas: the Historical Evolution of Human Resource Information System, Database Concepts
and Applications, HRIS Functions, HRIS Applications and Special Topics.

MPA 418: Programme & Project Management

This course intends to develop students‟ analytical and practical skills in programme and project
management in public in public and private institutions as well as in non-governmental institutions. It will
cover the following topics: Conceptualization, What is Project Management? Understanding
Environment, Leadership in Project Management, Case Demonstration of Project Planning and
Management.

233
MPA 419: Rural & Community Development

The course covers advanced knowledge in rural and community development in comparative perspective
but with a major focus on the African rural development context. It adopts an interdisciplinary approach
by drawing theoretical and analytical tools from various disciplines, but largely from political science,
sociology and economics. The topics to be covered include Theories and Approaches to Rural &
Community Development, Rural Community and Economic Development, Rural and Community
Organization, Intervention Measures for Rural and Community Development, and Monitoring and
Evaluation of Rural Development Projects.

MPA 421: Applied Public Policy

The course provides theoretical and conceptual frameworks as well as operational principles that guide
identification and resolution of issues emerging in public settings. It covers Conceptual Issues, Review of
the Approaches to Public Policy Analysis, Approaches to Public Policy Making, Evaluation in Public
Policy, and Analysis of a selected policy.

MPA 422: Administrative Law

The course provides ethical principles relevant to the administrative process so as to ensure not only the
observance of legal but also moral/ethical principles in the administrative process and government
decision making. It covers Meaning/Purpose of Administrative Law & Basic Principles of Constitutional
Law, Delegated Legislation and its Guiding Principles, Judicial Review and Principles of Natural Justice,
Remedies & Prerogative Orders.

MPA 423: Public Budgeting & Finance

In this course module special focus will be devoted to overall economic development and the need for
localities to generate revenue to finance their activities. The course content covers the following:
Introduction, Sources of Government Revenue, Budgeting Recurrent Budget, Application: Budgeting in
Tanzania, Components of the Budget, District Planning and Budgeting and Budget Reforms.

234
MPA 424: Employment Law & Labour Relations

The course equips students with the analytical and practical skills of handling issues related to employer-
employee relations in the field of human resource management for the purpose of improving performance
in organizations. The topics that will be covered include Historical Evolution of the Field of Employee
Relations, Employment Law & Human Rights Issues, Context of Employee Relations, Employee
Relations Processes, Employee Relations Practices,

MPA 425: Urban Governance

In this course the nature and evolution of urban governance will be examined in terms of trends,
variations across countries and prospects for urban governance particularly in the third world contexts.
The topics to be covered will include Theory of urban governance, History of urban, governance, Actors
in urban governance, and Issues in urban governance.

MPA 426: Comparative Social Policy & Planning.

The various theories and approaches to social policy and welfarism will be reviewed so as to determine
the efficacy and responsiveness of the various models operating in different countries both developed and
developing countries, industrial and non-industrial countries. Apart from the comparative cross nation
variations, the course will deal extensively on the Tanzanian national experience. The course content
covers Theories and Approaches to the Study of Comparative Social Policy, Social Policy and
Citizenship, Globalization and social policy, Models of Social Policy,

MPA 427: Organizational Development & Change

This course intends to explore the key problems and challenges in introducing change in organizations as
well as theory and methods of intervention in organization development. Topics to be covered will
include Organizational Development and Change, Foundations of Organizational Development and
Change Management, Organizational Development Interventions, Power, Politics and Organizational
Development and change.

235
MPA 428: Non-Profit Sector Management

The course examines the relationship between civil society, the state and the market. It also examines
managerial issues of non profit organizations including accounting, marketing, staffing and fundraising. It
covers areas such as Conceptualizing and Defining Civil Society and Non-profit Sector, Civil
Society/Non profit Sector and State in Africa, and non profit sector Managerial Issues.

MPA 429: International Human Resources Management

This course introduces students to the human resource problems and challenges of multinational firms in
foreign subsidiaries, and more broadly, with the unfolding human resource issues that are associated with
various stages and patterns of internationalization and globalization of human resource management
issues. The topics to be covered will include Introduction and Overview, Contexts and IHRM,
International Recruitment and Selection, Cross-Cultural Management Training and Development, and
Comparative issues in IHRM.

236
41.16 MSc. Economics and Finance
First semester

Table 50: Core Economics and Finance Fundamental Courses

S/N Course Code Course Name UNITS


1 CEF 601 Macroeconomic Analysis 3
2 CEF 602 Microeconomic Analysis 3
3 CEF 603 Financial Management 3
4 CEF 604 International Business Finance 3
5 CEF 605 Corporate Governance and Modern Management 3
Total Semester Units 15

Second Semester

Table 51: Core Economics and Finance Fundamental Courses

S/N Course Code Course Name UNITS


1 CEF 606 Econometrics 3
2 CEF 607 Mathematics for Economists 3
3 CEF 608 Financial Markets and Institutions 3
4 CEF 609 Economic Development Finance 3
5 CEF 610 Business Negotiation Skills 3
Total Semester Units 15

237
41.17 MSc. Economics and Finance Majors: Specialized Courses

Second Year Courses

First Semester

Economic Policy and Planning

Table 52: Economic Policy and Planning

S/NO. COURSE CODE COURSE NAME UNITS


1 CEF 611 Research Methods for Economists 3
2 EPP 601 Monetary Economics and Policy 3
3 EPP 602 Economic Planning and Budgeting 3
4 EPP 603 Strategic Trade Policy and Planning 3
5 EPP 604 Public Policy and Finance 3
Total Semester Units 15

Project Planning and Management


Table 53: Project Planning and Management

S/NO. COURSE CODE COURSE NAME UNITS


1 CEF 611 Research Methods for Economists 3
2 PPM 601 Investment Analysis and Portfolio 3
Management
3 PPM 602 Project Management Techniques 3
4 PPM 603 Financial Economics 3
5 PPM 604 FDI Policy and Strategies 3
Total Semester Units 15

238
Economic and Financial Analysis

Table 54: Economic and Financial Analysis


S/NO. COURSE CODE COURSE NAME UNITS
1 CEF 11 Research Methods for Economists 3
2 EFA 601 Development Economics 3
3 EFA 602 Financial Analysis and Policy 3
4 EFA 603 Asset Management and Derivatives 3
5 EFA 604 Economic Policy Analysis and 3
Management
Total Semester Units 15

Second Semester

Table 55: Dissertation

S/NO. COURSE CODE COURSE NAME UNITS


1 CEF 699 DISSERTATION 15

239
41.18 MSc. Economics and Finance Dissertation
MSc. Economics and Finance candidates are required to complete a dissertation upon successful
completion of the taught component of the programme. The dissertation is an independent
scientific research work, which carries 6 degree units. It is equivalent to completion of 6 course
units. Candidates are required to submit a dissertation in partial fulfilment of the MSc. Economics
and Finance Degree.

41.18.1Assessment Strategy
The dissertation has two principal parts, for assessment purposes: Written Part and Defence Part.
Candidates will have to pass both parts before they are allowed to graduate. The Written Part shall
be assessed by both an Internal Examiner (Supervisor) and external Examiners. Candidates will be
required to present and defend their research works to a panel of not less than four (4) experts in
the field of research. The required length of the dissertation shall be 15,000 – 20,000 words,
exclusive of title and contents page, figures, tables, quotations, appendices and bibliography.

41.18.2The MSc. Economics and Finance Programme Internships

The MSc. Economics and Finance Programme internship is a non-examinable component of the ZU MSc.
Economics and Finance Programme. It is designed in recognition of the fact that practical business
insights and skills can be acquired only MSc. Economics and Finance Programme students gaining
“hands-on” experience by applying acquired classroom knowledge and skills to the assigned job of the
sponsoring employer. The internship programme shall be scheduled after the first semester of the second
year of study and before commencement of the MSc. Economics and Finance Programme dissertation
work. The duration of the internship programme shall be two months.

41.18.3MSc. Economics and Finance Curriculum Description


The MSc. Economics and Finance Degree Programme shall comprise a total number of 15 taught courses.
The courses will be delivered in three semesters, five in each. Table 41 below depicts the semester-
wise distribution of these courses.
240
41.18.4MSc. Economics and Finance Curriculum
Table 56: MSc. Economic and Finance Curriculum
FIRST YEAR
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
Core Economics and Finance Courses Core Economics and Finance Courses
SUBJECT SUBJECT
1 Macroeconomic Analysis 6 Econometrics
2 Microeconomic Analysis 7 Mathematics for Economists
3 Financial Management 8 Financial Markets and Institutions
4 International Business Finance 9 Economic Development Finance
5 Corporate Governance & Modern 10 Business Negotiation Skills
Management

First Year, Second Year

Table 57: MSc. Economics and Finance Areas of Specialization


Economic Policy and Planning Project Planning and Management
1. Research Methods for Economists 1. Research Methods for Economists
2. Monetary Economics and Policy 2. Investment Analysis and Portfolio
Mgt.
3. Economic Planning and Budgeting 3. Project Management Techniques
4. Strategic Trade Policy and Planning 4. Financial Economics
5. Public Policy and Finance 5. FDI Policy and Strategies
Economic and Financial Analysis
Courses
1. Research Methods for Economists
2. Development Economics
3. Financial Analysis and Policy
4. Asset Management and Derivatives
5. Economic Policy Analysis and Mgt.

241
41.0 MSc. Economics and Finance Course Listing

CEF 601: Macroeconomic Analysis

This course covers specific topics to include Revision of IS-LM analysis; Asset market equilibrium;
Monetary policy and the transmission mechanism; Rational expectations and the business cycle; Open
economy models, models of economic growth.

CEF 602: Microeconomic Analysis

This course covers specific topics including Theory of consumer choice, including such topics as utility
maximization, duality and choice under uncertainty; Theory of the competitive firm, including profit and
cost minimization; General equilibrium and welfare, including existence of a competitive equilibrium,
Pareto efficiency and the two fundamental theorems; Imperfect competition, including monopoly,
oligopoly and an introduction to markets with incomplete information.

CEF 603: Financial Management

This course covers specific topics including Corporate Investment Decisions in the absence of
uncertainty; Investment and Uncertainty; The theory of Capital Structure; Tobin's Q and Investment;
Trade-off and Pecking Order Theories; Empirical evidence on capital structure; Dividend policy.

CEF 604: International Business Finance

This course covers specific topics including; Prices and financial markets in the open economy; Exchange
rate determination and dynamics; The theory of optimal currency areas and monetary unions; The
international financial system; Models of exchange rate target zones; International policy co-ordination.

CEF 605: Corporate Governance and Modern Management

This course covers specific topics including Corporations and Corporate Governance; The Role of Boards
in Corporate Governance ; The Role of Transparency in Corporate Governance; Shareholders and
Shareholder Activism; Corporate Governance Failure; Institutional Investors, Creditors and Credit Rating

242
Agencies; Corporate Governance Systems Worldwide ; Corporate Accountability, Environmental, Social
and Governance Considerations; Moral Hazard, Systematic Risk and Bailouts; Corporate Citizenship.

CEF 606: Econometrics

This course covers specific topics including Multiple linear regression; Specification problems in
regression; Maximum likelihood estimation; Autoregressive & moving average models; Trends,
integration and unit root tests; VARs, co integration and error correction mechanisms; Modelling
strategies for relating integrated and co integrated time series; Generalized least squares and non-linear
regression.

CEF 607: Mathematics for Economists

This course covers specific topics including Differentiation and integration; Constrained optimization;
Matrix algebra; Probability and statistics.

CEF 608: Financial Markets and Institutions

This course covers specific topics including Theoretical issues in the financial system; Role of
information.; Nature and functions of a financial system; Financial assets and liabilities; Financial
institutions and markets; Information problems in finance; Financial intermediation; Micro structure of
financial markets; Financial firms: operation and rationale; Management of risk; The existence of banks.

CEF 609: Economic Development Finance

This course covers specific topics including Introduction to the financial system in theory and practice;
Finance, development and economic growth; Reforming the financial system: options and issues; External
resources of finance for developing economies; The global financial architecture.

CEF 610: Business Negotiation Skills

This course covers specific topics including General Issues and Techniques; Principles of Negotiation;
General Tips and Techniques; Do‟s and Don‟ts for Negotiation; Common Negotiation Errors.

243
CEF 611: Research Methods for Economists

This course covers specific topics including Introduction to Research Methodologies; Research defined
and Described; Research Methodology Defined and Described; The Research Project Design [Planning,
Problems, Objectives]; The Literature Review and Conceptual Framework; Methods and Procedures;
Reporting the Research.

EPP 601: Monetary Economics and Policy

This course covers specific topics including monetary demand and the micro foundations literature;
Monetary transmission mechanism (credit view versus money view); The term structure as a predictor of
inflation and economic activity; The rules versus discretion literature; Conduct and operation of monetary
policy. .

EPP 602: Economic Planning and Budgeting

This course covers specific topics including Economic Planning and Budgeting: Definition and Scope;
The Need for Economic Planning; Planning and Budgeting: The Planned Economy; Planning and
Budgeting: The Free Market Economy The Planning and Budgeting Process; Implementation and
Evaluation of Economic Plans and Budgets.

EPP 603: Strategic Trade Policy and Planning

This course covers specific topics including Strategic Trade Policy and Planning: Definition and
Importance; Types of Strategic Trade Policies; Subsidies or Taxes on Imports or Exports; Investment or
Adjustment Assistance Subsidies; Rationales for Strategic Trade Policy; Strategic Trade (Export)
Promotion; Strategic Trade Policy Targets.

EPP 604: Public Policy and Finance

This course covers specific topics including Introduction; Markets and Property; Collective Benefits;
Voting and Public Goods; Market Corrections and Social Justice; Politics and Redistribution; Taxation
and User Prices; Health, Education and Retirement.

244
CEF 611: Research Methods for Economists

This course covers specific topics including Introduction to Research Methodologies; Research defined
and Described; Research Methodology Defined and Described; The Research Project Design [Planning,
Problems, Objectives]; The Literature Review and Conceptual Framework; Methods and Procedures;
Reporting the Research.

PPM 601: Investment Analysis and Portfolio Management

This course covers specific topics including Introduction to Investment Analysis and Management;
Investment Theory and Development; Analysis and Management of Bands and Common Stocks;
Valuation Principles and Practices; Derivative Security Analysis; Investment Companies and Evaluating
Portfolio Performance.

PPM 602: Project Management Techniques

This course covers specific topics including Introduction to Project and Project Management; Project
Definition and Planning; Preparing a Detailed Project Plan; Project Documentation and Communication;
Maintaining Control During Project Execution; The Role of the Project Manager; Dealing with Risk and
Uncertainty; Building and Maintaining an Effective Project Team; Bringing Project to Successful
Conclusion

PPM 603: Financial Economics

This course covers specific topics including Fundamental mathematical techniques in finance: discounting
and compounding; Yields and the pricing of bonds and discount securities using present value methods;
The term structure of interest rates and the interest rate risk of bond portfolios; Efficiency of capital
markets; The expected utility hypothesis, utility functions and investor choice under uncertainty.
Diversification, mathematical optimization and the mean-variance model; Single index and multi-index
models; The Capital Asset and Arbitrage Pricing Models; Tests of asset pricing theory and asset pricing
anomalies.

245
PPM 604: FDI Policy and Strategies

This course covers specific topics including Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) Theories; Foreign Direct
Investment and Economic Development; FDI and Developing Economies: Does It Generate Positive
Pullovers; FDI and Productivity of Domestic Firm; FDI, Exchange Rate Policy, and Inflation.

CEF 611: Research Methods for Economists

This course covers specific topics including Introduction to Research Methodologies; Research defined
and described; The Research Project Design [Planning, Problems, Objectives]; The Literature Review and
Conceptual Framework; Methods and Procedures; Reporting the Research.

EFA 601: Development Economics

This course covers specific topics including; Introduction to Development Economics; Classical Theories
of Economic Growth; New Theories of Economic Growth; History, Expectations and Economic
Development; Economic Inequality; Poverty and Under-nutrition; Population Growth and Economic
Development; Rural and Urban Development; Land, Labour and Finance; International Trade and Trade
Policy; The Financial Sector and Economic Development.

602: Financial Analysis and Policy

This course covers specific topics including Financial Analysis and Policy: An Overview; Information and
Methodology of Financial Analysis; Corporate Financial Statements; Static Ratio Analysis and Regression
Analysis; Determination of Nominal and Real Rates of Return in Financial Analysis; The Corporate
Financial Policy; Debt, Equity, Financial Structure and Investment Decision; Interdependencies among
Corporate Policies.

EFA 603: Derivatives and Derivative Markets

This course covers specific topics including The market for options and futures. ; The concept of
arbitrage; Fundamental option price theorems and models; Valuation of futures contracts; Swaps; Stock
index, interest rate and currency futures; Hedging and speculation using derivatives; Futures and swaps.

246
EFA 604: Economic Policy Analysis and Management

This course covers specific topics including; Economic Policy Analysis: Definition and Importance;
Economic Policy Criterion; The Function of the Banks; Interest Rate and Expenditure on Additional
Capital Goods; The Planning and Execution of Public Works; Wages, Unemployment and the Supply of
Primary Factors of Production; Competition and Monopoly; Public Management and Planning of
Industry; The Distribution of Income; The BOT and Exchange Rate Policy; International Economic
Cooperation.

41.19 MASTER OF SCIENCE IN ECONOMICS AND FINANCE

41.19.1 Programme Overview

The programme comprises 15 modules delivered over a three semester period and end-of program
dissertation structure. In each of the semester I and II, students shall be required to take 5 core
units, all units being worth 15 credits (3 credits each). The five core units introduced to students in
the first semester include: Macroeconomic Analysis, Microeconomic Analysis, Financial
Management, International Business Finance, and Corporate Governance and Modern
Management. In the second semester students are introduced to another set of core subjects
including: Econometrics, Mathematics for Economists, Financial Markets and Institutions,
Economic Development Finance, and Business Negotiation Skills and Techniques. In Semester III
students shall be required to take 4 specialized courses leading to their selected areas of
specializations with a subject on research methodology necessary for their dissertation works in
the fourth semester. All units in the third semester are worth 15 credits. Students complete their
study with a 18-credit MSc dissertation in the fourth semester of their study.

41.19.2 Programme‟s Usefulness

The programme‟s academic content reflects the aim to develop secure foundations beyond the
undergraduate level in economics and finance and to give students the opportunity to pursue a
distinctive portfolio of elective units leading to professionalism in specified areas of interest. The

247
taught programme offers an advanced qualification useful to professional economists in a variety
of careers in financial institutions, business and public organizations. Study is on a two-year full-
time basis (allowing six months for the MSc. dissertation).

41.19.3Programme Strengths and Uniqueness


i) Programme Strengths:

The ZU MSc. Economics and Finance Programmes shall draw their strengths and academic
excellence from the carefully selected combination of subjects that produce a perfect match
between economics and finance. The subjects are designed in such a way that they reinforce each
one another. Indeed, economic and finance theory are undoubtedly interrelated. The programme
shall produce competent individuals in:
 Economic Policy Planning and Management
 Project Planning and Management
 Economic and Financial Analysis and Management.

The strength of the ZU MSc. Economics and Finance Degree shall be reflected in the competency
of programme graduates at work places as Economists, Economic Planners, Economic Policy
Analysts, Project Planners and Managers, Financial Analysts and Planners in any economics and
finance related areas.

ii) Uniqueness of the ZU MSc. Economics and Finance Programme

The programme shall be clearly distinguished from other masters programmes in economics
offered by other higher learning institutions in Tanzania. The programme shall be the first of its
kind to produced competent graduates in economics with strong finance orientation. As such
students who successfully complete the economic and finance degree shall be able to offers a good
contribution to the planning and management of different economic activities in the public as well
as private sectors.

248
41.19.4Expected Learning Outcomes of the MSc. Economics and Finance Programme

The universal mission of MSc. Economics and Finance programme at the Zanzibar University is
to deliver an applied education in economics and finance aiming at improving students' decision-
making capabilities and enhancing their analytical, communication and technological skills.
Specifically, after completing the programme the graduate will be able to perform the following:

(i) Identify, and engage critically with, appropriate and representative literature in the field
of modern economics and finance;

(ii) Understand and apply current contributions to economic and finance theory;

(iii) demonstrate clarity of thought and quality of argument in economic and finance theory
and application;

(iv) Understand techniques necessary to undertake research at the postgraduate level, and be
able to use state of the art econometric techniques to interpret financial economic data;

(v) Design and systematically undertake an independent research project in economic and
finance;

(vi) A systematic and thorough understanding of modern microeconomics and finance;

(vii) A capacity to evaluate and apply this to specific microeconomic problems;

(viii) Critical awareness of current economic debates in chosen applied microeconomic areas
of study;

(ix) a systematic and thorough understanding of modern macroeconomics and finance;

(x) a capacity to evaluate and apply this to specific macroeconomic problems;

(xi) Critical awareness of current economic debates in chosen applied macroeconomic areas
of study;

(xii) Some originality in the application of this knowledge in the form of a substantial
dissertation.

249
41.19.5Programme Delivery and Duration

1. Programme Delivery Methodology


The ZU MSc. Economics and Finance Programme shall be conducted through lecture sessions and
seminar presentations in addition to assigned group works, term papers and individual study.

2. Programme Duration and Schedule


The ZU MSc. Economics and Finance Programme is a four semester structured two year degree
programme. The taught component of the programme has 15 course units and requires three
semesters while the dissertation is to be completed in the fourth semester. A semester shall
comprise 16 weeks of lecture sessions and seminars. Students are to complete four units per
semester. Each course unit is allocated 48 contact hours.

41.20 The Bachelor of Arts with Education in Languages

AL 111: ARABIC GRAMMAR AND MORPHOLOGY -1

This course studies basic grammar rules, introductory reading, writing and conversation. The course
entails language skills including listening, writing assignments, reading short texts and participating in
dialogues.

AL 112: ARABIC PHONOLOGY & PHONETICS

This course introduces the learners to the concept of phonology and phonetics of Arabic language. It
describes the speech organs and it looks into the sounds that build the Arabic language, character of each
sound, and the vocal apparatuses involved in the production of each sound.

AL 113: ARABIC LINGUISTICS (FIQ’HI ALLUGHAH)

The course is designed to give the introduction of the study of linguistics as explored by the Arab
Scholars; it explores and covers the following topics: Old historical linguistics, modern linguistics,
comparative and applied linguistics. the course will also look into great pioneers who contributed in the
field of Arabic Linguistics such as Khaliyl bin Ahmad, Abu al Aswad al Dualy. Ibn, Jinny, and
250
Zamkhashry.

AL 121:ARABIC GRAMMAR AND MORPHOLOGY -11

This course is designed to provide the students with adequate knowledge of Grammar and Morphology. It
will provide them with a set of morphological rules for the formation of Arabic words. It will also
highlight different forms of the verbs and derivational nouns as well as the process of addition and
deletion in Arabic words.

AL122: ARABIC LANGUAGE IN EAST AFRICA

The course aims to examine real situation of Arabic Language in East Africa in general and Zanzibar in
particular. It also aims to investigate the effects of Arabic Language on Kiswahili,. It also traces the
historical relationship between the Arabs and the people of East Africa as a whole and the role of local
scholars in spreading Arabic and Education in the area.

AL123: RHETORIC’S ( AL BALAAGHA ) – 1

This course is designed to present the learners with an introduction to the study of balaagha , so that they
will be acquainted with the terms of balaagha such as fasaha, balaagha, usluub, also with examples of
classical writing The course also looks into ilm al bayaan which enables the learners to understand the
register of speech and characteristics of each register.

AL 211: ARABIC GRAMMAR AND MORPHOLOGY -111

The course strengthens students‟ capability in Arabic grammatical and structural knowledge as well as
their linguistic capability in writing and reading. This course is the follow-up of the course (AL 121)
above, and therefore it is highly recommended that anyone taking this course must have passed the
previous course.

AL 212: ARABIC LITERATURE :(PRE- ISLAMIC, ISLAMIC &AMAWY)

The Course traces the situation of Arabic literature before Islam; during Islamic era and during the reign
of Amawiyyiin. The course gives the detailed description on Islamic views towards the arts of poetry and
251
prose. It also looks into the role of the poetry in Islamic propagation (daawa). It also describes the
political and social atmosphere of Al Umayyad period.

AL213: RHETORIC’S- 11 ( AL BALAAGHA )


This course is the continuation of the previous Course (AL113)

This course looks into the development of the study of balaagha ; it provide knowledge on the early
pioneers who contributed in this field. The course also introduces the learners to the difference between
the study of rhetoric‟s and criticism.

AL221: ARABIC GRAMMAR AND MORPHOLOGY- IV

This course is the continuation of the previous course ( AL 231).

The course strengthens students‟ competence in Arabic grammar and structure as well as their linguistic
capability in writing and reading. The students are exposed to advanced grammatical rules of Arabic
language and their applications.

AL222: ARABIC LITERATURE- 11(AL ABASY & ANDALUSY) (OPTIONAL )

The Course traces the effects of the foreign culture and translation on the Abasid literature.. The course
gives the detailed description on how Arabic literature was affected by the foreign influence during
Abasid reign. The course also gives the detailed description on the rise Andalus literature, its characters
and the factors affecting its growth.

AL 223: COMPARATIVE LINGUISTICS (OPTIONAL)

This course is designed to provide students with advanced knowledge in Arabic and other language that
they have already learnt according to their specialization. It is the course that will sharpen students‟
awareness and competence in descriptive linguistics. Various perspectives will be used to explore the
study of language analysis into its different concepts. The course will focus into differences in Grammar,
syntax, word formation, and style of both languages.

252
AL 224: LEXICOLOGY. COURSE CODE

The course provides knowledge on science of dictionaries since early times; it looks into the origin of the
study of dictionaries among Muslim scholars and different schools approach towards the study of
dictionaries. The course also investigates different kinds of Arabic dictionaries written by great scholars
such ( al Aiyn ) by Khalyl bin Ahmad al Farahoody in the 1st century of the Islamic Calendar . The course
as well gives detailed descriptions to the learners on how to use these dictionaries a far as the
arrangements of their entries are concerned.

AL 311: ARABIC GRAMMAR AND MORPHOLOGY-V

The course provides advanced Arabic Grammar and thus maximizes the learners‟ linguistic competence as
well as strengthens their capability in Arabic grammar and structure.

AL 312: ARABIC TEACHING METHODOLOGY

This course is designed for Non-native Arabic Speaking students. It covers knowledge and skills needed
to design teaching and learning situations related to Arabic language teaching with its social and
communicative implications. Emphasis is put on communicative approach, which deals with integrated
language skills. Field teaching practice is an integral part of this course.

AL 313: TRANSLATION SKILLS - 1

This course is designed to provide the students with basic principles of translation through application of
knowledge they have already learnt in their previous courses. The emphasis is put on developing students‟
ability to perceive both languages (Arabic and English) and to be able to transfer knowledge from one
Language to another.

AL 321: TRANSLATION SKILLS -11

This the follow-up of the previous course (Translation Skills 1) it highly recommended that students who
take this course should have taken course (AL 353: Translation Skills -1)

253
AL 322: MODERN ARABIC LITERATURE (OPTIONAL)

The course introduces the modern literature from 18th century to 19th century as opposed to old literature.
It focuses on the essence of the renaissance and its rise in modern times.

AL 263: PROSODY: (OPTIONAL)

The course provides general knowledge about the study of Prosody. It traces the development of prosody;
its founders and initiatives of the scholars on this field. Besides the course will look into the common
Arabic poem meters, features and music.

KL 100: KISWHILI LANGUAGE AND LINGUISTICS

This core course is essential for students who intend to study the nature of Kiswahili language as an
African language. It will also deal with the study of Linguistics and its importance in the study of
Kiswahili.

KL 114: KISWAHILI PHONETICS AND PHONOLOGY

This course comprises such topics as phonetics and phonology being among the branches of Kiswahili
Linguistics. The course also includes the study of Kiswahili phonemes and allophones, Articulator
Phonetics, Analysis of different Kiswahili sounds (phonemes) and their functions, as well as their
distinctive features. It also includes the syllable and its structure, tones stress etc will be dealt with in
this course.

KL 115: KISWAHILI LITERATURE AND CRITICISM

This course is aimed at providing students with knowledge of the different theories Kiswahili
literature, the different Kiswahili literary genres and their importance in modern life. Students will
also be encouraged to read and appreciate Kiswahili literary works including novels, poems and
drama. The course will also focus on theories on literary criticism to enable students to judge and
evaluate and different Kiswahili Literary works by using the techniques they will learn in the course.

254
KL 103: TRANSLATION THEORY

The course has the objective of equipping students with translation theories, knowledge and skills so as
to enable them to be good translators especially in bilingual situation.

KL 200: KISWAHILI MORPHOLOGY

This course will introduce the students to the different morphological concepts such as morphemes,
morphs, allomorphs, stems, root, lexemes, etc. Moreover, the students will learn the process of
affixation, inflection and derivation in Kiswahili Morphology.

KL 201: KISWAHILI SYNTAX

In this course students will learn the nature of different types and kinds of Sentences including the
four important types and their components: Statements, Questions, Commands, and Interjections. On
the other hand the students will also learn the different kinds of sentences as Simple Sentences,
Compound sentences, and Complex sentences and their structures.

KL 202: KISWAHILI DRAMA (OPTIONAL)

This optional course is for those students who are interested in Kiswahili drama or plays. The students
will learn the development of Kiswahili drama in both form and content. They will as well, read and
analyze, evaluate and judge different Kiswahili plays.

KL 203: HISTORY, GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT OF KISWAHILI

This second year student‟s course will be taught in the fourth semester. The students will learn the different
theories on the origin and development of Kiswahili and the different institutions and organs that were
responsible in its development and growth. The Institutions in question are religious, governmental and
even individuals in one way or another played a role in the advancement of Kiswahili language, both in the
past and the present.

255
KL 204: KISWAHILI STRUCTURE (OPTIONAL)

The purpose of this course is to provide students with enough knowledge of the Kiswahili structure to be
able to either use it academically such as in writing or teaching so that they can use the correct grammar.
Topics to be taught in this course include the basic grammar such as word classes, tenses, sentence
structures, and others that may be found suitable according the situation.

KL 205: CREATIVE WRITING (OPTIONAL)

Students who will opt for this course will have the opportunity and privilege to learn how to create and
write fictional works, including short stories, short and long novels, dramatic works, poems etc. Generally
speaking, this course will introduce students to writing imaginary and fictional works

KL 206: PSYCHOLINGUISTICS IN KISWAHILI (OPTIONAL)

This course is optional for those will be interested to learn language and the mind. Topics that will be dealt
with include how speakers think and express their thoughts in language especially in Kiswahili words and
how these words express the ideas of the speakers. Also the course will explore how misunderstandings
happen as a result of using the wrong word or expression.

KL 300: KISWAHILI SEMANTICS

This core course will explore the relationship between words and meaning in Kiswahili at different levels.
This will be essentially dealing with the development of the meaning of words. Thus different Kiswahili
words will be discussed to realize how their meaning has changed through time.

KL 301: KISWAHILI STYLISTICS (OPTIONAL)

The course will equip students with the necessary knowledge on Stylistics, the nature of stylistics its
importance in Language learning and the different styles authors apply in writing their works. This course is
very useful for both linguistics students and those who are interested in literary works.

256
KL 302: LANGUAGE TEACHING METHODS (OPTIONAL)

This is a third year course for language (Kiswahili) teachers Language Teaching Methods is designed for
those students who will opt teaching in their language course. The course will explore different language
teaching methods and techniques with special focus in Kiswahili language. This will ensure the production
of competent Kiswahili language teachers.

KL 303: APPLIED LINGUISTICS (OPTIONAL)

This is an optional course for third year students who will like to study Kiswahili linguistics and its
application. It will deal with the different issues on the proper use of linguistics either in writing grammar or
other texts.

KL 304: DISCOURSE ANLYSIS IN KISWAHILI

This is a course of the last semester for students taking it as a core course. It is a fundamental course in
language study because it plunges students in the analysis of language in general. Specifically it focuses on
speech, conversation, and even sentence analysis. Those who will learn this course will have the ability to
analyse different text for meaning, grammar and style.

KL 305: KISWAHILI DIALECTOLOGY

The study of Kiswahili dialects is essential for anyone studying the language. Thus this core course shall be
learnt by third year students. They will learn the various theories related to Kiswahili dialects, number of
the dialects according to different Swahili scholars, their locations, their characteristic features, and their
differences and how they deviate from the standard.

KL 306: LANGUAGE AND CULTURE (OPTIONAL)

It is a course that aims at introducing the relationship between language and culture and how language
expresses the culture of a particular society. Zanzibar culture will be focal point. Issues of dressing, food,

257
housing, marriage, childbirth, circumcision, upbringing, death and burial will be discussed in more detail.
The course will also attempt to see how the culture has changed or is changing with language as well other
external forces such as globalization, etc.

KL 307: KISWAHILI NOVELS (OPTIONAL)

This literary course is designed for those students who will be interested in literature so that they can study
at least one genre of it. They will read and appreciate as well analyze the form and content of different
Swahili novels both of the previous centuries and modern ones.

ENG 101: INTRODUCTION TO LANGUAGE AND LINGUISTICS

This courses covers Definition of linguistics and language, outlines the problems in defining language
and examining the properties and functions of language and the differences between humans and animals
use of 'language‟ recognizing, understanding and producing various speech sounds and patterns,
segmental features, phonological rules and their application; relating the phonetic alphabetic to the
orthographic system of English; understanding different types of writing; relating and describing
differences between-speech and writing, spelling and pronunciation and sources of irregularities.

ENG 102: INTRODUCTION TO PHONOLOGY AND PHONE TILES

This course covers Understanding sound patterns, segmental features, phonological rules and their
application; relating the phonetic alphabetic to the orthographic system of English; understanding
different types of writing; relating and describing differences between-speech and writing, spelling and
pronunciation and sources of irregularities.

ENG 121: INTRODUCTION TO MORPHOLOGY

This course covers Distinguishing between words and morphemes and the division of words into their
constituent morphemes; using morphological rules and processes; reviewing of morphological rules and
examining their roles in the morphophonemic process; analyzing the morphology and phonology of
selected individual languages.

258
ENG 122: HISTORICAL LINGUISTICS

This course covers Understanding how the language has changed over time to its present state; tracing the
development of English in Tanzania and its importance and implications in education; explaining and
understanding various terms related to language and apply them to various language situation; making
reasoned decisions of the language of instruction in schools at various levels of education.

ENG 211: ENGLISH SYNTAX

This course covers identifying various lexical and phrasal categories and their properties; putting them
together into meaningful sentences; connection of meaningful sentences to produce texts.

ENG 212: ENGLISH USAGE

The course includes Familiarizing with different styles of English and the use of such styles in various
situations; the differences between varieties of languages; understanding and studying
the various linguistic devices used to identify varieties in the language.

ENG 323: SOCIOLINGUISTICS

This course covers Interaction between language and society, the linguistic identity of social groups,
social attitude to language, standard and non standard form of language, the pattern and needs of national
language use. Social variations and levels of language formality as well as the social basis of
multilingualism

ENG 223: LEXICOGRAPHY


The course looks into semiotics and lexicography, conceptual systems and lexical
relations, systematic studies of vocabulary and terminology, different type of dictionary, planning and
organization of lexicographic work practice based on different theories, methods and principles.

259
ENG 311: SEMANTICS
This is a core course for all English language students. It deals with issues in language and examines the
various meaning relationships in English.

ED 116: FOUNDATION OF GENERAL EDUCATION. COURSE CODE:


This course is designed to introduce students to principles and objectives of education. The course focuses on
the earliest types of education in China, Egypt, Greece and the Roman Empire. The course will also
include the study of the importance of schools of education in Europe and America in modern times as well
as the Movement of Enlightment in Europe.

ED 117: FOUNDATION OF ISLAMIC EDUCATION


The course will examine the importance of Islamic education and major principles of Islamic vision of
education. The focus will be on the objectives, theory of knowledge in Islam and the concept of Islam to
universe and individual and society.

ED126: EDUCATION PSYCHOLOGY


The course is set up to equip the students with theories, features and requirement for development of
learner/child. The course will also explore the definition of Developmental Psychology and it's nature
and also it‟s importance to the learner and teacher. Problems of child hood and adolescence related to
development will be analyzed.

ED 127: HISTORY AND SYSTEMS OF EDUCATION IN AFRICA (OPTIONAL)


The course is intended to introduce the students to different educational systems in Africa in pre-colonial
era. Students will make analyses of the educational systems introduced by Europeans in Africa and their
effect on the African society. History of education in some African countries with special reference to
Zanzibar, Tanzania and other East African countries will be examined.

260
ED 216: CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT. COURSE CODE:
The course focus is to equip the students with concepts and knowledge of curriculum development analysis
and evaluation for school subjects. The main areas of focus are factors affecting design of curriculum,
planning of curricula and steps of designing. The role of the teachers, students and other stake holders
are examined.

ED 217 : GENERAL METHODS OFTEACHING


This course is designed to equip and familiarize students with professional and technical
experience about classroom teaching. The course will equip student with classroom management
through teaching methods, approaches and techniques. The students are expected to be engaged in
practical classroom teaching experiences such as lecturing, questions and answers, discussion
excursion and role plays. Microteaching will be part o the course.

ED 316: EDUCATION RESEARCH METHODOLOGY

The focus of this course is to introduce and familiarize the students with principles of conducting scientific
research. The main areas that will be examined are concept, types, importance of educational research and
the development of scientific methodology in education. The course will equip students with basic
knowledge and skills of conducting educational research and use of the research results in making
constructive educational decisions.

ED 326: EDUCATION MEASUREMENT & EVALUATION

The course introduces the students to the field of measurement and evaluation. The students are
expected to learn about the differences between evaluation and measurement and the definition of each of
them. Focus will be on the roles of evaluation, condition of measurement and approaches and techniques of
evaluation as to equip the students with various ways of carrying effective assessment.

TEACHING PRACTICE I & II (CORE)

This course is intended to provide students the opportunity of having practical observation of
school practices and the actual classroom practices. The course will familiarize the students
261
with technical experiences and make analysis of their observation. The students will also observe the
constraints and problems encountered during their observation.

262
42.0. FACULTY OF ENGINEERING (FoE)

42.1 Structure of the Faculty


The Faculty is operating with the following two start-up departments:-

1. Department of Computer Engineering and Information Technology, and


2. Department of Telecommunications Engineering.

42.2 Undergraduate degree programmes


The programmes of study currently offered at the Faculty lead to the following degree awards:-

1. Degree of Bachelor of Science (BSc) in Computer Engineering and Information


Technology (CEIT), and
2. Degree of Bachelor of Science (BSc) in Telecommunications Engineering (TE).

42.2.1 Duration of the Undergraduate Studies


The degrees offered are of four year duration in which the study programmes are run through
semester system. Each semester has a period of fifteen (15) teaching weeks followed by two (2)
weeks of semester final examinations.

42.2.2 Programme Objectives


In line with the vision and mission of the Zanzibar University the Faculty of Engineering is
committed to do the following:-

(i) To train technical engineers, well qualified for the telecommunications and electronic
industry market as well as computer engineering and information technology market;

(ii) To equip graduates with professional skills in the area of communication, computer
engineering and information technology;

(iii) To enable graduates to conduct Research and Development (R&D) activities;

(iv) To equip graduates with knowledge and skills, to analyze and solve technological

263
challenges and able to get involved and develop projects.

42.3 Programme Structure

(i) Degree Programmes in the Faculty do not have the same number of unit courses. The
minimum number of units to qualify for a degree in Computer Engineering and
Information Technology will be 147 while that for the Telecommunications Engineering
will be 126. This will include the units from all course modules, workshop training,
students‟ final projects and the sessions of Industrial Attachments. The actual number
of units that can be attained by a particular student will depend on which particular
student will depend on which particular elective courses will be selected.

(ii) Both BTE and BCEIT begin their specializations in the first year, first semester.

(iii) The Faculty of Engineering degree programmes comprise of core courses, compulsory
courses from other fields, electives, Industrial Attachment in industry, workshop
training and students final projects.

(a) Workshop training, aimed at giving practical experience, is done in the first
year of the programme and is assessed by continuous assessment only and
contributes to the final GPA.
(b) Industrial Attachment (IA) is done in each academic year except in the
fourth year of study. IA is of eight (8) weeks duration each at the end of
semester 2, semester 4 and semester 6. IAs do not have University
examination, but their reports are marked by Internal Examiners and
External Examiners whose assessments shall contribute to the final GPA.
(c) Students‟ final projects are run at the end of semester 7 and semester 8 and
are based on continuous assessments that contribute to the final GPA.
(iv) The academic year has two semesters each of which has fifteen (15) teaching weeks and
two (2) weeks for examinations.

(a) Each course (module) has two (2) hours for lectures and one (1) for
seminars – 3 contact hours per week, and this constitutes two (2) units per
week.
(b) 15 contact hours of lectures are equivalent to one (1) unit; 30 hours of
laboratory practicals are equivalent to one (1) unit.
(c) A course with laboratory practicals has a total of five (5) contact hours per
week and that constitutes 3 units.

264
(d) Course coding: The two letters indicate the hosting department and the third
digit shows the year of study; the fourth digit indicates the semester and the
fifth digit indicates the number of the course to be taught.

42.1 Department of Computer Engineering and IT

42.4 Undergraduate Degree Programme Offered


This Department offers a degree of Bachelor of Science in Computer Engineering and Information
Technology.

42.4.1 General Programme Objective


The programme is designed to train potential engineers at middle level positions in the
professional skills of computer engineering and information technology.

42.4.2 Specific Programme Objectives


At the end of the programme the graduates should be able to: -

(i) Master the concept of a computer system and processes involved in constructing or
analyzing it;

(ii) Grasp the topics across the breadth and depth of the discipline, with advanced
knowledge in one or more areas;

(iii) Have completed a sequence of design experiences encompassing hardware and software
elements, building on prior work, and including at least one major project;

(iv) Utilize a variety of computer – based and laboratory tools for the analysis and design of
computer systems:

(v) Understand the societal context in which engineering is practiced, as well as the effects
of engineering projects on society: and

(vi) Communicate their work in appropriate format (written, oral, and graphical) and to
critically evaluate materials presented by others in those formats.

265
Table 58: Programme Structure for the BSc in Computer Engineering and IT (BSc. (CEIT))

S/N First Year Second Year Third Year Fourth Year


Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 1 Semester 2
ET 111 ET121 ET 231 ET 241 CE 351 CE 361 CE 471 CE 482
Fundamental Fundamental Electrical Electrical 8 - bit 16 – bits Data-Base Software
1 s of of Digital Network Network Micro- Micro- Systems Testing and
Analogue Electronics Analysis I Analysis II processor processors Manageme
Electronics Systems nt
ET 112 ET 122 ET 232 ET 242 CE 352 CE 362 CE 472 CE 484
Principles of Introduction Analogue Digital Computer Computer Computer Network
Electrical to Electronics Electronics Operating Architecture Engineerin Security
2 Engineering Telecommuni Devices and Devices and Systems and g
cation Circuits Circuits Organization Maintenanc
Systems and e
Networks
ET 113 ET 123 ET 233 ET 243 CE 353 CE 363 CE 475 CE 499
Workshop CAD Electromag Electromagn Structured Object Modern Final Year
3 Training Techniques netics I etics II System Oriented Control Project II
Analysis and Analysis and Engineerin
Design Design g
CE 001 CE 002 CE 231 ET 244 CE 354 EM 482 EM 471 EM 481
Computer Computer Electrical Signals and Network Project Engineerin Entreprene
Skills I Skills II Measureme Systems Routers and Management g Ethics ur-ship for
4
nts and Routing and and Engineers
Instrumenta Operation Professiona
tion I Research l Conduct
CE 111 CE 122 CE 232 CE 244 CE 355 IA 361 CE 489 IA 481
Introduction Advanced Object Computer Classical Industrial Final Year Industrial
to Computers Programming Oriented Networks II Control attachment Project I Attachment
5
and with C++ Programmi Engineering I II III
Programmin ng with
g with C++ Java
MT 111 CE 121 CE 234 CE 241
Matrices And Computer Computer Electrical Elective 1 Elective 1 Elective 1 Elective 1
Basic Aided Networks I Measuremen
6
Calculus Drafting ts and
Instrumentati
on II
AL 117 MT 121 MT 231 MT 241
Arabic One Variable Several Statistics Elective 2 Elective 2 Elective 2 Elective 2
7 Communicat Calculus & Variables
ion Skills I Differential Calculus
Equations
EG 115 AL 127 IS 244
English Arabic Foundations
8 Communicat Communicati of Ethics and
ion Skills I on Skills Conduct of
Islam
EG 125 IA 241
English Industrial
9
Communicati Attachment
on Skills 1266
DS 126
10 Development
Studies
Recommended List of Third Year Electives

1. ET 351: Information Theory and Coding


2. ET 352: Linear Integrated Circuits
3. ET 354: VLSI Design and Technology
4. ET 355: Multimedia Systems
5. ET 361: Microwave Engineering
6. ET 362: Telecommunications Switching
7. ET 363: Digital System Design
8. CE 364: Digital Signal Processing
9. CE 365: Web Programming
10. CE 300: Selected Topics in Computer Engineering and Information Technology I

Recommended List of Fourth Year Electives

1. CE 473: Computer Graphics


2. ET 471: Mobile Communications
3. ET 472: Optical Communications
4. ET 473: Antennas and Wave Propagation
5. ET 481: Satellite Communications
6. ET 482: Telecommunications Policy and Regulations
7. ET 483: Medical Electronics
8. ET 484: Radar and Navigation Aids
9. CE 485: Microcontroller Systems
10. CE 400: Selected Topics in Computer Engineering and Information Technology II

42.5 Department of Telecommunications Engineering


42.2 Undergraduate Degree Programme Offered
This Department offers a degree of Bachelor of Science in Telecommunications Engineering (BSc
(TE)).

42.5.1 General Programme Objective


The BSc. degree in Telecommunication Engineering at the Zanzibar University is intended to train
Technical Engineers, well-qualified for the telecommunications and electronics industry market
and Research and Development (R&D) activities, ready to analyse and solve technological
challenges, and able to get involved and develop projects. The underlying goal of the degree
program is to foster an engineering attitude, that is, a justified confidence in one‟s ability to solve

267
technical problems. After completing the degree, graduates will have adequate knowledge to be
employed in the different sectors in Tanzania and abroad.

42.5.2 Specific Objectives of the Program


The B.Sc. in Telecommunication Engineering degree program is aimed to help students: -

(i) Meeting the new challenges set by the telecommunications trends;

(ii) To not only have the solid foundation in the basic sciences, engineering mathematics,
and general electrical engineering, but also in-depth specialization to assist them in
effective planning, analysis and design, implementation, operation, testing, maintenance
and management of telecommunications equipment and installations.

268
Table 59: Programme Structure for the BSc in Telecommunications Engineering (BSc. (TE))

First Year Second Year Third Year Fourth Year


S/N
Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 1 Semester 2
ET 111 ET121 ET 231 ET 241 ET 351 ET 361 ET 471 ET 481
Fundamentals Fundament Electrical Electrical Information Microwave Mobile Satellite
1 of Analogue al of Network Network Theory and Engineering Communica Communica
Electronics Digital Analysis I Analysis II Coding tion tion
Electronics
ET 112 ET 122 ET 232 ET 242 ET 352 ET 362 ET 472 ET 482
Principles of Introductio Analogue Digital Linear Telecommu Optical Telecommu
Electrical n to Electronics Electronics Integrated nication Communica nication
Engineering Telecommu Devices and Devices Circuits Switching tion Policy and
2
nication Circuits and Systems Regulation
Systems Circuits
and
Networks
ET 113 ET 123 ET 233 ET 243 ET 353 ET 363 ET 473 Elective 1
Workshop CAD Electromag Electromag Analogue Digital Antennas
3
Training Techniques netics I netics II Telecommu System and
nication Design Propagation
CE 001 CE 002 CE 231 ET 244 ET 356 ET 364 EM 471 Elective 2
Computer Computer Electrical Signals and Transducers Digital Engineering
Skills I Skills II Measureme Systems and Sensors Telecommu Ethics and
4
nts and nication Professional
Instrumenta Conduct
tion I
CE 111 CE 122 CE 232 CE 244 EM 481
Introduction Advanced Object Computer Entrepreneu
to Computers Programmi Oriented Networks Elective 1 Elective 1 Elective 1 rship
5
and ng with Programmin II
Programming C++ g with Java
with C++
MT 111 CE 121 CE 234 CE 241 ET 489
Matrices And Computer Computer Electrical Final Year
Basic Aided Networks I Measureme Elective 2 Elective 2 Elective 2 Project II
6
Calculus Drafting nts and
Instrument
ation II
AL 117 MT 121 MT 231 MT 241 IA 361 ET 489 IA 481
Arabic One Several Statistics Industrial Final Year Industrial
Communicati Variable Variables Attachment Project I Attachment
7
on Skills I Calculus & Calculus 2 3
Differential
Equations
EG 115 AL 127 IS 244
English Arabic Foundation
Communicati Communic s of Ethics
8
on Skills I ation Skills and
Conduct of
Islam
EG 125 IA 241
269
9 English Industrial
Communic Attachment
ation Skills 1
DS 126
10 Developme
nt Studies

Recommended List of Third Year Electives

1. ET 354: VLSI Design and Technology


2. ET 355: Multimedia Systems
3. CE 351: 8-Microprocessors
4. CE 352: Computer Operating Systems
5. CE 353: Structured System Analysis and Design
6. C 354: Network Routers and Routing Protocols
7. ET 365: Digital Signal Processing
8. CE 361: 16-Microprocessors
9. CE 364: Classical Control Engineering
10. CE 300: Selected Topics in Telecommunications Engineering I

Recommended List of Fourth Year Electives

1. CE 471: Database Programming


2. CE 474: Modern Control Engineering
3. CE 484: Information and Communication Network Security
4. ET 483: Medical Electronics
5. ET 484: Radar and Navigation Aids
6. EM 482: Project Management and Operation Research
7. CE 400: Selected Topics in Telecommunications Engineering II

270
42.6 FoE Course Listing

CE 111: INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTERS AND PROGRAMMING WITH C++

The course content includes introduction to computers, computer systems – hardware and software, data
representation, introduction to programming and C++ overview, functions and variables, and classes in
C++.

ET 111: FOUNDAMENTAL OF ANALOGUE ELCRONICS

The course content includes passive electronic component, types of materials, semiconductor diode,
special purpose diodes, bipolar junction transistor and field effect transistors.

ET 112: PRINCIPLES OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

The course content includes basic concepts, series and parallel circuits, capacitance, generation of AC
voltages, series R-L, R-C and R-L-C loads.

MT 111: MATRICES AND BASIC CALCULUS

The course content covers vector algebra, Matrix Algebra, determinants, complex numbers, limit and
continuity and review of differentiations.

ET 113: WORKSHOP TRAINING

The course covers computer network workshop: learning of different parts of PC, dismantling and
assembling of PCs, maintenance of PC; electrical workshop: electrical engineering, technology of
domestic and industrial machine installation, fault finding and safety regulations; electronics workshop:
components identification, determination of value, resistors, capacitors, making and testing circuits,
telecommunications circuits.

271
CE 121: COMPUTER AIDED DRAFTING

This course covers section solid, perspective views of simple objects, principle of Axonometric Views,
interpretation of solids, development of surfaces and monograms.

CE 122: ADVANCED PROGRAMMING WITH C++

This course covers operator overloading, initialization and assignment, storage management, inheritance
and polymorphism, input and output in C++ programmes, exceptions and templates.

MT 121: ONE VARIABLE CALCULUS AND DIFFERENTIAL QUATIONS

The course content cabers review of Techniques of integration, differential equations, sequences,
numerical methods, infinite series and fourier series.

ET 121: FUNDAMENTAL OF DIGITAL ELECTRONICS

The course content covers number systems and codes, logic gates and Boolean algebra, simplification of
logic expressions, combination and arithmetic logic circuits.

ET 122: INTRODUCTION TO TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEMS AND NETWORKS

The course content includes introduction to telecommunications, telecom regulatory bodies for
standardization, public switched telephone network (PSTN), IP-PSTN hybrid network, transmission
systems, integrated services digital network (ISDN) and internet technology.

ET 123: CAD TECHNIQUES

The course content includes using of circuit marker software, using electronics work bench like software,
computer aided PCB design using ORCAD and working with MATLAB.

CE 231: ELECTRICAL MEASUREMENTS & INSTRUMENTATION I

The course content covers general and fundamental concepts and definitions, power measurements,
instrumentation transformers and bridges.

272
CE 232: OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING WITH JAVA

The course covers introduction to Java programming, object oriented programming, programming
structures, data structures and Java utilities and tools.

CE 234: COMPUTER NET WORKING I

The course content covers networking, networking media, fiber optic cabling, cable testing, LAN
technologies, Ethernet fundamentals and media access method.

MT 231: SEVERAL VARIABLES CALCULUS

The course content covers functions of several variables, vector differential calculus, integral calculus of
functions of several variables, complex analysis and lap lace transform.

ET: 231 ELECTRICAL NETWORKS ANALYSIS I

The course covers introduction to R.C.L.M elements, dependent and independent sources, D.C circuits
and A.C circuits.

ET 232: ANALOGUE ELECTRONICS DEVICES AND CIRCUITS

The course covers biasing of BJT and FETs, BJT and FET small signal analysis, analysis of analogue
electronic circuits (BJT), analysis of analogue electronic circuits (FET) and CAD of analogue circuits.

ET 233: ELECTROMAGNETIC

The course covers vector: basic vector analysis in cartesian, cylindrical and spherical coordinate systems,
coordinate system transformation; electrostatics: electrostatic forces and Coulomb‟s law, divergence and
Gauss‟s law, Lap lace‟s and Poisson‟s equations and dielectrics and their properties; magneto statics:
magnetic forces, materials, inductances, curl, Ampere‟s law, scalar and vector magnetic potentials
magnetic boundary conditions.

273
CE 241: ELECTRICAL MEASUREMENTS AND INSTRUMENTATION II

The course covers electronic measuring instruments, recording instruments, digital measuring instruments
and methods, electrical measurements of non-electrical quantities and signal conditioning and processing.

CE 244: COMPUTER NETWORKING II

The course covers introduction to layered models, open systems interconnection (051/150) reference
model, TCP/IP model, IP fundamental, subnetting, TCP and UDP fundamentals, some TCP/IP and
UDP/IP applications and other TCP/IP protocols.

MT 241: STATISTICS

The course content covers descriptive statistics, elementary probability theory, distributions, regression
analysis and correlation, experimental design and analysis of variables, product and system reliability and
quality control.

ET 241: NETWORKS ANALYSIS II

The course content covers transients analysis, two-port theory, Graph Theory: the use of graph theory to
electrical circuits; circuit synthesis;

ET 242: DIGITAL ELECTRONICS DEVICES AND CIRCUITS

The course content covers sequential logic circuits, finite state machines, integrated circuit logic families,
D/A & A/D conversion.

ET 243: ELECTROMAGNETIC II

The course content covers time varying fields, reflection and refraction of electromagnetic waves and
transmission line theory.

IA 241, IA 361, and IA 481: INDUSTRIAL ATTACHMENTS

Industrial Attachment (IA) is done in each academic year except in the fourth year of study. IA is of eight

274
(8) weeks duration each at the end of semester 2, semester 4 and semester 6. IAs do not have University
examination, but their reports are marked by Internal Examiners and External Examiners whose
assessments shall contribute to the final GPA.

ET 244: SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS

The course content covers introduction to signals, linear time – invariant systems, Z transform, Fourier
series for continuous time and discrete time, continuous time and discrete time fourier transform and
sampling.

CE 351: 8-BIT MICROPROCESSOR SYTEMS

The course content includes introduction to 8-bit microprocessors, Intel 8085 interrupt system, 1/0
implementation and Intel 8085 assembly language.

CE 352: COMPUTER OPERATING SYSTEMS

The course content covers fundamentals of OS, concurrent processing and Linux/windows operating
system.

CE 353: STRUCTURED SYSTEM ANALYSIS AND DESIGN

The course content covers software development life cycle, software development models, software
requirements, structured system analysis and structured system design.

CE 354: NETWORK ROUTERS AND ROUTING

The course content covers introduction to WANS, routers fundamentals and configuration, 105 software,
router configuration, routing protocols, TCP/IP suite error and control messages.

CE 361: 16-BITS MICROPROCESSORS

The course content covers Intel 80 x 86 family evolution, assembly language fundamentals,
MASM/TASM fundamentals, software interrupts and high-level languages interfacing with assembly

275
language (emphasis on using C++).

CE 362: COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE AND ORGANIZATION I

The course content includes computer evolution and arithmetic, the central processing unit, the control
unit, memory organization, 1/0 organization, and parallel organization.

CE 363: OBJECT ORIENTED ANALYSIS AND DESIGN

The course content covers introduction to object oriented modelling, object oriented analysis, problem
statement, using UML CASE Tools, object oriented methods and programme design.

CE 364: CLASSICAL CONTROL ENGINEERING I

The course content covers frequency response, SyQuest plots, closed loop frequency response, automatic
controllers, compensation and non-linear systems.

CE 365: WEB PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES

The course content covers introduction to internet programming, creating internet World Wide Web pages,
HTML forms programming, programming languages on the internet and creating interactive executable
content with Java.

ET 351: INFORMATION THEORY AND CODING

The course content covers information and channel capacity, source encoding, communication channels
and error correcting codes.

ET 352: LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS

The course content covers operational amplifiers, application of IPAMP, signal generators and
conditioners, multi vibrators and timer and regulators.

276
ET 353: ANALOGUE TELECOMMUNICATION

The course content covers generation of AM, FM generation methods, AM and FM transmitters, TRF
receivers, Noise-various: noise sources, and pulse modulation, PAM, PWM, PPM and generation and
detection, correlation between waveforms, cross-correlation, autocorrelation, etc., sampling, quantization
and multiplexing.

ET 354: VL 51 DESIGN AND TECHNOLOGY

The course content covers introduction to VLSI design methodology, fabrication of MOSFET, MOS
transistor, MOS inverters, and characteristics and interconnect effects, combinational MOS logic circuits
and chip I/P and O/P circuits.

ET 355: MULTIMEDIA SYSTEMS

The course content covers introduction to multimedia, multimedia resources, Test attributes and
guidelines, Video: MPEG compression standards, animation, compression techniques, design and
development multimedia.

ET 361: MICROWAVE ENGINEERING

The course content covers introduction to microwaves theory of transmission lines, waves, microwave,
microwave semiconductor device, application of microwave diode for detection and mixing, microwave
components and microwave measurements.

ET 362: TELECOMMUNICATION SWITCHING SYSTEMS

The course content covers evaluation of public telephone systems, classification of switching systems,
basic telecommunications equipment, telephone hand set, pulse dialling and so on, bandwidth of
telephone channel, transmission media, open wire, multiplexing – FDM, TDM, WDM, SONET
multiplexing, traffic engineering, ISDN and data transmission.

277
ET 363: DIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN

The course content covers microcontrollers, programmable logic devices (PLDS) and FPGA, introduction
to PDLDs simulation software: Xilinx, VHDI and VERILOG memories elements: ROM, RAM, EPROM,
EEPROM, etc. and memory expansion.

ET 364: DIGITAL COMMUNICATION

The course content covers pulse code modulation, digital modulation techniques, spread spectrum
methods and application of spread spectrum and CDMA.

ET 365: DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING (DSP)

The course con tent covers the discrete Fourier transform and FFT, FIR filter design, II filter design and
application of digital signal processing.

ET 366: TRANSDUCERS AND SENSORS

The course content covers transducers – classification, characteristics of transducers, variable resistance
transducers, variable inductance and variable capacitance transducers and other transducers.

CE 471: DATABASE SYSTEMS

The course content covers introduction to different data bases, E-R model, entities and attributes, types
and relationships, ER diagrams; data base schema, case studies and ER examples; relation, from ER
diagrams to relations, combining relations, handling weak entity sets; relationship constraint: relationship
integrity constraints, primary key constraints, semantic integrity constraint; data base operations and
constraints, rational algebra, data base design – SQL and programming with data base.

CE 472: COMPUTER ENGINEERING MAINTENANCE

The course content covers PC hardware architecture, relationship between the windows operating system
and hardware, compare various system but structures, installation and support, troubleshooting
fundamentals.

278
CE 473: COMPUTER GRAPHICS

The course content covers introduction (basic) to computer graphics, introduction to class hierarchy, how
the eye sees colours, lighting and shading, hidden surface removal, geometry, animation and interaction.

CE 474: MODERN CONTROL ENGINEERING

The course content covers digital control systems, advanced topics: state space representation,
controllability, observability and so on and automation: introduction, sensors, actuators, industrial
electronics, motor drives, control components, introduction to robotics, & so on.

CE 482: SOFTWARE TESTING AND MANAGEMENT

The course content covers introduction to software testing, testing methods, testing levels, non-functional
testing, the testing process, automated testing and testing artifacts, certifications and controversy.

CE 484: INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION NETWORK SECURITY

The course content includes information security management: Introduction to basic terminologies; access
controls and audit trails: Identification and authentication techniques; passwords, biometric, access
control techniques, access control models; application security: Data bases and data warehousing,
data/information storage, password attacks, application attacks; network security: Cryptographic concepts,
overview of computer security, public key cryptographic and digital signatures, public key cryptography
in Java, certificates and keys in Java, e-mail security, firewalls, VPNs and IPSec and wireless network
security.

CE 485: MICROCONTROLLER SYSTEMS

The course content includes introduction to difference between microprocessor and microcontroller, Intel
8052 microcontroller architecture, interrupts: configuration, polling, priority and so on; programming:
Assembly language instruction set I/D ports programming, serial ports programming, etc.

ET 471: MOBILE COMMUNICATION

279
The course content covers the cellular concept, the mobile radio environment, modulation techniques for
mobile communication: BPSK, QPSK, QAM and GMSK; equalization, diversity and channel coding;
multiple access techniques and GSM – global system for mobile.

ET 472: OPTICAL COMMUNICATION

The course content includes overview of optical fiber communications, optical fibers: Structures, wave
guiding and fabrication signal degradation in optical fibers, optical sources, power launching and
coupling, optical receivers, transmission systems and applications and fiber optical measurements.

ET 473: ANTENNA AND PROPAGATION

The course content covers radiation, antenna arrays special purpose antennas and propagation.

ET 481: SATELLITE COMMUNICATION

The course content covers satellite communication technology, link design, access techniques, satellite
services and mobile satellite networks.

ET 482: TELECOMMUNICATION POLICY AND REGULATION

The course content covers introduction to the history and evolution of the telecommunications industry,
spectrum management, legal and regulatory frameworks, licensing of telecommunications networks and
regional and international telecommunication issues and bodies.

ET 483: MEDICAL ELECTRONICS

The course content covers anatomy and physiology, overview of medical electronics equipment,
electrodes, transducers, bio medical recorders, patient monitoring and safety aspects of medical
instruments.

280
ET 484: RADAR AND NAVIGATIONAL AIDS

The course content covers navigation, principles of radar, MTI radar, modern radar, navigational and
remote sensing radar, duration findings, aircraft homing system and instrument landing system.

ET 485: PROJECT MANAGEMENT & OPERATIONS RESEARCH

The course content covers project formalities; UNIDO, OECD and RBI guidelines; network based on
project management applications, CPM, PERT, GERT and DCPM activities; project monitoring and
control; linear programming, assignment problem and simulation.

ET 489: PROJECT I & PROJECT II

The course content covers problem solving, research, electronics and telecommunications engineering
design and economic evaluation; project topics originating from current electronics and
telecommunications engineering problems; problem definition, hypothesis building, literature survey and
solution procedure and requirements, etc.

EM 471: ENGINEERING ETHICS AND PROGESSIONAL CONDUCT

The course content covers introduction to engineering ethics and professionalism, moral and ethical
theories and methods, professional responsibility, risk and moral responsibility, corrupt forms, gender
issues in engineering and code of ethics and international issues in engineering ethics.

EM 481: ENTREPRENEURSHIP FOR ENGINEERS

The course content covers framework of techno-entrepreneurship, product innovation and strategic
marketing, value adding transformation processes, organizing and managing technology – based
enterprise and the financial aspects in techno – entrepreneurship.

281
43.0. FACULTY OF HEALTH AND ALLIED SCIENCES (FoHAS)

43.1 Structure of the Faculty


The Faculty of Health and Allied Sciences (FoHAS) is operating with one start-up department of
Nursing and Midwifery. Other two departments are expected to start soon. These are: -
1. Department of Medicine, and
2. Department of Pharmaceutical Sciences.

43.1.1 General Objective of the BSc (Nursing) Programme


The general objective of teaching BSc. in Nursing is to increase the number of highly qualified
and competent nurses and health care personnel so as to fill the vacant posts for the required
professional nurses and to cope with the increasing demand of the health care specialists at degree
level.

43.1.2 Specific Objectives of the BSc (Nursing) Programme


The advancement and sophistication in health service and the growing demand of professional
health personnel in Tanzania and worldwide, call for new areas of specialized competence and
skills amongst the medical and health professionals. The BSc. in Nursing degree program is
therefore aimed at meeting the existing and new challenges set by these trends, whereby, upon
successful completion of the program, graduates will have not only the solid foundation in the
basic health sciences, biology, and general medical care, but also in-depth nursing specialization to
assist them in effective professional services in any medical and health facility in the world.

The specific objectives of the Bachelor of Science in Nursing (BSc. (Nursing) or BSc. (NUR) or
(BScN)) offered by Zanzibar University, therefore, include the following: -

(i) To prepare a generation of graduates with strong theoretical and practical skills in the
area of nursing;

(ii) To prepare research personnel in the field of nursing;

282
(iii) To prepare graduates who have undergone in-service training, professional development
programmes and professional training in the fields of nursing;

(iv) To prepare graduates ready to conduct R&D in the fields of nursing;

(v) To prepare graduates who can provide nursing public services and undertake health
related commitment for development programmes; and

(vi) To prepare graduates competent to create linkages and interactions with both private
and public sectors at national and international level in the field of nursing.

43.2 Structure of the BSc. (Nursing) Programme and Assessment


BSc. (Nursing) offered by Zanzibar University is a four years‟ generic degree programme
including the integrated practice. Under any circumstance, student will have a maximum of 6
years only to complete this programme, including the repeated semesters or semesters on leave of
absence. The degree programme has ranges of courses from first year to 4th year. In the
description, the courses are listed with respective number of units, the specific features of
individual courses to include course objectives, detailed course contents, prerequisites, mode of
delivery, mode of assessment, and recommended textbooks/references.
The nursing degree program comprises of core courses, other compulsory courses from other
fields, elective courses, internship, clinical practices, and clinical management and education
courses. All the prescribed courses will contribute to the computation of final Cumulative Grade
Point Average (CGPA).

The minimum number of credit point units to qualify for a BSc. (Nursing) degree will be 108 (54
course units) to include the units from all courses, internships, and clinical practices. The actual
number of units that can be attained by a particular student will depend on which particular
elective courses will be selected. For this program, the University wide general examinations
guidelines and regulations apply. Without affecting the general university wide general
examinations regulations, the following must be adhered regarding BSc. (Nursing) subjects‟
assessments: -

283
(i) There shall be attendance requirement for a candidate to be allowed to sit for university
examinations. No candidate shall be permitted to appear in any one of the parts of B.Sc.
in Nursing Degree course examinations unless he/she has attended the course in the
subject for the prescribed period.

(ii) Unless otherwise stated from subject to subject, a candidate is required to put in a
minimum of 90% of attendance in both theory and practical separately in each subject
before admission to the examinations.

(iii) If the candidate is lacking attendance in any one of the subject(s), he/she will be
detained for the subject(s) in which the candidate lacks attendance, but will be permitted
to appear for the rest of the subjects in which the candidate is having minimum required
percentage of attendance.

(iv) Specifically, a candidate must have 100% attendance in each of the practical areas
before the award of the BSc. (Nursing) degree. This has no exception including for
those who might be on leave for any reasons including pregnancy, child birth, or
medical conditions of any nature.

(v) Common to all subjects in BSc. (Nursing), the internal assessment shall consist of the
following items for evaluation: - (i) Theory and Oral/Viva Voce with the weightage of
marks as follows: -

TABLE 60: INDICATIVE ASSESSMENT GUIDE FOR BSC (NURSING)

S/N Item % marks

1 University mid-term examination 25

2 Assignments 10

3 Practical examination 20

4 Clinical evaluation 10

5 Case study/case book 05

284
6 Practical record 10

7 Observational/field visit 10

8 Viva Voce and oral presentations 10

TOTAL 100

(vi) A minimum of two practical examinations shall be conducted in each subject, wherever
practical has been included in the curriculum.

Table 61: Programme Structure for the BSc in Nursing (BSc. (Nursing))

First Year (32 credit units)


First Semester (16.5 credit units)
S/N Course Code Course Name Credit units
1 NUR 111 Human Anatomy 2.0
2 NUR 112 Human Physiology 2.0
3 NUR 113 Principles of Nutrition 2.0
4 NUR 114 Basic Biochemistry 2.0
5 NUR 115 Nursing Concepts of Practice 2.0
6 NUR 116 Clinical Practice I 2.0
7 EG 115 English Communication Skills I 2.0
8 AL 117 Arabic Communication Skills 2.5

Second Semester (15.5 credit units)


1 NUR 121 Psychology for Health Professionals 2.0
2 NUR 122 Basic Medical Microbiology 2.0
3 NUR 123 Infection and Immunity 2.0

285
4 NUR 124 Introduction to Computing and Nursing 2.0
Informatics
5 NUR 125 Hematology 2.0
6 NUR 126 Clinical Practice II 2.0
7 EG 125 English Communication Skills II 2.0
8 DS 126 Development Studies 1.5

Second Year(28 credit units)


Third Semester (16credit units)
1 NUR 211 Pathology 2.0
2 NUR 212 Community Health Nursing I 4.0
3 NUR 213 Medical-Surgical Nursing I 2.0
4 NUR 214 Critical Care 4.0
5 NUR 215 Pharmacology for health professionals 2.0
6 NUR 216 Clinical Practice III 2.0

Fourth Semester (12 credit units)

1 NUR 221 Sociology of Health and Illness 2.0


2 NUR 222 Clinical Assessment 2.0
3 NUR 223 Medical-Surgical Nursing II 2.0
4 NUR 225 Reproductive Health I 2.0
5 NUR 226 Clinical Practice IV 2.0
6 IS 244 Foundations of Ethics and Conduct 2.0

Third Year(24 credit units)

Fifth Semester (12 credit units)

1 NUR 311 Reproductive Health II 2.0


2 NUR 312 Midwifery and Obstetrical Nursing 4.0
3 NUR 313 Pain Management in Nursing practice 2.0
286
4 NUR 314 Philosophy and Ethics for Nursing 2.0
5 NUR 315 Mental Health Nursing/ Developmental 2.0
Psychology
6 NUR 316 Clinical Practice V 2.0

Sixth Semester (12 credit units)


1 NUR 321 Communication and Educational Technology 2.0
2 NUR 323 Genetics 2.0
3 NUR 324 Research and Nursing Practice 2.0
4 NUR 325 Nursing Diagnosis 2.0
5 NUR 326 Epidemiology 2.0
6 NUR 327 Clinical Practice VI 2.0

Fourth Year (24 credit units)


Seventh Semester (14 credit units)
1 NUR 411 Medical Parasitology and Entomology 2.0
2 NUR 412 Statistics for Nurses 2.0
3 NUR 413 Community Health Nursing II 4.0
4 NUR 414 Management of Nursing Services and 2.0
Education
5 XXX 4xx/3xx Elective I 2.0
6 NUR 498 2.0

Eighth Semester (12 credit units)


1 NUR 422 Leadership and Management in Nursing 2.0
2 NUR 42x Elective II 4.0
3 NUR 490 Research Project 4.0

287
4 NUR 499 Clinical practice VII 2.0

List of Electives I for Semester VII of BSc. (Nursing)


1 LW 4xx Understanding Medical Law 2.0
2 ET 355 Multimedia Systems 2.0
3 EC 4xx Health Sector and Economics 2.0
4 CE 471 Database Programming 2.0
5 NUR 430 Sociology & Anthropology 2.0

List of Electives II for Semester VIII of BSc. (Nursing)


1 IT xxx Ethics in Science & Technology 2.0
3 BA xxx Entrepreneurship 2.0
4 CE 002 Computer Skills II 2.0
5 EM 482 Project Management and Operation Research 2.0

288
43.3 BSc (Nursing) Course Listing

First Year, First Semester

NUR 111: Human Anatomy

The course is designed to assist students to acquire the knowledge of the normal structure of human body
& functions. To ensure the students understand the alternation in anatomical structure and function in
disease and practice of Nursing.

NUR 112: Human Physiology

The Course is designed to assist the students to acquire knowledge of the normal physiology of various
human body systems and understand the alterations in physiology in diseases and practice of nursing.

NUR 113: Principles of Nutrition

The Course is designed to assist the students to acquire knowledge of nutrition for maintenance of
optimum health at different stages of life and its application for practice of nursing

NUR 114: Basic Biochemistry

This course will introduce students the basic knowledge of biochemistry and pharmacology, with a strong
emphasis on the underlying biochemical principles of drug action. The course will describe protein
structure and enzyme kinetics and will relate these to clinical pharmacology. The student will explore the
application of drugs/drug therapy used to treat inflammation, hypertension, thrombosis, cancer and
bacterial infection.

NUR 115: Nursing Concepts of Practice


This course is designed to help the students to develop an understanding of the philosophy, objectives,
theories and process of nursing in various Supervised Clinical settings. It is aimed at helping the students
to acquire knowledge, understanding and skills in techniques of nursing and practice them in Supervised

289
Clinical settings. It also covers the nursing processes of assessment, diagnosis; planning, implementation
and evaluation are identified and explained for a selection of patients across the lifespan who have
complex psychological and physiological need interferences. In concurrent clinical practice, students will
demonstrate knowledge and skills, integrating pharmacology, nutrition, communication principles, and
utilizing advanced technologies.

NUR 116: Clinical Practice I


Clinical practice provides students with an opportunity to achieve competence in safe and effective work
practice as well as develop the skills, knowledge, attitudes, values and abilities identified in the
professional international bodies.

Clinical practice encompasses a variety of urban and rural and clinical placements which are designed to
expose students to clinical experiences relevant to their stage of study. To optimize students‟ exposure to
different clinical areas, at some stage during their degree, students will be required to travel to different
places.

EG 115: English Communication Skills I

To introduce to the learners the description of English language in general and intensify the student‟s
capability in reading, speaking, writing and understanding the English Language so as to enable the
students refer to English Texts for educational purposes and other purposes as well.

AL 117: Arabic Communication Skills

To introduce to the learners the description of Arabic language in general and intensify the student‟s
capability in reading, speaking, writing and understanding the Arabic Language so as to enable the
students refer to Arabic Texts for educational purposes and other purposes as well.

First Year, Second Semester

NUR 121: Psychology for Health Professionals

This course is designed to assist the students to acquire knowledge of fundamentals of psychology and

290
develop an insight into behaviour of self and others. Further it is aimed at helping them to practice the
principles of mental hygiene for promoting mental health in nursing practice.

NUR 122: Basic Medical Microbiology

This course is designed to enable students to acquire understanding of fundamentals of Microbiology and
identification of various micro-organisms. It also provides opportunities for practicing infection control
measures in hospital and community settings.

NUR 123: Infection and Immunity

This subject provides students with knowledge of infection and immunology necessary for
complementary health professionals. The infection section of the course concentrates on the pathogens
responsible for common infectious diseases. It highlights modes of transmission of these diseases, their
spread and methods of their prevention and control. The immunology section provides students with
knowledge of immunological concepts relative to the defense against pathogens and development of
autoimmune diseases.

NUR 124: Introduction to Computing and Nursing Informatics

An introduction to computers and nursing informatics focusing on applications to the nursing profession.

NUR 125: Hematology

This course prepares students for a clinical practicum in hematology. It is designed so students may
achieve stated objectives. The course involves lecture, discussion and performance skills.

NUR 126: Clinical Practice II


Clinical practice provides students with an opportunity to achieve competence in safe and effective work
practice as well as develop the skills, knowledge, attitudes, values and abilities identified in the
professional international bodies. Clinical practice encompasses a variety of urban and rural and clinical
placements which are designed to expose students to clinical experiences relevant to their stage of study.
To optimize students‟ exposure to different clinical areas, at some stage during their degree, students will

291
be required to travel to different places.

EG 125: English Communication Skills I

To introduce to the learners the description of English language in general and intensify the student‟s
capability in reading, speaking, writing and understanding the English Language so as to enable the
students refer to English Texts for educational purposes and academic writing To introduce students in
academic writing skills using APA format and referencing

DS 126: Development Studies

The course intends to provide the students with insight into development theories and practices through
analytical framework. This will enable them to understand the reasons for different viewpoints on global
inequality and poverty with an emphasis on linkages between local contents and international forces.

Second Year, Third Semester

NUR 211: Pathology

The aim of this course is to enable students to get introduction about pathology and very basic things like
cellular responses to stress and noxious stimuli and inflammation, cell injury and cell death, the
mechanisms involved in wound healing, pathology and pathogenesis of oedema and shock as well
enumerating and describe the abnormalities of cell growth and differentiation.

NUR 212: Community Health Nursing I

This course is designed for students to appreciate the principles of prevention, promotion and
maintenance of health for individuals, families and community.

NUR 213: Medical-Surgical Nursing I

This module focuses on the therapeutic management of patients with alterations in cardiovascular,
respiratory, hematological, endocrine, visual and dermatological function. It equips students with

292
knowledge and skills to provide safe care to meet the needs of patients in medical and surgical settings.
The purpose of this course is to acquire knowledge and develop proficiency in caring for patients with
medical and surgical disorders in varieties of health care settings and at home.

NUR 214: Critical Care

This course is designed to provide nursing students with the skills required to care competently and safely
for critically ill patient. It focuses on having the students expand their knowledge base and master critical
care nursing psychomotor skills associated with assessment and provision of comprehensive nursing care
for patient with acute life threatening conditions and attitudes through reflection in and on action in
clinical settings. It also focuses on the application of immediate rapid and accurate nursing assessment
and provision of quality nursing care according to priorities.

NUR 215: Pharmacology for health professionals

Pharmacology for health professionals is a theory course that introduces the student to the basic principles
of drug action and nursing implications within the framework of the nursing process. Specific drugs and
the pharmacologic affects of these drugs on the body are discussed. Calculation of intravenous
medications is included. Safety and legal implications of drug administration are discussed.

NUR 216: Clinical Practice III

Clinical practice provides students with an opportunity to achieve competence in safe and effective work
practice as well as develop the skills, knowledge, attitudes, values and abilities identified in the
professional international bodies. Clinical practice encompasses a variety of urban and rural and clinical
placements which are designed to expose students to clinical experiences relevant to their stage of study.
To optimize students‟ exposure to different clinical areas, at some stage during their degree, students will
be required to travel to different places.

293
Second Year, Fourth Semester

NUR 221: Sociology of Health and Illness

The sociology of health and illness aimed to enable students to recognize the interaction between society
and health, also to enable students to examine how social life impacts morbidity and mortality rates and
how morbidity and mortality rates impact society. This course also introduces at health and illness in
relation to social institutions such as the family, work, school, and religion as well as the causes of disease
and illness, reasons for seeking particular types of care, and patient compliance and noncompliance.

NUR 222: Clinical Assessment

Health Assessment is designed to provide the student with the theoretical knowledge of examining an
individual's state of health within the framework of Orem's Self-Care Deficit Theory. The universal self-
care requisites are addressed: maintenance of air, water, food, elimination, activity and rest, solitude and
social interaction, prevention of hazards and the promotion of human functioning. The student
experiences focus upon the utilization of a health history and the performance of physical assessment
skills to assemble a comprehensive health assessment.

NUR 223: Medical-Surgical Nursing II

The purpose of this course is to acquire knowledge and develop proficiency in caring for patients with
medical and surgical disorders in varieties of health care settings and at home.

NUR 225: Reproductive Health I

This module‟s objectives is to enable students to be aware of how illness can impact upon the sexuality or
sexual health of their client group, and be able to facilitate the provision of appropriate support.

294
NUR 226: Clinical Practice IV

Clinical practice provides students with an opportunity to achieve competence in safe and effective work
practice as well as develop the skills, knowledge, attitudes, values and abilities identified in the
professional international bodies. Clinical practice encompasses a variety of urban and rural and clinical
placements which are designed to expose students to clinical experiences relevant to their stage of study.
To optimize students‟ exposure to different clinical areas, at some stage during their degree, students will
be required to travel to different places.

IS 244: Foundations of Ethics and Conduct

The course intends to teach the students the fundamental articles of faith in Islam and resources from
which these articles can be deducted, and to present a better understanding of Islam among Muslim and
non Muslim students so as to galvanize them to the message and concept of one God and the unity of
mankind. In addition, it intends also to transform our students into better citizens, bring them into vivid
contact with Quranic model of a society and the teaching of Prophet Muhammad (SAW). Describe the
history of nursing ethics and the first Muslim nurse Rufayda Al Islamiya during the battle of Badr.

Third Year, Fifth Semester

NUR 311: Reproductive Health II

This course is intended to equip students with the knowledge and skills on normal pregnancy and
childbirth; and normal growth and development of infants, children and adolescents. It also includes
collaborative medical and nursing management for patients with alteration in reproductive function; and
infants, children and adolescents with alterations in health status. It also introduces students to medication
administration.

NUR 312: Midwifery and Obstetrical Nursing

This course is intended to equip the students with the knowledge and skills on the concepts and principles
of midwifery and obstetrical nursing. It provides the students with the knowledge and skills in rendering
nursing care to normal and high risk pregnant woman during antenatal, natal and post natal periods in

295
hospitals and community settings. It also helps to develop skills in managing normal and high risk
neonates and participate in family welfare.

NUR 313: Pain Management in Nursing practice

This course intended to familiarize students with the knowledge, attributes and clinical skills necessary to
provide beginning level wound and pain management nursing practice for patients in diverse practice
settings. This course uses an integrative reflective approach in order to facilitate the students' synthesis of
nursing concepts, skills, attitudes and values relating to the responsibilities and role of the nursing
practitioner.

NUR 314: Philosophy and Ethics for Nursing

This course includes philosophical information required for examination of ethical decision-making in
clinical practice. The focus is on values clarification, ethical theory, ethical decision-making models, and
professional ethical standards. Emphasis is on ethical obligations of professional nurses in their roles as
citizens, members of a profession, providers of care, and designers and managers of care.

NUR 315: Mental Health Nursing/Developmental Psychology

This course has been designed to provide theoretical and practical knowledge and skills of the modern
approach to mental health and current theory about mental health nursing. The course focuses on
increasing knowledge of identification, prevention and nursing management of common mental health
problems with special emphasis on therapeutic interventions for individuals, family and community.

NUR 316: Clinical Practice V

Clinical practice provides students with an opportunity to achieve competence in safe and effective work
practice as well as develop the skills, knowledge, attitudes, values and abilities identified in the
professional international bodies. Clinical practice encompasses a variety of urban and rural and clinical
placements which are designed to expose students to clinical experiences relevant to their stage of study.
To optimize students‟ exposure to different clinical areas, at some stage during their degree, students will
be required to travel to different places in Unguja and Pemba and even Tanzania mainland if the need

296
arise.

Third Year, Sixth Semester

NUR 321: Communication and Educational Technology

The course introduces students to the basic principles and methods of communication and teaching. It
helps to develop skill in communicating effectively, maintaining effective interpersonal relations, teaching
individuals and groups in clinical, community health and educational settings.

NUR 322: Genetics

This course is intended to give students a general idea of genetics, its role in causation and management
of defects and diseases.

NUR 323: Research in Nursing Practice

This course is aims at enabling students develop an understanding of basic concepts of research and
techniques for conducting research in nursing work setting. It is further, structured to conduct/ participate
in need based research studies in various settings and utilize the research findings to provide quality
nursing care. The hours for practical will be utilized for conducting individual/group research project.

NUR 324: Nursing Diagnosis

This course is designed to enhance the professional health practitioner's clinical decision-making skills to
support safe practice across various health settings and with different client populations with diverse
health issues. Using a case-based approach and a clinical decision-making framework, participants are
supported to explore the current knowledge required to implement best practices with respect to the
assessment and care of clients with various actual or potential health challenges.

297
NUR 325: Clinical Practice IV

Clinical practice provides students with an opportunity to achieve competence in safe and effective work
practice as well as develop the skills, knowledge, attitudes, values and abilities identified in the
professional international bodies. Clinical practice encompasses a variety of urban and rural and clinical
placements which are designed to expose students to clinical experiences relevant to their stage of study.
To optimize students‟ exposure to different clinical areas, at some stage during their degree, students will
be required to travel to different places.

Fourth Year, Seventh Semester

NUR 411: Medical Parasitology and Entomology

The course introduces students to direct and indirect diagnosis of rare parasitic infections including
procedures for preparing specimens collected from humans and sources of infection for identification,
cultivation of parasites, laboratory identification of malaria, filaria and dengue virus in mosquito vector by
various methods. The course of Medical Parasitology and Entomology teaches basic knowledge of
parasite and their vector of medical importance that contributes to the diseases prevention while
guaranteeing/while ensuring the comfort and the wellbeing of the client/group. Medical Parasitology and
Entomology course will help to provide students with critical thinking and reflective practice skills,
in environment hygiene at hospital and community.

NUR 412: Statistics for Nurses

Statistics for Nurses is an essential introductory course for all nursing students coming to statistics for the
first time. The nursing profession involves the use of statistics every day, for example in the cases of
mortality rates, average life expectancies, percentage recovery rates, average remission times, and the
findings of which drugs work best with which illnesses.

NUR 413: Community Health Nursing II

This course is designed for students to practice community health nursing for the individual, family and

298
groups at both urban and rural settings by using concept and principles of health and community health
nursing

NUR 414: Management of Nursing Services and Education

This course is designed to enable students to acquire understanding of management of clinical and
community health nursing services, nursing educational programmes. This is also designed to enable
students to acquire understanding of the professional responsibilities, prospects and contribution to the
growth of the profession.

Fourth Year, Eighth Semester

NUR 421:

The course introduces nursing students to new and widely accepted models of leadership and management
skills. Emphasis is on legal and ethical considerations as well as improving human relationship skills in
the workplace and organizational image. Case studies can help strengthen concepts and teach conflict
resolution solutions and coping mechanisms to nursing students while trying to be effective leaders as
well as effective managers.

NUR 422: Leadership and Management in Nursing

The course introduces nursing students to new and widely accepted models of leadership and management
skills. Emphasis is on legal and ethical considerations as well as improving human relationship skills in
the workplace and organizational image. Case studies can help strengthen concepts and teach conflict
resolution solutions and coping mechanisms to nursing students while trying to be effective leaders as
well as effective managers.

NUR 490: Research Project

The Research Project course for BSc. (Nursing) students has been introduced to ensure that students apply
the theoretical knowledge they have obtained to solve some practical problems or find the technical
solutions to the surroundings of nurses. For maximum effectiveness, Research Project course will be

299
executed during the last semester of study and will contribute to the final GPA for degree classification in
proportion to its total number of contact hours, as any other core courses. Students are supposed to submit
their Research Project‟s titles of interest before they sit for Semester VII university examinations. This
course covers the preparation of a research project proposal, its implementation, and data analysis with
research ethics consideration. Students are required to prepare and submit a thesis and make an oral
presentation

300
44.0. THE INSTITUTE OF CONTINUING EDUCATION (ICE)

44.1 Introduction

The Institute of Continuing Education (ICE) of the Zanzibar University has been established to serve as a
centre for the extension services; advocacy, human and civil rights services; part-time tailor-made
education and entrepreneurial department services.

44.2 ICE Mission

Its mission is to enhance and disseminate knowledge and skills of Law, Shariah, Economics, Public
Administration, Accounting, Finance and Marketing in allied and applied fields, by conducting Diploma
courses, Certificate courses, seminars and workshops.

44.2.1 ICE Objectives

(i) To expand the catchment areas for the admission of students so as to increase the annual
student intake at the Zanzibar University;

(ii) To bring services near to the people;

(iii) To provide rare opportunities to potential mature applicants who would otherwise miss
universal knowledge by joining as mature entrants.

44.2.2 Minimum Admission Requirements


The Institute shall admit students who wish to advance themselves educationally into its study
programmes basing on the following requirements:

44.2.2.1 Certificates

1. NTA Level 4 Certificate


An applicant must have:

301
(i) Ordinary Level Certificate with at least 4 D grades; OR

(ii) Professional Technician Level I Certificate.

2. NTA Level 5 Certificate


An applicant must have:

(i) Ordinary Level Certificate with at least 5D grades; OR

(ii) 3 C grades and 2 or more D grades; OR

(iii) Equivalent qualification with 5 D grades, OR

(iv) NTA Level 4 Certificate.

3. UQF Level 6 Certificate/NTA Level 6 Certificate


An applicant must have:

(i) Advanced Level Certificate with 1 Principal Pass, OR

(ii) NTA Level 5 Certificate of related courses, OR

(iii) Equivalent qualifications, OR

(iv) Professional Technician Level II Certificate.

(v) For foreign students from countries with 8.4.4 educational system, the requirements are
at least 3 credit passes and 2 D grades.

44.2.2.2 Diplomas

1. UQF Level 6 Ordinary Diploma


An applicant must have:

(i) NTA Level 5 Certificate with C grade average, OR

(ii) UQF Level 6 Certificate with C grade average, OR

302
(iii) Professional Technician Level II Certificate;

(iv) Advanced Certificate of Secondary Education with at least 1pass; OR

(v) Equivalent qualifications.

2. UQF Level 7 Higher Diploma


An applicant must have:

(i) UQF Level 6 Ordinary Diploma, OR

(ii) Technician Ordinary Diploma, OR

(iii) NTA Level 6 Diploma with C grade average, OR

(iv) Advanced Certificate of Secondary Education with at least 2 passes; OR

(v) A Diploma with a C grade average and a GPA of 2.7.

303
45.0. LIBRARY SERVICES

45.1 Library Mission


The Zanzibar University Library was established with the aim of assisting the University in
achieving its mission in the area of teaching, research and consultancy services. It provides
students and academic staff members with services of books, journals and other reading
materials.

45.2 Library Functions


The librarians do the function of technical service for book selection and acquisition of new
library materials. They perform reader services by conducting b/ok circulation, cataloguing and
arranging books and other reading materials in shelves and stacks according to the fields of
studies.

45.3 Library Resources


Currently, there is a big number of text books and other relevant materials for the courses offered
in the three existing academic Faculties. The books that are available in the ZU Library are in
the fields of Statutory Law, Shariah (Islamic) Law, Public Administration, Economics, anagement,
Accounting, Finance, ICT and Marketing. Most of these materials are kept on open shelves
while others are held under closed access (in special reserve library) and can only be used
for reference taking within the library. The Library has a sitting capacity of 200 readers at any
given time.

45.4 Admission to the Library Services


All the ZU students are provided with University Identity Cards which allow them to get access to
the library books. Students are entitled to borrow up to three copies in a two week period.
Borrowing facilities are also available for academic and for administrative staff who have however
a separate borrowing arrangement.

304
45.5 Opening and Closing Hours

During Semester Working Hours

08:00 am – 12:30 pm
Mondays – Fridays
01:30 pm – 06:00 pm
07:00 pm – 10:00 pm

During Weekends 08.00 am – 12:30 pm

During Examinations Working Hours

Mondays – Fridays 08:00 am – 12:00 Midnight

During Public Holidays Closed

46.0. COMPUTER FACILITIES


The Zanzibar University (ZU) is committed to provide information technology facilities for both`
teaching and administration. There are two computer laboratories that are used for training
purposes. The laboratory has been designed for teaching and doing practical for BBIT students
only. The other laboratory is for general use of teaching and doing practical for the rest of ZU
students. Lecturers and senior administrators have their own PCs in their offices while the
University qualified technicians take care of the IT services.

To facilitate the use of ICT, the University has installed a local area network with at least four
sites on the campus and have their computers already networked. ZU also provides internet
services.

The United Nation Development Project (UNDP) has erected on the campus a tall tower equipped

305
with antennas for communicating with other three academic institutions in the country,
namely, the State University of Zanzibar (SUZA), Zanzibar Institute for Financial
administration and the College of Education of Zanzibar. All the institutions have similar ICT
facilities including video conferencing facilities.

306
47.0. DEPARTMENT OF STUDENTS AFFAIRS

47.1 Functions
The Students Affairs Department, headed by the Dean of Students, has been established with the
aim of facilitating personal and social welfare aspects of the students, as well as extra curricula
activities. Moreover, it facilitates the attainment of students‟ services in the area of students‟
residence, food, health care and counselling. It also handles students‚ disciplinary matters.

47.2 Objectives
The activities that are organized by the Department of Students Affairs primarily aim at achieving
the following objectives:

(i) Preparing and training the University youth in order to contribute to the betterment of
their society and humanity at large;

(ii) Fostering moral behaviour and spiritual aspect of the students and developing integral
and balanced personalities;

(iii) Introducing and orienting students towards social participation and individual
responsibilities, mutual respect and brotherly relation among students and with the
University staff members;

(iv) Cultivating students‟ talents and furthering their physical vigor and mental faculties.

47.3 Student Services

47.3.1 Students Counselling Services

The Students Affairs Department conducts counselling services. It helps the students and guides
them in solving their daily life problems (health, social, financial, academic and spiritual) which
might otherwise hamper their academic progress, or preventing them from enjoying their lives
generally.

307
47.3.2 Accommodation

There are four halls of residence, which accommodate male and female students separately. Those
who are accommodated in the halls of residents have to pay an authorized fee before residing in
their rooms. As the number of students in the campus expands and the number of rooms are
limited, priority for dormitories accommodation is given to female students, students with
disabilities, foreign students and those who are from outside Unguja (Zanzibar). Many students are
also accommodated in private hostels in the neighbourhood.

47.3.3 Cafeteria Services

The University cafeteria, which is leased to an entrepreneur, is providing three course meals
everyday to students and staff at reasonable prices. Special meal arrangements are made during the
Holy Month of Ramadhan. Catering services are also being provided by several local restaurants
just outside the University campus.

47.3.4 Health Services

For developing and maintaining healthy, active and productive manpower, the Zanzibar University
Dispensary (Al-Zahraa Dispensary) provides curative and preventive medicines to students, staff
families (wife or husband, and for staff own children) free of charge, while people from the
neighbouring villages pay for the medicines only. Services are offered through the outpatient,
pharmacy and laboratory sections. The dispensary operates during official hours from 7:30 am to
3:30 pm from Monday to Friday. However, plans are under way to extend the medical services in
the weekends and during the night time. Emergency cases at the dispensary are referred to the
Mnazi Mmoja Referral Hospital in Zanzibar Town, or to private hospitals.

47.3.5 Other Services


i) Orientation Week
a. The first year students (new comers) are given a period of acclimatization which is
referred to as the “Orientation Week”. The new intake of students must report to
308
the University one week before the continuing students arrive.

b. During this week they are introduced to the senior University officers and
instructors. Usually the University Administration organizes a welcoming function
for the new students who are then addressed by the higher administrative and
academic officials such as the Vice Chancellor, the Deputy Vice Chancellor
(Academic), the Deputy Vice Chancellor (Administration), the Dean of Students,
Deans of Faculties, the Chief Librarian, the Medical Doctor and Students Wardens.

c. Arrangements are made to enable the fresh students to acquaint themselves by


touring in the University campus as well as some historical places and places of
natural heritage on the island.

ii) Mall Services


There is a small private shop on the campus to cater for immediate needs and
necessities of students and a plan is under way to establish a sizable one so as to cater
for all sorts of needs to the University community at large.

iii) Extra Curricula Activities


a) All the students‟ activities are planned and conducted jointly by the Students
Affairs Department, and the Zanzibar University Students Organization
(ZANUSO).

b) The Department provides welfare and sports services and organizes cultural, artistic
and social activities. The students‟ activities are co-coordinated through Students
Committees which are chaired by experienced academic staff members. There are
three Students Committees under which all students activities are conducted. These
include Educational and Cultural Committee, Social Committee and Sports
Committee.

309
Sports Facilities

(i) The University has very good facilities on the campus and that includes football ground,
volleyball ground, and a multi-purpose hall in which there are basketball, netball,
volleyball and table tennis courts. There is a fitness centre with some equipment, and
efforts are underway to acquire more gym accessories.

(ii) The University has participated in various local and regional sports tournaments
including the East African Inter-University Games (EAUG). The University is a
member of Tanzania Universities Sports Association (TUSA) and East African
University Sports Federation (EAUSF). The Zanzibar University students, through their
sports committee, participate in sports and game competitions organized by various
sports bodies locally, nationally and internationally.

(iii) The Department of Students Affairs, in consultation with the Students Organization
(ZANUSO), organizes public lectures during the semester time. Speakers from outside
the campus are invited to give talks on a variety of subjects. It organizes visits to various
places of interest on the Islands.

47.4 Students Organisation

(i) The Zanzibar University Students Organization (ZANUSO) is concerned with the students‟
academic, political, social and recreational activities. The University, through the Dean
of the Students, encourages the students to form academic and professional associations.
At present all these association are under the umbrella of ZANUSO.

(ii) With several others being under construction, some of the existing professional
associations include: -

(a) Zanzibar University Law Society (ZULAS);


(b) Zanzibar University Accounting & Finance Association (ZUAFA);
(c) Zanzibar University Marketing Association (ZUMA);
(d) Zanzibar University English Speaker‟s Society (ZUESS);
(e) Zanzibar University Bachelor of Arts Students Association (ZUBASA);

310
(f) Zanzibar University Students HIV/AIDS Club (ZUSHAC);
(g) Zanzibar University Voluntary Environment Students Organization (ZUVESO);
(h) Zanzibar University Economic Association (ZUECA);
(i) Zanzibar University Business Information Technology Association (ZUBITA);
(j) Zanzibar University Engineering Students‟ Association (ZUESA);
(k) Zanzibar University Social Work Students (ZUSOWS);
(l) Zanzibar University Health Students‟ Association (ZUHSA).

However students‟ activities are subjected to the following rules:

(a) Total commitment in all aspects of students‟ activities whether in planning,


preparations or execution of the general education policy in the University in
particular and in Zanzibar in general.
(b) Providing all University students – males and females – with opportunity to
participate in accordance with the general regulations of the University and the
Students Affairs Department.

47.5 Religious Activities


Mosque facilities, built by the University Board of Trustees and other sponsors, provide
opportunity for religious services to the University community and the people from the
neighbourhood plus the visitors. The University community is predominantly Moslem. The Al-
Zahra Mosque Committee (ALZAMC) organizes religious services and takes care of the mosque.

311
48.0 ZANZIBAR UNIVERSITY ACADEMIC STAFF LIST

48.1 FACULTY OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION


1. Mr. Saleh Said Mwinyi, MBA (Annamalai), India; BCom (Rajasthan), India
Dean and Lecturer

2. Dr. Miraji Issa Saleh, PhD (Prague); MSc (Econs.) (Prague)


Senior Lecturer

3. Mr. Ahmad Majid Ali, MBA (Dar); BA (Ed) (Hons.) (Dar)


Lecturer

4. Mr. Ali Ayoub Omar, MA (York); BSc. (Ed.) (Hons.) (Dar)


Lecturer

5. Mr. Mohammed Khamis Marshed, MSc. (Finance) (Strathclyde); BSc. (Eng.), (Turkey)
Lecturer

6. Mr. Omar Kassim, MSc. (Comp. Eng.) (Tashkent)


Lecturer

7. Abubakar M. Abubakar, MSc. (Finance) (Strathclyde); Adv. Dipl. (Accountancy), (IFM)


Lecturer

8. Mr. Amiri K. Mwinyi on PhD Studies MSc. (Hua Zhong); BSc. (Islamic Univ.), (Uganda)
Assistant Lecturer

9. Ms. Zuhura Mohammed on PhD Studies , MSc. (Econ.) (Malaysia); BBA (ZU)
Assistant Lecturer

312
10. Ms. Rehma Aboud Jumbe, MSc.(Coventry Univ.),UK; BCA (Bangalore), India
Assistant Lecturer

11. Ms. Salwa Suleiman Said, MBA (Sudan); BBA (Acc. & Fin.) (ZU)
Assistant Lecturer

12. Mr. Hadi Mohammed Abdalla, MBA (UDOM); BSc (Maths & Statistics) (Dar)
Assistant Lecturer

13. Mr. Ridha Khamis Abeid, MBA (Procurement) (Mzumbe); Adv. Dipl. (Chanika)
Assistant Lecturer

14. Mr. Ali Omar Seif, MSc (Acc. & Fin.) (Leeds Metropolitan University); BBA (Acc. & Fin.) (ZU)
Assistant Lecturer

15. Mr. Daudi Mashauri, ME (Information Security) (HUST, China); BSc (ESC) (UDSM)
Assistant Lecturer

16. Mr. Rashid Salim Rashid, BBA (Acc. & Finance) (ZU)
Tutorial Assistant

17. Ms. Intisar Omar Said, BBA (Acc. & Finance) (ZU)
Tutorial Assistant

48.2 FACULTY OF LAW AND SHARIAH

1. Dr. Moh‟d Makame Haji, PhD (IIUM), (Malaysia); LL.M (IIUM),(Malaysia); LL.B (ZU)
Dean and Lecturer

313
2. Prof. Masoodi G. Saqlain, Post – Doctoral (Harvard); PhD (Jammu)
Professor

3. Dr. Wilson Hassan Nandwa; PhD (Omdurman); LL.M (Intl Univ. of Africa) LL.B (Khartoum
Lecturer

4. Dr. Sowed Juma Mayanja; PhD (IslamicUniv., Medina); MA (Islamic Univ., Medina); BA (Isamic
Univ., Medina); Postgraduate Dipl. (Ed.) (IUIU, Uganda); Diploma in Law (LDC, Kampala)Uganda
Senior Lecturer

5. Dr. Mwinyi Talib, PhD (IIUM), (Malaysia); LL.M (IIUM, Malaysia); LLB (Zanzibar University)
Lecturer

6. Mr. Faruq Kyalo, LL.M PhD Candidate; (Cape Town); LL.B (Hons.) (Nairobi); Diploma in Law
(Kenya)
Lecturer

7. Mr. Ali Ahmed Uki, LL.M (Tarino); LL.B (ZU); Diploma in Journalism (Dar)
Lecturer

8. Ms. Sikujua O. Hamdan, LLM ( ZU); LLB (ZU)


Assistant Lecturer

9. Ms. Khadija Abdalla Amur, LLB (ZU)


Tutorial Assistant

48.3 FACULTY OF ARTS AND SOCIAL SCIENCES

1. Dr. Jamil Serwanga, PhD (Econ.) (IUIU, Uganda); MA (EPP) (Makerere, Uganda); BA Educ.
(IUIU, Uganda)
Dean and Senior Lecturer
314
2. Dr. Nsubuga Haroonah, PhD (Pub. Adm.) (Yagyakarta); M.Sc. (Pub. Adm.) (Yagyakarta); B.A
(Ed.)(Hons), Uganda
Senior Lecturer

3. Dr. Wario Guyo Wako; PhD (HRM) (Jomo Kenyatta University of Agriculture and
Technology) 2012; MSc (HRM) (Jomo Kenyatta University of Agriculture and
Technology) 2007; BA (Education) (Egerto University, Njiro) 2005
Senior Lecturer

4. Dr. Khatib Makame Omar, PhD (Ed.) HQ Univ. (Umdurman, Sudan); MA (Arabic) (Khartoum),
Sudan; PD (Arabic ) (Khartoum, Sudan); BA (Linguistics), KAU (Jeddah, KSA); Dip (Manag.
& Adm., UK)
Lecturer

5. Dr. Mamudu Daffay, PhD (Econs,) (Jilin Univ., China); MSc.(Statist.) (JilinUniv,, China); BSc
(Ed.) (Njala Univ., Siera Leone)
Lecturer and HoD, Economics and

6. Dr. Masoud R. Mohammed, PhD, MSc. (Econs.) (Malaysia); BA (Econs.) (ZU)


Lecturer

7. Mr. Mohammed A. Jiddawy, M.A (Dev. Studies) (The Hague); PG Dipl. (Dodoma)
Lecturer

8. Mr. Masoud S. Mohammed, MA (Ed.) (Southampton); BA (Ed.) (Dar)


Lecturer

9. Mr. Mohammed S. Mohammed, M.Sc. (Econ.) (Varna)


Lecturer

10. Ms. Rukiya Mohammed. Issa, M.A (Ed.) (Birmingham); Postg. Dipl. (Ed.) (London); Adv.
Dipl. (Ed.) (Dar)
Lecturer

315
11. Mr. Mussa Said Mussa, MSc. (HRM), (Manchester); Postg.Dipl.(HRM), (Rotterdam); Adv.
Dipl. (Econ. Pl.) (Mzumbe)
Lecturer

12. Ms. Rukayya W. Mohammed, PhD Candidate (OUT), MA (Management) (Malaysia); BA


(Public Administration) (ZU)
Assistant Lecturer

13. Mr. Shaaban M. Suleiman, MBA (UDOM); BA (Pub. Adm.), (ZU.)


Assistant Lecturer

14. Ms. Mariam Issa Juma, MA (Econs) (S.W Univ., China); BA (Econs.) (Zanzibar
Univ.)
Assistant Lecturer

15. Mr. Saleh Khamis Mohd, MA (Inter. Relations) (UDOM); BA (Pub. Adm.) (ZU)
Assistant Lecturer

16. Mr. Yussuf Haji Hassan, MA (Arabic with Education) (Khartoum Int‟l Inst. of Arabic
Lg.); BA (Arabic with Education) (UCEZ).
Assistant Lecturer

17. Mr. Zahor Mwalim Muhidin, M.A (Kiswahili) (Isl. University in Uganda); B.A
(Education) (SUZA)
Assistant Lecturer

18. Mr. Abdalla Ussi Hamad, MSc. (Finance) (Int‟l Islamic University, Malaysia); BBA
(Acc. & Fin.) (ZU)
Assistant Lecturer

316
19. Ms. Nasra Suleiman Abdalla, MPA Student; BA. (Public Administration) ( ZU)
Tutorial Assistant
48.4 FACULTY OF ENGINEERING

1. Dr. Omar F. Hamad, Post-Doc. (UJ, SA); PhD (CNU, Korea); ME, BE (BIT, India)
Associate Professor and Dean

2. Mahmoud A. Alawi, MSc. (IIUM, Malaysia); BSc. (IIUM, Malaysia)


Lecturer

3. Mr. Ali Ahmed Shebe, MSc. (Elect. & Telecom.) (Gravel Univ.), Sweden BSc. (Dar)
Assistant Lecturer

4. Mr. Ally Salim Ahmed, MSc. (Conventry, UK); BE. (Conventry), UK


Assistant Lecturer

5. Mr. Twaha Kabika, ME (Signal and Information Process), (TUTE), (China): BSc. (ESC,
UDSM).
Assistant Lecturer

6. Mr. Salim M. Yahya, BSc. (Telecom Engineering), UDSM


Tutorial Assistant

48.5 FACULTY OF HEALTH AND ALLIED SCIENCES


1. Ms.Khadija Abbas Mohamed, MPH (Amsterdam); BScN (Aga Khan University,
Dar es Salaam); Adv. Dipl. in Nursing (Muhimbili)
Assistant Lecturer, Coordinator, FoHAS and HoD Nursing and Widwifery

2. Ms. Wanu Bakar Khamis, MPH (IMTU, Dar es Salaam); BScN (Aga Khan
University, Dar es Salaam); Dipl. in Health Personnel (Arusha);
Assistant Lecturer

3. Ms. Saada Ali Seif, PhD Candidate (MUHAS); MPH (KCM College, Moshi); BSc. in
Nursing (Muhimbili)
Lecturer

317
318
49.0 MEMBERS OF ZANZIBAR UNIVERSITY’S SENATE
1. Prof. Mustafa A. A. Roshash - Chairperson
Vice Chancellor

2. Dr. Miraji Issa Saleh - Vice-Chairperson


Deputy Vice Chancellor (Academic)

3. Mr. Ahmad Majid Ali - Secretary


Deputy Vice Chancellor (Administration)

4. Prof. Saleh Idriss Muhammed - Member


Council Member

5. Dr. Hamed R. H. Hikmany - Member


Principal, University College of Education, Zanzibar

6. Mr. Iddi Khamis Haji - Member


Director, Zanzibar Higher Education Loans Board

7. Mr. Saleh S. Mwinyi - Member


Dean, Faculty of Business Administration

8. Dr. Mohammed Makame Haji - Member


Dean, Faculty of Law and Shariah

9. Dr. Jamil Serwanga - Member


Dean, Faculty of Arts and Social Sciences

10. Prof. Omar F. Hamad - Member


Dean, Faculty of Engineering

11. Ms. Khadija Abbas Mohamed - Member

319
Coordinator, Faculty of Health and Allied Sciences

12. Prof. G. S. Masoodi - Member


Professor, Faculty of Law and Shariah

13. Mr. Mavua Haji Mussa - Member


Dean of Students

14. Dr. Masoud R. Mohammed - Member


Director, Institute of Continuing Education

15. Dr. Mwinyi Talib Haji - Member


Director, Postgraduate Studies and Research Institute

16. Mr. Mohammed Khamis Marshed - Member


Director of Finance

17. Mr. Nasib A. Wazir - Member


Examinations Officer

18. Mr. Ali A. Uki - Member


Head, Department of Common Law

19. Ms. Rehma Aboud Jumbe - Member


Ag. Head, Department of Information Technology

20. Mr. Shaaban Mwinchum Suleiman - Member


Ag. Head, Department of Public Administration

21. Dr. Mamudu Daffay - Member


Head, Department of Economics

22. Mr. Haji Ali Haji - Member


320
Chief Librarian

23. Mr. Mussa S. Mussa - Member


Coordinator, Quality Assurance Unit

24. Mr. Masoud Salim Mohamed - Member


President, Zanzibar University Students‟ Organization (ZANUSO)

25. Mr. Suleiman Jecha Ahmada - Secretariat


Admissions Officer

26. Mr. Machano Bakili Juma - Secretariat


Administrative Officer

321
50.0 MEMBERS OF ZANZIBAR UNIVERSITY’S COUNCIL

1. Prof. Suleiman Bin Nasir Basahal - Chairperson

2. Prof. Saleh Idriss Muhammed - Vice-Chairperson

3. Prof. Mustafa A. A. Roshash - Member

4. Prof. Muhammad Omar Zuber - Member

5. Dr. Abdulgader Othman Hafiz - Member

6. Dr. Auich Bin Harbi Al Ghamdi - Member

7. Dr. Abdulaziz Jalal Al Sharif - Member

8. Principal Secretary, Ministry of Education and Vocational Training


- Member

9. Dr. Miraji Issa Saleh - Member

10. Dr. Salim Nassir Salim - Member

11. Ms. Zuleikha Kassim Khamis - Member

12. Mr. Masoud Salim Mohamed - Member

13. Mr. Ahmad Majid Ali - Member/Secretary

322
51.0 ALMANAC

UNIVERSITY CALENDER FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2014/15


FOR NON DEGREE (ICE), UNDERGRADUATE (UG) AND POSTGRADUATE (PG) STUDIES

OCTOBER, 2014
1. 2/10/2014 Thursday Faculty /Institute Board Meetings Deans/Directors
2. 5/10/2014 Sunday Eid El-Hajj (Depending upon the sighting of the moon) HRO
UG & PG Registration Begins for Semester One of
3. 6/10/2014 Monday Admissions Office
the Academic Year 2014/2015
4. 6-10/2014 Mon-Frid UG &/ PG Orientation Week Admissions Office
5. 9/10/2014 Thursday SENATE MEETING FOR SUPP. EXAMS Secretariat
6. 10/10/2014 Friday UG & PG Official Supp. Exams Results Deans/Directors
7. 13/10/2014 Monday UG & PG (Semester One) Lectures Begin Admissions Office
8. 14/10/2014 Tuesday Mwalimu Nyerere‟s Day HRO
9. 15/10/2014 Wednesday Quality Assurance Committee Meeting Secretariat
10. 22/10/2014 Wednesday Committee of Deans and Directors Meeting Secretariat
11. 24/10/2014 Friday UG & PG Registration for Semester One Ends Admissions Office
NOVEMBER, 2014
1. 19/11/2014 Wednesday 12th GRADUATION CEREMONY Graduation Committee
2. 20/11/2014 Thursday COUNCIL MEETING Secretariat
3. 26/11/2014 Wednesday Evaluation of the 12 Graduation Ceremony
th
Graduation Committee
DECEMBER, 2014
1. 2/12/2014 Tuesday Academic Staff Meeting HRO
2. 3/12/2014 Wednesday Business/Investment Committee Meeting Secretariat
Administrative Staff Appointments and Promotions
4. 4/12/2014 Thursday Secretariat
Committee Meeting
3. 9/12/2014 Tuesday Tanzania Independence Day ( Public Holiday) HRO
Academic Staff Appointments and Promotions
4. 11/12/2014 Thursday Secretariat
Committee Meeting
5. 17/12/2014 Wednesday Construction and Maintenance Committee Meeting Secretariat
6. 25/12/2014 Thursday Christmas Day (Public Holiday) HRO
7. 26/12/2014 Friday Boxing Day ( Public Holiday) HRO

8. 28/12/2014 Sunday ICE Diploma Weekend Lectures End For Sem. One ICE Directorate

323
JANUARY, 2015
1. 1/1/2015 Thursday New Year (JANUARY,
Public Holiday)2015 HRO
2. 2/1/2015 Friday ICE Certificate & PUP Lectures End For Sem. One ICE Directorate
3. 3/1/2015 Saturday ICE Diploma Weekend Examinations Begin Examinations Office
4. 5/1/2015 Monday ICE Certificate & PUP Examinations Begin Examinations Office
5. 6/1/2015 Tuesday Administrative Staff Meeting HRO
6. 12/1/2015 Monday Revolutionary Day ( Public Holiday) HRO
7. 13/1/2015 Tuesday Faculty/ Institute Board Meetings Deans/Directors
8. 16/1/2015 Friday ICE Examinations End Examinations Office
9. 18/1/2015 Sunday ICE Weekend Examinations End Examinations Office
10. 19/1/2015 Monday ICE Inter-Semester Break Begins Admissions Office
11. 21/1/2015 Wednesday Committee of Deans and Directors Meeting Secretariat
12. 23/1/2015 Friday UG & PG Lectures End For Semester One Deans/Directors
13. 26/1/2015 Monday UG & PG Examinations Begin Examinations Office
FEBRUARY, 2015
1. 6/2/2015 Friday UG & PG Examinations End Examinations Office
2. 9/2/2015 Monday Finance and Development Committee Meeting Secretariat
3. 9/2/2015 Wednesday UG & PG Inter-semester Break Begins Admissions Office
4. 13/2/2015 Friday ICE Board Meeting ICE Directorate
5. 13/2/2015 Saturday ICE Inter-Semester Break Ends Admissions Office
6. 14/2/2015 Saturday ICE Diploma Lectures Begins For Semester Two Admissions Office
7. 16/2/2015 Monday ICE Certif & PUP Lectures Begins for Sem. Two Admissions Office
ACADEMIC COMMITTEE OF THE SENATE
8. 18/2/2015 Wednesday Secretariat
MEETING FOR ICE RESULTS
9. 20/2/2015 Wednesday ICE Official Semester One Results ICE Directorate
MARCH, 2015
1. 6/3/2015 Friday UG & PG Inter –Semester Break Ends Admissions Office
2. 9/3/2015 Monday UG & PG Registration and Lectures Begin Admissions Office
3. 11/3/2015 Wednesday Faculty /Institute Board Meetings Deans/Directors
4. 13/3/2015 Monday UG & PG Provisional Results for Semester One Deans/Directors
5. 17/3/2015 Tuesday Committee of Deans and Directors Meeting Secretariat
6. 18/3/2015 Wednesday SENATE MEETING FOR SEM. ONE EXAMS Secretariat
7. 20/3/2015 Friday UG & PG Official Results Deans/Directors
8. 27/3/2015 Friday UG & PG Registration Ends Admissions Office
324
APRIL, 2015
1. 7/4/2015 Tuesday Heroes Day ( Public Holiday) HRO
2. 8/4/2014 Wednesday Quality Assurance Committee Meeting Secretariat
3. 18/4/2015 Friday Good Friday (Public Holiday) HRO
4. 20/4/2015 Monday Easter Monday (Public Holiday) HRO
5. 21/4/2015 Tuesday ICE Board for Diploma & NTA L-4 Admissions ICE Directorate
6. 26/4/2015 Saturday Union Day ( Public Holiday) HRO
Ad Admissions Committee Meeting for Diploma
7. 27/4/2015 Monday Admissions Office
and NTA L-4 Admissions
8. 27/4/2015 Monday Final Examinations for BBIT, BAE and BAP Start Examinations Officer
9. 28/4/2015 Tuesday Academic Staff Meeting HRO
10. 29/4/2015 Wednesday Faculty/Institute Board Meetings Deans/Directors
MAY, 2015
1. 1/5/2015 Friday May Day (Public Holiday) HRO
2. 4/5/2015 Monday ICE Lectures (for 2nd Intake, Dip. & NTA) begin ICE Directorate
3. 7/5/2015 Thursday SENATE MEETING Secretariat
4. 13/5/2015 Wednesday Business/Investment Committee Meeting Secretariat
5. 18/5/2015 Tuesday Committee of Deans and Directors Meeting Secretariat
6. 26/5/2015 Tuesday Administrative Staff Meeting HRO
7. 29/5/2015 Friday ICE Lectures for Diploma, NTA & PUP End Admissions Office
JUNE, 2015
1. 1/6/2015 Monday ICE Semester One Examinations Begins Examinations Office
2. 3/6/2015 Wednesday Finance and Development Committee Meeting Secretariat
3. 10/6/2014 Wednesday Construction and Maintenance Committee Meeting Secretariat
4. 12/6/2015 Friday ICE Examinations End Examinations Office
5. 15/6/2015 Monday ICE Long Vacation (Dip, NTA & PUP) Begins Admissions Office
6. 16/6/2015 Thursday COUNCIL MEETING (Date to be confirmed) Secretariat
7. 17/6/2015 Wednesday Ramadhan (Depending upon sighting of Moon) HRO
8. 19/6/2015 Friday UG & PG Lectures End Admissions Office
7. 22/6/2015 Monday UG & PG Semester Two Examinations Begin Examinations Office

JULY, 2015
1. 3/7/2015 Friday UG & PG Semester Two Examinations End Examinations Office
2 6/7/2015 Monday ICE Board for Dip.,NTA & PUP Admissions Admissions Office

325
3. 6/7/2015 Monday UG & PG Long Vacation Begins Admissions Office
4. 7/7/2015 Tuesday Saba Saba (Public Holiday) HRO
5. 8/7/2015 Wednesday Library Committee Meeting Secretariat
6. 13/7/2015 Monday UG Field Attachment Begins Deans/Directors
7. 16/7/2015 Thursday Eid –El Fitri ( Depending upon sighting of Moon) HRO
8. 21/7/2015 Tuesday Committee of Deans and Directors Meeting Secretariat
9. 25/7/2015 Saturday External Examiners Meeting Begins Examinations Office
10. 26/7/2015 Sunday External Examiners Meeting Ends Examinations Office
11. 30/7/2015 Thursday Faculty/Institute Board Meetings Deans/Directors
AUGUST, 2015
1. 4/8/2015 Tuesday SENATE MEETING FOR SEM. TWO EXAMS Secretariat
2. 6/8/2015 Friday UG & PG Official Results Deans/Directors
Academic Staff Appointments and Promotions
3. 5/8/2015 Wednesday Committee Meeting Secretariat

4. 10/8/2015 Monday Admissions Committee for First Selection Admissions Office


5. 13/8/2015 Thursday Finance and Development Committee Meeting Secretariat
6. 19/8/2015 Wednesday COUNCIL MEETING (Date to be Confirmed) Secretariat
7. 20/8/2015 Friday Submission of list of Applicant to TCU Admissions office
8. 21/8/2014 Friday Field Attachment for FBA & FASS Ends Deans/Directors
Administrative Staff Appointments and Promotions
9. 26/8/2015 Wednesday Secretariat
Committee Meeting
10. 28/8/2015 Friday ICE Semester Two Examination End Examinations Office
11. 31/8/2015 Monday ICE Long Vacation ( Dip & NTA) Begins Admissions Office
SEPTEMBER, 2015
Field Attachment for FoE, FoHAS, IT with
1. 4/9/2015. Friday Deans/Directors
Education & Social Work Ends
2. 14/9/2015. Monday UG & PG First Sitting/Supp Examinations Begin Examinations Office
3. 14/9/2015. Monday Announcement of the Selected Applicants Admissions Office
4. 25/9/2015. Friday Eid –El-Hajj ( Depending upon sighting of Moon) HRO
5. 28/9/2015. Monday ICE Registration for Diploma, Cert. & PUP Begins Admissions Office
Diploma, Certificate & PUP Lectures Begins
6. 28/92015 Monday ICE Directorate
For Semester One

1. 1/10/2015 Thursday OCTOBER,


Faculty/Institute 2015
Board Meetings Deans/Directors
UG & PG Registration for the Academic Year
2. 5/10/2015 Monday Admissions Office
2015/16 Begins

326
3. 5-10 /10/2015 Mon-Frid UG & PG Orientation Week Admissions Office
4. 8/10/2015 Thursday SENATE MEETING FOR SUPP. EXAMS Secretariat
5. 9/10/2015 Friday UG & PG Supplem. Examinations Official Results Deans/Directors
6. 12/10/2015 Monday UG & PG Lectures Begin Admissions Office

SUMMARY FOR ZANZIBAR UNIVERSITY MEETINGS

MEETINGS AND ACTIVITIES OF THE ADMISSIONS OFFICE


1. 24/10/2014 Monday UG & PG Registration for Sem. One Ends Admissions Office
2. 1/4/2015 Tuesday Advertisements for UG and PG Programs Admissions Office
Issuing application forms for Academic Year
3. 1/4/2015 Tuesday Admissions Office
2014/15
ICE Board for Diploma & NTA L-4
4. 22/4/2015 Tuesday ICE Directorate
Admissions
Admissions Committee for Diploma & NTA
5. 28/4/2015 Monday Admissions Office
Level 4
Wednesda
6. 21/5/2015 Faculty/Institute Boards for Admission Dean/Directors
y
7. 26/5/2015 Monday Admissions Committee for UG/PG Admissions Admissions Office
Deadline for submission of new students to
8. 30/8/2015 Friday Admissions Office
TCU
9. 15/9/2015 Monday Admissions Committee for Second Selection Admissions Office
TCU Joint Admissions Committee Meeting
10. 20/9/2015 Friday Admissions Office
( Date to be Confirmed)
11. 11/9/2015 Thursday ICE Board for PUP Admissions ICE Directorate
12. 15/9/2015 Tuesday Admissions Committee for PUP Admissions Office
13. 21/9/2015 Monday Announcement of the selected students Admissions Office

MEETINGS FOR THE COUNCIL


1. 20/11/2014 Thursday Secretariat
2. 16/6/2015 Thursday Secretariat

3. 19/8/2015 Wednesday Secretariat

MEETINGS FOR THE FINANCE AND DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE


327
1. 3/6/2015 Wednesday Secretariat
2. 13/8/2015 Thursday Secretariat

MEETINGS FOR THE SENATE


1. 9/10/2014 Thursday Secretariat
2. 18/2/2015 Wednesday Secretariat
3. 18/3/2015 Wednesday Secretariat
4. 7/5/2015 Thursday Secretariat
5. 4/8/2015 Tuesday Secretariat
MEETINGS FOR THE CONSTRUCTION AND MAINTANANCE
COMMITTEE
1. 17/12/2014 Wednesday Secretariat
2. 10/6/2015 Wednesday Secretariat
MEETINGS FOR THE BUSINESS/INVESTMENT COMMITTEE
1. 3/12/2014 Wednesday Secretariat
2. 13/5/2015 Wednesday Secretariat

MEETINGS FOR THE FACULTY/INSTITUTE BOARDS


1. 2/10/2014 Thursday Deans/Directors
2. 13/1/2015 Tuesday Deans/Directors
3. 13/2/2015 Friday Deans/Directors
4. 11/3/2015 Wednesday Deans/Directors
5. 29/4/2015 Wednesday Deans/Directors
6. 30/7/2015 Monday Deans/Directors
7. 1/10/2015 Thursday Deans/Directors
MEETINGS FOR THE COMMITTEE OF DEANS AND DIRECTORS
1. 22/10/2014 Wednesday Secretariat
2. 21/1/2015 Wednesday Secretariat
3. 17/3/2015 Tuesday Secretariat
4. 18/5/2015 Tuesday Secretariat
5. 21/7/2015 Tuesday Secretariat
328
MEETINGS FOR THE COMMITTEE OF
ACADEMIC STAFF APPOINTMENTS AND PROMOTIONS
MEETINGS FOR THE COMMITTEE OF DEANS
1. 11/12/2014 Thursday Secretariat
MEETINGS FOR THE COMMITTEE OF DEANS
2. 5/8/2015 Wednesday Secretariat
MEETINGS FOR THE COMMITTEE OF DEANS
MEETINGS FOR THE COMMITTEE OF
MEETINGS FOR THE COMMITTEE OF AND
ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF APPOINTMENTS DEANSPROMOTIONS

1. 4/12/2014 Thursday Secretariat


2. 26/8/2015 Wednesday Secretariat
MEETINGS FOR THE QUALITY ASSURANCE COMMITTEE
1. 15/10/2014 Wednesday Secretariat
2. 8/4/2015 Wednesday Secretariat
MEETINGS FOR THE ACADEMIC STAFF
1. 2/12/2014 Tuesday HRO
2. 28/4/2015 Tuesday HRO
MEETINGS FOR THE ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF
1. 6/1/2015 Tuesday HRO
2. 26/5/2015 Tuesday HRO

329

You might also like